Table of contents

Table of contents
8
Kia, THE COMPANY
Thank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle.
As a global car manufacturer focused on building high-quality vehicles with exceptional value, Kia Motors is dedicated to providing you
with a customer service experience that exceeds your expectations.
All information contained in this Owner’s Manual was accurate at the
time of publication. However, Kia reserves the right to make changes
at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement can
be carried out.
This manual applies to all models of this vehicle and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a
result, you may encounter material in this manual that is not applicable to your specific Kia vehicle.
Drive safely and enjoy your Kia!
Foreword
Thank you for choosing a Kia vehicle.
When you require service, remember that your Kia dealer
knows your vehicle best. Your dealer has factory-trained technicians, recommended special tools and genuine Kia replacement parts. It is dedicated to your complete customer satisfaction.
Because subsequent owners require this important information
as well, this publication should remain with the vehicle if it is
sold.
This manual will familiarize you with operational, maintenance and safety information about your new vehicle. It is supplemented by a Warranty and Consumer Information manual
that provides important information on all warranties regarding
your vehicle.
We urge you to read these publications carefully and follow the
recommendations to help assure enjoyable and safe operation
of your new vehicle.
Kia offers a great variety of options, components and features
for its various models. Therefore, some of the equipment
described in this manual, along with the various illustrations,
may not be applicable to your particular vehicle.
The information and specifications provided in this manual
were accurate at the time of printing. Kia reserves the right to
discontinue or change specifications or design at any time
without notice and without incurring any obligation. If you
have questions, always check with your Kia dealer.
We assure you of our continuing interest in your motoring
pleasure and satisfaction in your Kia vehicle.
© 2017 Kia MOTORS AMERICA, Inc.
All rights reserved. May not be reproduced or translated in
whole or in part without the written consent of Kia Motors
America, Inc.
Printed in Korea
How To Use This Manual
We want to help you get the greatest
possible driving pleasure from your
vehicle. Your Owner’s Manual can
assist you in many ways. We strongly recommend that you read the
entire manual. In order to minimize
the chance of death or injury, you
must read the WARNING and CAUTION sections in the manual.
Illustrations complement the words
in this manual to best explain how to
enjoy your vehicle. By reading your
manual, you will learn about features, important safety information,
and driving tips under various road
conditions.
The general layout of the manual is
provided in the Table of Contents.
Use the index when looking for a
specific area or subject; it has an
alphabetical listing of all located in
the back of this manual.
Sections: This manual has eight sections plus an index. Each section
begins with a brief list of contents so
you can tell at a glance if that section
has the information you want.
You will find various types of safety
instructions in this manual. These
instructions were prepared to
enhance your personal safety.
Carefully read and follow ALL procedures and recommendations provided in these instructions.
WARNING
A WARNING indicates a situation
in which harm, serious bodily
injury or death could result if the
warning is ignored.
CAUTION
A CAUTION indicates a situation
in which damage to your vehicle
could result if the caution is
ignored.
✽ NOTICE
A NOTICE indicates interesting or
helpful information is being provided.
Electric Vehicle Guide
Review of Electric Vehicle / High voltage battery / Charge / Driving Electric Vehicle / Etc.
Introduction
Vehicle data collection and event data recorders
Your vehicle at a glance
Exterior overview / Interior overview / Instrument panel overview / Motor room compartment
Safety features of your vehicle
Seats / Seat belts / Child restraint system / Air bag
Table of contents
Features of your vehicle
Smart key / Door locks / Tailgate / Windows / Steering wheel / Mirrors / Instrument cluster / Lighting / Etc.
Driving your vehicle
Before driving / POWER button / Active ECO system / Reduction gear / Brake system / Etc.
What to do in an emergency
Road warning / Emergency while driving / Emergency starting / Vehicle overheat / TPMS / Flat tire / Towing / Etc.
Maintenance
1
2
3
4
5
6
Motor room compartment / Maintenance service / Coolant / Brake fluid / Washer fluid / Lights bulbs / Etc.
7
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
8
Index
I
Electric Vehicle Guide
❈ This is an electric vehicle guide to assist drivers with
understanding their vehicle.
Refer to the following content for electric vehicle details
and precautions
Review of Electric Vehicle ........................................................2
Main Components of Electric Vehicle.......................................4
High voltage battery .................................................................5
EV Mode ..................................................................................7
■ Available Range .................................................................7
■ Near by stations .................................................................8
■ Energy Information .............................................................8
■ ECO Driving .......................................................................9
■ Setting Charging Times.....................................................9
■ Setting Climate Times ......................................................11
■ EV Setting ........................................................................11
Charge Types for Electric Vehicle...........................................13
Charge Indicator Lamp for Electric Vehicle ............................15
Reserved Charging ................................................................16
Reserved Climate Control.....................................................18
Precautions for Charging Electric Vehicle ..............................19
Charging Electric Vehicle (Normal Charge) ...........................22
■ How to Connect Normal Charger .....................................22
■ Unlock Charging Door in Emergency...............................25
■ Emergency Release of the Charging connector
lock system.......................................................................26
■ Checking Charging Status................................................26
■ How to Disconnect Normal Charger ................................27
Charging Electric Vehicle (Quick Charge)..............................28
■ How to Connect Quick Charger .......................................28
■ Unlock Charging Door in Emergency...............................31
■ Checking Charging Status................................................31
■ How to Disconnect Quick Charger ...................................33
Charging Electric Vehicle (Trickle Charge).............................34
■ How to Connect Portable Charging Cable
(ICCB: In-Cable Control Box) ...........................................34
■ Unlock Charging Door in Emergency...............................38
■ Emergency Release of the Charging connector
lock system.......................................................................39
■ Checking Charging Status................................................39
■ Charging Status Indicator Lamp for Portable Charging
Cable ................................................................................40
■ How to Disconnect Portable Charging Cable
(ICCB: In-CableControl Box) ............................................41
■ Precautions for Portable Charging Cable
(ICCB: In-Cable Control Box) ...........................................43
Driving Electric Vehicle...........................................................44
■ How to Start the Vehicle ...................................................44
■ How to Stop the Vehicle ...................................................45
■ Pedestrian Warning System .............................................46
■ Active ECO system ..........................................................46
■ Range ...............................................................................47
■ Tips for Improving Distance to Empty ..............................48
■ Motor Operation Gauge....................................................48
■ State of charge (SOC) gauge for high voltage battery.....49
■ Warning Message on LCD Display (related to charge)....50
■ Warning Lamp and Indicator Lamp
(related to electric vehicle) ...............................................53
Safety Precautions for Electric Vehicle...................................56
■ Service Plug .....................................................................59
Environmental Friendliness Mark ...........................................59
REVIEW OF ELECTRIC VEHICLE
2
Review of Electric Vehicle
Characteristics of Electric
Vehicles
An electric vehicle is driven using a
battery and an electric motor. While
general vehicles use an internal
combustion engine and gasoline as
fuel, electric vehicles use electrical
energy that is stored inside the high
voltage battery. As a result, electric
vehicles are eco-friendly in that they
do not require fuel and do not emit
exhaust gases.
1. It is driven using the electrical energy that is stored inside the high
voltage battery. This method prevents air pollution since fuel, like
gasoline, is not required, negating
the emission of exhaust gases.
2. A high performance motor is used
in the vehicle as well. Compared
to standard, internal combustion
engine vehicles, engine noise and
vibrations are much more minimal
when driving.
3. When decelerating or driving downhill, regenerative braking is utilized
to charge the high voltage battery.
This minimizes energy loss and
increases the distance to empty.
4. When the battery charge is not
sufficient, normal charge, quick
charge and trickle charge are
available. (Refer to “Charge Types
for Electric Vehicle” for details.)
Note
What does regenerative braking
do?
It uses an electric motor when
decelerating and braking and
transforms kinetic energy to electrical energy in order to charge the
high voltage battery. (Torque is
applied in the opposite direction
when decelerating to generate
braking force and electric energy.)
REVIEW OF ELECTRIC VEHICLE
Battery Information
• The vehicle is composed of a high
voltage battery that drives the
motor and air-conditioner, and an
auxiliary battery (12 V) that drives
the lamps, wipers, and audio system.
• The auxiliary battery is automatically charged when the vehicle is
in the ready (
) mode or the high
voltage battery is being charged.
3
MAIN COMPONENTS OF
ELECTRIC VEHICLE
Main Components of Electric Vehicle
High Voltage
Junction Block
On-Board Charger
(OBC)
EPCU
(Inverter + LDC)
Motor/
Reduction Gear
High Voltage
Battery
OPSE0Q4002
• High Voltage Junction Block: Supplies power from the high voltage battery to the inverter, LDC, air-conditioner compressor, and PTC heater.
• On-Board Charger (OBC): External device (low speed) to charge the high
voltage battery.
• Inverter: Transforms direct current into alternating current to supply power
to the motor, and transforms alternating current into direct current to
charge the high voltage battery.
• LDC: Transforms power from the high voltage battery to low voltage (12 V)
to supply power to the vehicle (DC-DC).
• Motor: Uses electrical energy stored inside the high voltage battery to
drive the vehicle (functions like an engine in a standard vehicle).
• Reduction Gear : Delivers rotational force of the motor to the tires at
appropriate speeds and torque.
4
• High voltage battery (lithiumion polymer) : Stores and supplies power necessary for the
electric vehicle to operate (12 V
auxiliary battery provides power to
the vehicle features such as lights
and wipers).
❈ OBC : On-Board Charger
❈ LDC : Low Voltage DC-DC Converter
MAIN COMPONENTS OF
ELECTRIC VEHICLE
High Voltage Battery (lithium-ion polymer)
WARNING - Repair of
high voltage components
The high voltage battery in your
system in very dangerous and
can cause severe burns and
electric shock. Never inspect,
remove or disassemble any of
the high voltage components in
your vehicle. Kia recommends
that all inspections and repairs
be performed by an authorized
and trained Kia dealer.
OPSE0Q44001
• The charge amount of the high voltage battery may gradually decrease
when the vehicle is not driving.
• The battery capacity of the high
voltage battery may decrease
when the vehicle is stored in
high/low temperatures.
• Distance to empty may vary
depending on the driving conditions,
even if the charge amount is the
same. The high voltage battery may
expend more energy when driving at
quick speed or uphill. These actions
may reduce the distance to empty.
• The high voltage battery is used
when using the air-conditioner /
heater. This may reduce the distance to empty. Make sure to set
moderate temperatures when
using the air-conditioner/heater.
• Natural degradation may occur
with the high voltage battery
depending on the number of years
the vehicle is used. This may
reduce the distance to empty.
• When the charge capacity and
distance to empty keep falling, we
recommend that you contact an
authorized Kia dealer for inspection and maintenance.
• If the vehicle will not be in use for
an extended period of time,
charge the high voltage battery
once every three months to prevent it from discharging. Also, if
the charge amount is not enough
to store the vehicle for an extended period of time, immediately
charge to enough state of charge
and store the vehicle.
5
MAIN COMPONENTS OF
ELECTRIC VEHICLE
High Voltage Battery
Warmer System
• Normal charge is recommended
to keep the high voltage battery in
optimal condition.
If the high voltage battery charge
amount is below 20%, you can
keep the high voltage battery performance in optimal condition if
you charge the high voltage battery to 100%. (Once a month or
more is recommended.)
• If the vehicle is in a collision, we
recommend that you contact an
authorized Kia dealer to inspect
whether the high voltage battery
is still connected.
6
CAUTION - Damaging
high voltage battery
• Make sure to use a designated
charger when charging the
high voltage battery. Using different types of chargers may
have a serious impact on vehicle durability.
• Make sure that the high voltage battery charger gauge
does not reach SOC 0% on
cluster gauge. If the vehicle is
kept at SOC 0% for a long period, it may damage the high
voltage battery and the high
voltage battery may have to be
replaced depending on the
level of degradation.
The high voltage battery warmer
system prevents reduction of battery
output when battery temperature is
low. If the charging connector is connected, the warmer system automatically operate according to the battery temperature.
Charging time may shorten compare
to vehicles without the high voltage
battery warmer system. But, electricity charge may increase because of
high voltage battery warmer system
operation.
The high voltage battery warmer system operates when the charging connector is connected to the vehicle.
However, the high voltage warmer
system may not operate when battery temperature drops below -31°F
(-35°C)
EV MODE
EV Mode (if equipped)
If you select the "EV" menu at the
AVN home screen or press the "EV"
button on the left side of the air-conditioning button panel, you can enter
EV mode.
❈ Refer to the AVN manual for details.
The EV mode has a total of 6 menus
including Available Range, Near by
stations, Energy information, ECO
driving, Set timings for Charging
/Climate and EV settings.
■ Available Range
Name
Description
Green Circle
Reachable area
Red Circle
Risky area (depending on
circumstances)
Grey Area
Unreachable area
7
EV MODE
■ Near by stations
■ Energy Information
Stations around the current location
is searched. Depending on the symbol color of the station, it is categorized as Reachable area, Risky area
and Unreachable area.
You can check battery information
and power consumption.
Battery Information
You can check the available range,
battery charge amount that can be
used, and approximate expected
charging time for each charge type.
More accurate time will be
appeared while charging.
8
Power Consumption
Power that is consumed by the
drive system, climate and electrical components are displayed
respectively.
You can check how far the vehicle
can drive currently, and how much
more the vehicle can drive if the
climate is turned OFF.
EV MODE
■ ECO Driving
You can check ECO level information
and ECO driving history.
ECO Level
A total of 8 ECO levels and the
average energy consumption are
displayed depending on vehicle
driving style.
Driving History
You can check the driving date ,
driving distance , and the average energy consumption rating
for previous 30 driving trips. The
date with the highest ECO level is
marked with a star shaped icon.
■ Set Charging Times
This is a feature that starts charging
the battery on the date and time that
is designated by the user. One reservation can be set between 2 options.
Name
Description
You can set start charging
Set Start Time time and ratio is set 100
+ Charging
automatically by days of
Ratio 100%
the week.
Set Start Time You can set charging time
from start to end by days of
+ Set End
the week.
Time
9
Set Start Time + Charging
Ratio 100%
Name
Description
Select the time that you
Start charging wish to start charging
time
the battery
10
Charging
Ratio
100 %
Repeat Day
of Week
Select the day of the
week you wish to reserve
for automatic charging.
Set Start Time + Set End
Time
Name
Description
Select the time that you
Start charging wish to start charging
time
the battery
End charging Select the time that you
wish to end charging.
time
Repeat Day
of Week
Select the day of the
week you wish to reserve
for automatic charging.
Setting is saved and setting information is displayed on the screen.
Description
If you do not want to use the reserved
setting, select OFF.
EV MODE
■ Set Climate Times
This is a feature that automatically
starts climate control on the reserved
day and time along with the temperature designated by the user. Two separate reservations can be set.
Name
Description
Enter the anticipated deparVehicle
Departure Time ture time for the vehicle.
Enter the temperature that
Set
you desire.
Temperature
Select the day of the week
Repeat Day of you wish to reserve for
Week
automatic air conditioning.
Description
■ EV Setting
When selecting the list again, change
the setting.
You can change the EV warning alarm.
If you do not want use the reserved
setting, select OFF.
Warning Settings
– Low battery warning : You can
select several battery levels at
which to display an alarm message.
– Frequency : You can select the
repetition interval to display the
Low battery warning.
11
EV MODE
– Destination
Unreachable
Warning : If the destination set
in the navigation cannot be
reached with the remaining battery charge, a warning message
is displayed.
EV Route Settings
Displays the EV route on the map.
Non-drivable and drivable sections
across start point, current position,
waypoint and destination are separately marked.
12
CHARGE TYPES FOR ELECTRIC
VEHICLE
Charging Information
Charging Time Information
• Normal Charge :
We recommend using normal
charging for usual charging of the
vehicle.
(Refer to “Normal Charge.“ in this
chapter)
• Quick Charge (if equipped) :
You can charge at high speeds at
public charging stations. Refer to
the respective company's manual
that is provided for each quick
charger type.
Battery performance and durability
can deteriorate if the quick charger
is used constantly.
Use of quick charge should be
minimized in order to help prolong
high voltage battery life.
• Trickle Charge :
Trickle Charge can be used when
Normal Charge or Quick Charge
is not available by using household electricity.
• Normal Charge :
Takes about 5-6 hours at room
temperature (depending on charger ) for a full charge (208V : about
6 hours, 240V : about 5h 10min.)
(Can be charged to 100%.)
• Quick Charge (if equipped) :
Takes about 33 minutes at room
temperature to 80% of SOC.
(50kw charger) (Can be charged
directly to 94%)
DC cable shorter than 10m.
• Trickle Charge :
Takes about 33 hours at room
temperature. (120V-12A : about 33
hours) (Can be charged to 100%.)
Depending on the condition and durability of the high voltage battery, charger specifications, and ambient temperature, the time required for charging
the high voltage battery may vary.
13
CHARGE TYPES FOR ELECTRIC
VEHICLE
Charging Types
Category
Charging Inlet
(Vehicle)
Charging Connector Charging Outlet
Normal
Charge
OPSE0Q4035
OPSE0Q4005
OPSE0Q4057N
Quick
Charge
(if equipped)
OPSE0Q4036
OPSE0Q4006
OPSE0Q4005
OPSE0Q4007
Charging Time
Use the normal
charger that is
installed in your
home or public
charging station
Approx. 5-6 hours
(208V : Approx. 6
hours, 240V : about
5h 10min. room temperature) (Can be
charged to 100%)
Use the quick
charger at public
charging station
Approx. 33min to
80% of SOC (50kw,
room temperature)
(Can be charged
directly to 94%)
Use household
electricity
Approx. 33hours
(120V-12A :
Approx.33hours, room
temperature) (Can be
charged to 100%)
OPSE0Q4004
Trickle
Charge
OPSE0Q4035
How to Charge
❈ Shape of charger and how to use the charger may be different for each manufacturer.
❈ Depending on the condition and durability of the high voltage battery, charger specifications, and ambient temperature, the time required for charging the high voltage battery may vary.
14
CHARGE INDICATOR LAMP FOR
ELECTRIC VEHICLE
Charging Status
Information
■ Normal charging and trickle
charging
Operation of Charging
Indicator Lamp
(1)
(2)
(3)
Details
Operation of Charging
Indicator Lamp
(1)
(2)
(3)
Details
(OFF) (OFF) (OFF)
Not Charged
(OFF) (OFF) (OFF)
Not Charged
Blinking (OFF) (OFF)
0~33%
(ON) Blinking (OFF) Charging 34~66%
67~99%
(ON) (ON) Blinking
Charging complete
OPSE0Q4008
When charging the high voltage battery, the charge level can be checked
from outside the vehicle.
■ Quick charge
(ON) (ON) (ON) (100%)(turns OFF
in 3 seconds)
Error while charging /If charging
cables are connected when the
Blinking Blinking Blinking
vehicle is in the
ready mode or the
POWER button is
in the ON position.
(OFF) (OFF) Blinking
Charging 12 V auxiliary battery or
reserved air conditioner is operating
(OFF) Blinking (OFF)
Reserved charging
is operating
(turns OFF after 3
minutes)
Blinking (OFF) (OFF)
0~33%
(ON) Blinking (OFF) Charging 34~66%
67~94%
(ON) (ON) Blinking
Error while charging /If charging
cables are connected when the
Blinking Blinking Blinking
vehicle is in the
ready mode or the
POWER button is
in the ON position.
15
RESERVED CHARGING
Reserved Charging
(if equipped)
• You can set-up a charging schedule for your vehicle through the
UVO audio control unit, the UVO
eco App, or by logging into
MyUVO.com.
Refer to the AVN manual or the
UVO manual for detailed information about setting reserved charging.
• Reserved charging can only be
done when using a normal charger or the portable charging cable
(ICCB: In-Cable Control Box).
16
• When reserved charging is set,
charging is not initiated immediately when the normal charger or
portable charging cable (ICCB: InCable Control Box) is connected.
When immediate charging is
required, use the AVN to deactivate the reserved charge setting
or press the Deactivate Reserved
Charge button [ ].
OPSE0Q4027
• When reserved charging is set and
the normal charger or the portable
charging cable (ICCB: In-Cable
Control Box) is connected for
charging, the indicator lamp in the
middle blinks (for 3 minutes) to indicate that reserved charging is set.
RESERVED CHARGING
OPSE0Q40013
To immediately charge the battery
(not at reserved time only) first connect the charging cables. Then, the
Deactivate Reserved Charge button
[ ] should be pressed within three
minutes after the cable connection.
If the battery does not charge after
the Deactivate Reserved Charge
button [ ] has been pressed,
remove the charging cable and
reconnect it.
After the Deactivate Reserved
Charge button [ ] has been pressed
(pressed position), you can charge
the battery at any given time.
To change the status to reserved
charging,
please
press
the
Deactivate Reserved Charge button
[ ] again (not pressed position).
❈ Refer to "Normal Charge, Trickle
Charge" for details about connecting the normal charger and the
portable charging cable (ICCB: InCable Control Box).
17
RESERVED CLIMATE CONTROL
Reserved Climate Control
(if equipped)
• You can set reserved climate control using the AVN.
Refer to the AVN for detailed information about the reserved climate
control setting.
• Reserved climate control can only
be done when using the normal
charger or portable charging cable
(ICCB: In-Cable Control Box).
• If reserved climate control is set
and the charging cable is connected, reserved climate control starts
operating 30 minutes prior to the
set time (departure time).
❈ Refer to "Normal Charge, Trickle
Charge" for details about connecting the normal charger and the
portable charging cable (ICCB: InCable Control Box).
18
❈ Lamp ON Conditions
1. Blinks three times: When you
press the set button and enter the
AVN reserved climate control setting screen.
2. ON: When reserved air conditioning is set.
3. Blinking: Reserved climate control
is operating (only operates when
the charging cable is connected).
OPSE0Q4010N
• If you press the Set Reserved climate control button [
], the indicator lamp on the button blinks
three times and the reserved climate control setting screen is displayed on the AVN.
Refer to the AVN manual for
details about setting reserved climate control.
PRECAUTIONS FOR CHARGING
ELECTRIC VEHICLE
Charging Precautions
■ Normal Charger
OPSE0Q4057N
■ Quick Charger
WARNING - Fires caused
by dust or water
Do not connect the charging
cable connector plug to the
vehicle if there is water or dust
on the charging inlet.
Connecting while there is water
or dust on the charging cable
connector and plug may cause
a fire or electric shock.
WARNING - Interference
with electronic medical
devices
When using medical electric
devices such as an implantable
cardiac pacemaker, make sure
to ask the medical team and
manufacturer whether charging
your electric vehicle will impact
the operation of the medical
devices. In some instances,
electromagnetic waves that are
generated from the charger can
seriously impact medical electric devices such as an
implantable cardiac pacemaker.
OPSE0Q4004
❈ Shape of charger and how to use
the charger may be different for
each manufacturer.
19
PRECAUTIONS FOR CHARGING
ELECTRIC VEHICLE
WARNING - Touching the
charging connector
Do not to touch the charging
connector, charging plug, and
the charging inlet when connecting the cable to the charger
and the charging inlet on the
vehicle. Doing so may result in
electrocution.
20
• Comply with the following in order
to prevent electrical shock when
charging:
– Use a waterproof charger.
– Make sure to not touch the
charging connector and charging plug when your hand is wet.
Do not stand in water or snow
when connecting the charging
cable.
– Do not charge when there is
lightning.
– Do not charge when the charging connector and plug is wet.
WARNING - Charging
cable
• Immediately stop charging
when you find abnormal
symptoms (smell, smoke).
• Replace the charging cable if
the cable coating is damaged
to prevent electrical shock.
• When connecting or removing
the charging cable, make sure
to hold the charging connector handle and charging plug.
If you pull the cable itself
(without using the handle), the
internal wires may disconnect
or get damaged. This may lead
to electric shock or fire.
PRECAUTIONS FOR CHARGING
ELECTRIC VEHICLE
WARNING - Cooling fan
Do not touch the cooling fan
while vehicle is charging. When
the vehicle is switched [OFF]
while charging, the cooling fan
inside the motor compartment
may automatically operate.
• Always keep the charging connector and charging plug in clean and
dry condition. Be sure to keep the
charging cable in a condition
where there is no water or moisture.
• Make sure to use the designated
charger for charging the electric
vehicle. Using any other charger
may cause failure.
• Before charging the battery, turn
the vehicle [OFF].
• Be careful not to drop the charging
connector. The charging connector can be damaged.
21
CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE
(NORMAL CHARGE)
Normal Charge
3. Press the charging door open
switch [ ] to open the charging
door. Charging door open switch
can be operated only when vehicle is turned off.
4. If you cannot open the charging
door due to freezing weather :
1) Remove any ice near the charging door.
2) Pull the emergency cable to
open the charging door.
(When the charging door does not
open, refer to “How to Unlock
Charging Door in Emergencies.”)
■ Normal Charger
OPSE0Q4057N
We recommend using normal charging for usual charging of the vehicle.
OPSE0Q4011
■ How to Connect Normal
Charger
1. While the brake pedal is pressed,
engage the parking brake.
2. Turn OFF all switches, place the
shift lever in P (Park), and turn
OFF the vehicle.
22
❈ Shape of charger and how to use the charger may be different for each manufacturer.
CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE
(NORMAL CHARGE)
CAUTION - Charging
Connector Door
To avoid damage to your vehicle, do not attempt to connect
the charging connector to your
vehicle without first opening the
door to the charging connector.
OPSE0Q4012
OPSE0Q4013
5. Open the charging door and press
the normal charging inlet cover
release tab (1) to open the normal
charging inlet cover.
6. Before connecting the charging
connector, make sure the door
lock is released.
When the door is locked, the
charging connector lock system
will be triggered. And the charging
connector will not be connected.
7. Remove any dust on the charging
connector and charging inlet.
8. Hold the charging connector handle and connect it to the vehicle
normal charging inlet. Push the
connector until you hear a "clicking" sound.
23
CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE
(NORMAL CHARGE)
OPSE0Q4058L
9. Check if the charge indicator lamp
of the high voltage battery in the
instrument cluster is turned ON.
Charging is not done when the
charging indicator lamp is OFF.
When the charging connector is
not connected properly, reconnect
the charging cable to charge.
24
• You can start charging when the
Power button is in the OFF position and the shift lever is in P
(Park). After charging has started,
you can use electrical components such as the radio by pressing the Power button to the ACC or
ON position.
• If you move the shift lever from P
(Park) to R (Rear), N (Neutral), D
(Drive), charging stops immediately. If you want to start charging
again, place the shift lever to P
(Park) and press the Power button
to the OFF position. Unplug and
reconnect the charging cable to
start charging again.
OPSE047051C
10.After charging has started, the
estimated charging time is displayed on the instrument cluster
for about 1 minute.
If you open the driver seat door
while charging, the estimated
charging time is also displayed on
the instrument cluster for about 1
minute.
When reserved charging is set,
the estimated charging time is
displayed as “--" .
CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE
(NORMAL CHARGE)
Depending on the condition and
durability of the high voltage battery,
charger specifications, and ambient
temperature, the time required for
charging the battery may vary.
11.You may prevent possible charging cable theft by taking the following steps. Lock the door after
the charging cable is connected,
by pressing the lock button on the
smart key or on the central door
lock switch.
When the door is locked, the
charging connector will become
locked and this will prevent possible theft.
So, after charging is complete,
you must release the door lock in
order to disconnect the charging
connector.
OPSE0Q4016
■ Unlock Charging Door in
Emergency
If the charging door does not open
due to battery discharge and failure
of the electric wires, open the hood
and slightly pull the emergency cable
as shown above. The charging door
will then open.
25
CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE
(NORMAL CHARGE)
Operation of Charging
Indicator Lamp
(1)
(2)
Details
(3)
(OFF) (OFF) (OFF)
Blinking (OFF) (OFF)
Not Charged
0~33%
(ON) Blinking (OFF) Charging 34~66%
(ON) (ON) Blinking
OPSE075034
■ Emergency Release of the
Charging connector lock
system
Use this function if the charging connector lock does not unlatch even
after the door lock has been
released. You can release the charging connector lock system by using
the emergency release lever.
Open the hood, and then fully lift the
charging connector emergency
release cover after turning it. Then,
pull on the emergency release lever
to disconnect the charging connector.
26
OPSE0Q4008
■ Checking Charging Status
When charging the high voltage battery, the charge level can be checked
from outside the vehicle.
67~99%
Charging complete
(ON) (ON) (ON) (100%)(turns OFF
in 3 seconds)
Error while charging
/If charging cables
are connected when
Blinking Blinking Blinking the vehicle is in the
ready mode or the
POWER button is in
the ON position.
Charging 12 V auxiliary battery or
(OFF) (OFF) Blinking
reserved air conditioner is operating
(OFF) Blinking (OFF)
Reserved charging
is operating
(turns OFF after 3
minutes)
CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE
(NORMAL CHARGE)
CAUTION
In order to disconnect the
charging connector, release the
door lock to unlatch the charging connector lock system. If
not, the charging connector and
the vehicle's charging inlet may
be damaged.
OPSE0Q4034
■ How to Disconnect Normal
Charger
1. Before disconnecting the charging
connector, make sure the door
lock is released. When the door is
locked, the charging connector
lock system will be triggered. And
the charging connector will not be
disconnected.
2. Hold the charging connector handle and pull it while pressing the
release button (1).
CAUTION - Disconnecting
charging plug
When disconnecting the charging connector, do not try to disconnect it by force while not
pressing the release button. This
may damage the charging connector and vehicle charging inlet.
OPSE0Q4015
3. Make sure to completely close the
normal charging inlet cover.
4. Make sure to completely close the
charging door.
27
CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE
(QUICK CHARGE)
Quick Charge (if equipped)
❈ If you use a quick charger when
the vehicle is already fully
charged, some quick chargers will
send out an error message. When
the vehicle is fully charged, do not
charge the vehicle.
■ Quick Charger
OPSE0Q4004
You can charge at high speeds at public charging stations. Refer to the
respective company's manual that is
provided for each quick charger type.
Battery performance and durability can
deteriorate if the quick charge is used
constantly in hot weather conditions
(heat wave, etc.)
Use of quick charge in hot weather
condition should be minimized in order
to help prolong high voltage battery life.
❈ Shape of charger and how to use
the charger may be different for
each manufacturer.
28
OPSE0Q4011
■ How to Connect Quick
Charger
1. While the brake pedal is pressed,
engage the parking brake.
2. Turn OFF all switches, place the
shift lever in P (Park), and turn
OFF the vehicle.
CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE
(QUICK CHARGE)
3. Press the charging door open
switch [ ] to open the charging
door. Charging door open switch
can be operated only when vehicle is turned off.
4. If you cannot open the charging
door due to freezing weather :
1) Remove any ice near the
charging door.
2) Pull the emergency cable to
open the charging door.
(When the charging door does not
open, refer to “How to Unlock
Charging Door in Emergencies.”)
OPSE0Q4017
OPSE0Q4018
5. Open the charging door and press
the quick charging inlet release
tab (1) to open the quick charging
inlet cover.
6. Remove any dust or foreign substances inside the charging connector and charging inlet.
7. Hold the charging connector handle and connect it to the vehicle
quick charging inlet. Push the connector until you hear a "clicking"
sound.
29
CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE
(QUICK CHARGE)
❈ If you use a quick charger when
the vehicle is already fully
charged, some quick chargers will
send out an error message. When
the vehicle is fully charged, do not
charge the vehicle.
❈ Refer to the manual for each type
of quick charger for how to charge
and remove the charger.
❈ The shape of the charging connector may vary depending on the
manufacturer.
OPSE0Q4058L
8. Check if the charge indicator lamp
of the high voltage battery in the
instrument cluster is turned ON.
Charging is not done when the
charging indicator lamp is OFF.
When the charging connector is
not connected properly, reconnect
the charging cable to charge it
again.
30
CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE
(QUICK CHARGE)
❈ During cold weather, quick charging may not be available to prevent
high voltage battery degradation.
• You can start charging when the
Power button is in the OFF position and the shift lever is in P
(Park).
After charging has started, you
can use electrical components
such as the radio by pressing the
Power button to ACC or ON position.
• If you move the shift lever from P
(Park) to R (Reverse), N (Neutral),
D (Drive), charging stops immediately. If you want to start charging
again, place the shift lever to P
(Park) and press the Power button
to the OFF position. Unplug and
reconnect the charging cable to
start charging again.
OPSE0Q4016
■ Unlock Charging Door in
Emergency
If the charging door does not open
due to battery discharge and failure
of the electric wires, open the hood
and slightly pull the emergency cable
as shown above. The charging door
will then open.
OPSE0Q4008
■ Checking Charging Status
When charging the high voltage battery, the charge level can be checked
from outside the vehicle.
31
CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE
(QUICK CHARGE)
Depending on the condition and
durability of the high voltage battery,
charger specifications, and ambient
temperature, the time required for
charging the battery may vary.
Operation of Charging
Indicator Lamp
(1)
(2)
Details
(3)
(OFF) (OFF) (OFF)
Blinking (OFF) (OFF)
Not Charged
0~33%
(ON) Blinking (OFF) Charging 34~66%
(ON) (ON) Blinking
67~94%
Error while charging
/If charging cables
are connected when
Blinking Blinking Blinking the vehicle is in the
ready mode or the
POWER button is in
the ON position.
32
OPSE0Q4019
■ How to Disconnect Quick
Charger
1. Remove the charging connector
when quick charging is completed,
or after you stop charging using
the quick charger. Refer to each
respective quick charger manual
for details about how to disconnect the charging connector.
CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE
(QUICK CHARGE)
CAUTION - Disconnecting
charging plug
When disconnecting the charging connector, do not try to disconnect it by force while not
pressing the release button.
This may damage the charging
connector and vehicle charging
inlet.
OPSE0Q4020
2. Make sure to completely close the
quick charging inlet cover.
3. Make sure to completely close the
charging door.
33
CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE
(TRICKLE CHARGE)
Trickle Charge
Charging Connector
Control Box
Charging Cable
Code and Plug
(code set)
Plug
34
Electric Outlet
OPSE0Q4021
OPSE0Q4022N
OPSE0Q4023
Trickle Charge can be used when
Normal Charge or Quick Charge is
not available by using household
electricity.
■ How to Connect Portable
Charging Cable
(ICCB: In-Cable Control Box)
2. Check if every LED lamp on the
control box is turned on for 0.5
seconds. Then, check if the power
lamp (green) turns ON.
1. Connect the plug to a household
electric outlet.
CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE
(TRICKLE CHARGE)
5. Press the charging door open
switch [ ] to open the charging
door. Charging door open switch
can be operated only when vehicle is turned off.
6. If you cannot open the charging
door due to freezing weather :
1) Remove any ice near the charging door.
2) Pull the emergency cable to
open the charging door.
(When the charging door does not
open, refer to “How to Unlock
Charging Door in Emergencies.”)
OPSE0Q4011
3. While the brake pedal is pressed,
engage the parking brake.
4. Turn OFF all switches, place the
shift lever in P (Park), and turn
OFF the vehicle.
OPSE0Q4012
7. Open the charging door and press
the normal charging inlet release
tab (1) to open the normal charging inlet cover.
8. Before connecting the charging
connector, make sure the door
lock is released.
When the door is locked, the
charging connector lock system
will be triggered. And the charging
connector will not be connected.
35
CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE
(TRICKLE CHARGE)
CAUTION - Charging
Connector Door
To avoid damage to your vehicle, do not attempt to connect
the charging connector to your
vehicle without first opening the
door to the charging connector.
36
OPSE0Q4013
OPSE0Q4044
9. Open the protective cover of the
charging connector and remove
any dust on the charging connector and charging inlet.
10.Hold the charging connector handle and connect it to the vehicle
normal charging inlet. Push the
connector until you hear a "clicking" sound.
11.Charging starts automatically.
Check if the power lamp and
charging lamp (orange) are ON.
CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE
(TRICKLE CHARGE)
OPSE0Q4058L
12.Check if the charge indicator
lamp of the high voltage battery in
the instrument cluster is turned
ON. Charging is not done when
the charging indicator lamp is
OFF.
When the charging connector is
not connected properly, reconnect the charging cable to charge
it again.
• You can start charging when the
Power button is in the OFF position and the shift lever is in P
(Park).
After charging has started, you
can use electrical components
such as the radio by pressing the
Power button to ACC or ON position.
• If you move the shift lever from P
(Park) to R (Reverse), N (Neutral),
D (Drive), charging stops immediately. If you want to start charging
again, place the shift lever to P
(Park) and press the Power button
to the OFF position. Unplug and
reconnect the charging cable to
start charging again.
OPSE047052C
13.After charging has started, the
estimated charging time is displayed on the instrument cluster
for about 1 minute.
If you open the driver seat door
while charging, the estimated
charging time is also displayed on
the instrument cluster for about 1
minute.
When reserved charging is set,
the estimated charging time is
displayed as “--" .
37
CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE
(TRICKLE CHARGE)
Depending on the condition and
durability of the high voltage battery,
charger specifications, and ambient
temperature, the time required for
charging the battery may vary.
38
14.You may prevent possible charging cable theft by taking the following steps. Lock the door after
the charging cable is connected,
by pressing the lock button on the
smart key or on the central door
lock switch.
When the door is locked, the
charging connector will become
locked and this will prevent possible theft.
So, after charging is complete,
you must release the door lock in
order to disconnect the charging
connector.
OPSE0Q4016
■ Unlock Charging Door in
Emergency
If the charging door does not open
due to battery discharge and failure
of the electric wires, open the hood
and slightly pull the emergency cable
as shown above. The charging door
will then open.
CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE
(TRICKLE CHARGE)
Operation of Charging
Indicator Lamp
(1)
(2)
Details
(3)
(OFF) (OFF) (OFF)
Blinking (OFF) (OFF)
Not Charged
0~33%
(ON) Blinking (OFF) Charging 34~66%
(ON) (ON) Blinking
OPSE075034
■ Emergency Release of the
Charging connector lock
system
Use this function if the charging connector lock does not unlatch even
after the door lock has been
released. You can release the charging connector lock system by using
the emergency release lever.
Open the hood, and then fully lift the
charging connector emergency
release cover after turning it. Then,
pull on the emergency release lever
to disconnect the charging connector.
OPSE0Q4008
■ Checking Charging Status
When charging the high voltage battery, the charge level can be checked
from outside the vehicle.
67~99%
Charging complete
(ON) (ON) (ON) (100%)(turns OFF
in 3 seconds)
Error while charging
/If charging cables
are connected when
Blinking Blinking Blinking the vehicle is in the
ready mode or the
POWER button is in
the ON position.
Charging 12 V auxiliary battery or
(OFF) (OFF) Blinking
reserved air conditioner is operating
(OFF) Blinking (OFF)
Reserved charging
is operating
(turns OFF after 3
minutes)
39
CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE
(TRICKLE CHARGE)
■ Charging Status Indicator Lamp for Portable Charging Cable
Category
LED Status
Charger Status
Control Box
ON/OFF Status
Lamp ON Lamp OFF Blinking
-
Power
Charge
Fault
When applying power to the initial ICCB wall
-
-
When ICCB charging connector is not connected
to the vehicle, or connected but charging status
is in Standby mode
-
Charging
Detects Leakage
-
Stop charging immediately when a leak is detected on the ICCB output terminal (we recommend
that you contact an authorized Kia dealer)
ICCB Failure
-
When a failure is detected inside the ICCB (we
recommend that you contact an authorized Kia
dealer)
Initial Preparation Mode
Status / Diagnosis / Countermeasure
OPSE0Q4045
Charging Preparation
Mode
OPSE0Q4046
Charging Mode
OPSE0Q4048
Failure
40
OPSE0Q4047
CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE
(TRICKLE CHARGE)
CAUTION
In order to disconnect the
charging connector, release the
door lock to unlatch the charging connector lock system.
If not, the charging connector
and the vehicle's charging inlet
may be damaged.
OPSE0Q4034
■ How to Disconnect Portable
Charging Cable
(ICCB: In-Cable Control Box)
2. Hold the charging connector handle and pull it while pressing the
release button (1).
CAUTION - Disconnecting
charging plug
When disconnecting the charging connector, do not try to disconnect it by force while not
pressing the release button. This
may damage the charging connector and vehicle charging inlet.
1. Before disconnecting the charging
connector, make sure the door
lock is released.
When the door is locked, the charging connector lock system will be
triggered. And the charging connector will not be disconnected.
41
CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE
(TRICKLE CHARGE)
Plug
Electric Outlet
OPSE0Q4022N
OPSE0Q4015
3. Make sure to completely close the
normal charging inlet cover.
4. Make sure to completely close the
charging door.
42
5. Disconnect the plug from the
household electric outlet. Do not
pull the cable when disconnecting
the plug.
6. Close the protective cover for the
charging connector so that foreign
substances do not flow into the
terminal.
7. Put the charging cable inside the
cable compartment to protect it.
CHARGING ELECTRIC VEHICLE
(TRICKLE CHARGE)
■ Precautions for Portable
Charging Cable
(ICCB: In-Cable Control Box)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Use the portable charging cable
that is certified by Kia Motors.
Do not try to repair, disassemble,
or adjust the portable charging
cable.
Do not use an extension cord or
adapter.
Stop using immediately when failure occurs.
Do not touch the plug and charging connector with wet hands.
Do not touch the terminal part of
the normal charging connector
and the normal charging inlet on
the vehicle.
Do not connect the charging connector to voltage that does not
comply with regulations.
• Do not use the portable charging
cable if it is worn out, exposed, or
there exists any type of damage
on the portable charging cable.
• If the ICCB case and normal
charging connector is damaged,
cracked, or the wires are exposed
in any way, do not use the portable
charging cable.
• Do not let kids operate or touch
the portable charging cable.
• Keep the control box free of water.
• Keep the normal charging connector or plug terminal free of foreign
substances.
• Do not step on the cable or cord.
Do not pull the cable or cord and
do not twist or bend it.
• Do not charge when there is lightning.
• Do not drop the control box or
place a heavy object on the control box.
• Do not place an object that can
generate high temperatures near
the charger when charging.
• Charging with the worn out or
damaged household electric outlet
can result in a risk of electric
shock. If you are in doubt to the
household electric outlet condition, have it checked by licensed
electrician and charge again.
• Stop using the portable charging
cable immediately if the household electric outlet or any components is overheated or you notice
burnt odors.
43
DRIVING ELECTRIC VEHICLE
How to Start the Vehicle
5. Make sure the accelerator and
brake pedal have clearance with
your right foot.
6. Make sure to press and hold the
brake pedal.
7. While pressing the brake pedal,
place the shift lever in P (Park).
Vehicle only starts when the shift
lever is placed in P (Park).
8. Press and hold the brake while
pressing the POWER button.
OPSE0Q4049
1. With the smart key, sit in the driver's seat.
2. Fasten the safety belt before starting the vehicle.
3. Make sure to engage the parking
brake for your safety.
4. Turn OFF all electrical devices.
44
OPSE0Q4050
9. When
(indicator lamp) is ON,
you can drive the vehicle.
When
(indicator lamp) is OFF,
you cannot drive the vehicle. Start
the vehicle again.
10.Press and hold the brake pedal
and place the shift lever in the
desired position.
DRIVING ELECTRIC VEHICLE
How to Stop the Vehicle
❈ For vehicles with Shift Lock, you
have to press the POWER button
to the ON position, press and
hold the brake pedal, then press
the unlock button on the shift
lever while it is placed in P (Park)
in order to move the shift lever to
R (Reverse).
• While the charging cable is connected, you cannot use the shift
lever for safety reasons.
OPSE0Q4052
11.Release the parking brake and
slowly release the brake pedal.
Check if the vehicle slowly moves
forward, then press the accelerator pedal.
OPSE0Q4051
1. Hold down the brake pedal while
the vehicle is parked.
2. While pressing the brake pedal,
place the shift lever in P (Park).
3. While pressing the brake pedal,
engage the parking brake.
4. While pressing the brake pedal,
press the POWER button and stop
the vehicle.
5. Check if
(indicator lamp) is
turned OFF on the instrument
cluster.
When
(indicator lamp) is ON
and the shift lever is in a position
other than P (Park), the driver can
accidently press the accelerator
pedal, causing the vehicle to move
unexpectedly.
45
DRIVING ELECTRIC VEHICLE
Pedestrian Warning System
The Pedestrian Warning System
generates engine sound for pedestrians to hear vehicle sound because
there is little sound while the Electric
Vehicle (EV) is operating.
If the vehicle is moving at a slow
speed, the Pedestrian Warning
System will be operated.
- When the reduction gear is shifted
to [R], the Pedestrian Warning
System will be operated immediately.
• The vehicle generates little sound.
Be aware of your driving environment and drive safely.
• After you park the vehicle or while
you are waiting at a traffic light,
check whether there are kids or
obstacles around the vehicle.
• Check if there is something behind
the vehicle when driving in
reverse. Pedestrians may not hear
the sound of the vehicle.
46
Active ECO system
• When the Active ECO is activated,
it will remain on until the Active
ECO button is pressed again.
Active ECO does not turn off when
the vehicle is restarted. To turn off
Active ECO, press the Active ECO
button again.
• If Active ECO is turned off, the system will return to normal mode.
OPSE0Q4043N
Active ECO helps improve energy
efficiency by controlling certain
motor and climate contol system
operating parameters. Energy efficiency depends on the driver's driving habit and road condition.
• When the Active ECO button is
pressed the ECO indicator (green)
will illuminate to show that the
Active ECO is operating.
DRIVING ELECTRIC VEHICLE
Range
OPSE0Q4026N
On average, a vehicle can drive
about 111miles (179km) when the
high voltage battery is 100%
charged.
Under certain circumstances where
the air conditioner/heater is ON, the
distance to empty is impacted,
resulting in a possible distance range
from 75~162mi. (120~260km). When
using the heater during cold weather
or driving at high speed, the high
voltage battery consumes a lot more
electricity. This may reduce the distance to empty significantly.
After “---” has been displayed, the vehicle can drive an additional 2.5~6.0 mi.
(4~9 km) (depending on driving speed,
heater/air conditioner, weather, driving
style, and other factors).
Distance to empty that is displayed
on the instrument cluster after completing a recharge may vary significantly depending on previous operating patterns.
When previous driving patterns
include high speed driving, resulting
in the driving battery using more
electricity than usual, the estimated
distance to empty is reduced. When
the high voltage battery uses a little
electricity in ECO mode, the estimated distance to empty increases.
Distance to empty may depend on
many factors such as the charge
amount of the high voltage battery,
weather, temperature, durability of
the battery, geographical features,
and driving style.
Natural degradation may occur with
the high voltage battery depending
on the number of years the vehicle is
used. This may reduce the distance
to empty.
47
DRIVING ELECTRIC VEHICLE
Tips for Improving Distance
to Empty
• If you operate the air conditioner
/heater too much, the driving battery
uses too much electricity. This may
reduce the distance to empty.
Therefore, it is recommended that
you set the cabin temperature to
(73°F (23°C)) AUTO. This setting
that has been certified by various
assessment tests to maintain optimal energy consumption rates while
keeping the temperature fresh.
Turn OFF the heater and air conditioner if you do not need them.
• Press and hold the accelerator
pedal to maintain speed and drive
economically.
• Gradually press and release the
accelerator pedal when accelerating or decelerating.
• Always maintain specified tire
pressures.
• Do not use unnecessary electrical
components while driving.
• Do not load unnecessary items in
the vehicle trunk.
• Do not mount parts that may
increase air resistance.
48
Motor Operation Gauge
OPSE044302
It shows the energy consumption
rate of the vehicle and the
charge/discharge status of the
regenerative brakes.
• POWER : It shows the energy
consumption rate of the vehicle
when driving uphill or accelerating. The more electric energy is
used, the higher the gauge level.
• ECO GUIDE : It shows the energy
consumption rate during normal
driving condition.
• CHARGE : It shows the charging
status of the battery when it is
being charged by the regenerative
brakes (decelerating or driving on
a downhill road). The more electric
energy is charged, the lower the
gauge level.
DRIVING ELECTRIC VEHICLE
State of charge (SOC) gauge
for high voltage battery
When there are 1-2 gauge bars left
for the high voltage battery, the vehicle speed is limited and then eventually the vehicle will be turned OFF.
Charge the vehicle immediately.
OPSE044303
OPSE044305
• It shows the charging status of the
high voltage battery.
[MIN] position on the indicator
indicates that there is not enough
energy in the high voltage battery.
[MAX] position indicates that the
driving battery is fully charged.
• When driving on highways or
motorways, make sure to check in
advance if the driving battery is
charged enough.
When there are 3 gauge bars (near
the "MIN" area) on the high voltage
charge indicator, the warning lamp
turns ON to alert you of the battery
level.
When the warning lamp turns ON, the
vehicle can drive an additional 14~28
miles (22~45 km) (depending on the
driving speed, heater/air conditioner,
weather, driving style, and other factors). Charging is required.
49
DRIVING ELECTRIC VEHICLE
Warning Message on LCD Display
(related to charge)
■ Low Battery
■ Low Battery. Charge immediately
■ Charge immediately. Power
limited
OPSE044213L
When the high voltage battery level
reaches below 20%, this warning
message illuminates.
In this case, the warning lamp on the
instrument cluster (
) turns ON
simultaneously.
Charge the high voltage battery
immediately.
50
OPSE044214L
OPSE044215L
When the high voltage battery level
reaches below 10%, this warning
message illuminates .
In this case, the warning lamp on the
instrument cluster (
) turns ON
simultaneously and the distance to
empty gauge will be displayed as “---”.
Charge the high voltage battery
immediately.
When the high voltage battery level
reaches below 7%, this warning
message illuminates.
In this case, the warning lamp on the
instrument cluster (
) and the
power down warning lamp ( )turn
ON simultaneously and the distance
to empty gauge will be displayed as
“---”.
The vehicle’s power will be reduced
to minimize the energy consumption
of the high voltage battery. Charge
the battery immediately.
DRIVING ELECTRIC VEHICLE
■ Power limited
• When this warning messages is
displayed, do not accelerate or
start the vehicle suddenly.
• Charge the battery immediately
when the high voltage battery
level is not enough.
■ Unplug vehicle to start
OPSE044264L
OPSE046223L
In the following cases, this warning
message illuminates when the vehicle’s power is limited for the safety.
– When the high voltage battery is
below a certain level, or voltage is
decreasing.
– When the temperature of the
motor or high voltage battery is
too high or too low.
– When there is a problem with the
cooling system or a failure that
may interrupt normal driving.
When the vehicle is started while the
charging connector is connected,
this warning message illuminates.
Remove the charging connector and
start the vehicle.
51
DRIVING ELECTRIC VEHICLE
■ Charging Door Open
OPSE046224L
When the vehicle is started while the
charging door is opened, this warning message illuminates. Make sure
to close the charging door after
charging is complete.
52
■ Charger Error!
■ Quick Charger Error!
OPSE045323L
OPSE045324L
This message is displayed when the
charging failed by external normal
charger error.
You should change and charge with
the other external charger immediately.
This message is displayed when the
charging failed by external quick
charger error.
You should change and charge with
the other external charger immediately.
DRIVING ELECTRIC VEHICLE
Warning Lamp and Indicator Lamp
(related to electric vehicle)
■ Ready indicator light
■ Service
Warning Light
■ Power Down
Warning Light
WPSE002G
WPSE-301Y
WPSE001Y
This warning light illuminates :
When the vehicle is ready to drive.
– ON: Normal driving is available.
– OFF: Normal driving is not available, or a failure has occurred.
– Blinking: Emergency driving.
When ready indicator light is OFF or
blinking, there is a failure. In this
case, have your vehicle inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer
This warning light illuminates :
• Once you set the POWER Button
to the ON position.
– It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds
• There is a failure with a sensor,
actuator, or the electric compressor for the air conditioner related
to the electric vehicle control system. When the warning light turns
ON while driving, or does not turn
OFF after vehicle has started,
have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
This warning light illuminates :
• when the power is limited for the
safety of the electric vehicle.
- When the high voltage battery
level is below a certain threshold,
the voltage is decreasing, the
temperature of the motor or driving battery is too high or too low,
there is a failure in the cooling
system, or a failure that is disrupting normal driving.
53
DRIVING ELECTRIC VEHICLE
■ Charging Indicator Light
■ Charging
■ Charging Complete
■ High voltage
battery level
warning light
■ Regenerative Brake Warning
Light
WPSE-303Y
WPSE-304R
WPSE-304G
This warning light illuminates :
This indicator light shows the charging status of the high voltage battery.
When it is charging, the red light
turns ON. When charging is complete, the green light turns ON.
54
This warning light illuminates :
• When the high voltage battery
level is not enough.
When the warning light turns ON,
Charge the battery immediately
W-128R
WPS-128Y
This warning light illuminates :
• The regenerative brake does not
operate and the brake does not
perform well. This causes the
brake warning lamp (red) and
regenerative brake warning lamp
(yellow) to turn ON simultaneously.
In this case, drive safely and have
your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
In this case, operation of the brake
pedal may be more difficult than
normal and the braking distance
can increase.
DRIVING ELECTRIC VEHICLE
■ ECOMINDER®
indicator
Active ECO system
ECO
This indicator light illuminates:
• The Active ECO system always
remembers the previous status
before the vehicle was turned off.
• When the Active ECO button is
pressed the ECOMINDER® indicator (green) will illuminate to show
that the Active ECO is operating.
To turn off the Active ECO system,
press the button again.
For more details, refer to "Active
ECO systme" in the chapter 5 or
"Electric Vehicle Guide".
55
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR
ELECTRIC VEHICLE
Responding to Vehicle Accidents in your
Electric Vehicle
When a vehicle accident occurs,
move the vehicle to a safe place, turn
OFF the vehicle and remove the auxiliary battery (12 V) terminal to prevent high voltage electricity from
flowing. Remove the auxiliary battery
(12 V) terminal and turn it OFF.
WARNING - Exposed
Wires & Electrical
Components
Do not touch electric wires that
may become exposed from
inside or outside the vehicle,
high voltage electric wires
(orange), connectors and all
electric
components
and
devices. Doing so may result in
electric shock and lead to
injuries.
56
WARNING - Damaged
WARNING - Vehicle fires
battery
Do not touch harmful gas and
electrolytes which may leak if
the high voltage battery is damaged in an accident.
When you suspect leakage of inflammable gas and other harmful gases,
open the windows and evacuate to a
safe place. If any leaked fluid comes
in contact with your eyes or skin,
immediately clean the affected area
thoroughly with tap water or saline
solution and have doctors inspect it
as soon as possible.
OPSE0Q4031
• If a small scale fire occurs,
use a fire extinguisher (ABC,
BC) that is meant for electrical
fires.
If it is impossible to extinguish the fire in the early
stage, remain a safe distance
from the vehicle and immediately call 911. Also, advise
them that an electric vehicle is
involved.
(Continued)
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR
ELECTRIC VEHICLE
(Continued)
If the fire spreads to the high
voltage battery, large amount
of water is needed to put out
the fire.
Using small amount of water
or fire extinguishers not
meant for electrical fires
could cause serious injury or
death from electrical shocks.
• When a vehicle fire occurs due
to the battery, there is a risk of a
second fire. Contact the fire
department when towing the
vehicle.
WARNING
If you cannot put out the fire
immediately, the high voltage
battery may explode. Evacuate
to a safe place and do not let
other people approach the site.
Contact the fire department and
notify them of an electric vehicle fire.
If the vehicle is flooded with water,
immediately turn OFF the vehicle
and evacuate to a safe place.
Contact the fire department or an
authorized Kia dealer.
• Flatbed Towing
• Tires Locked Towing
Dolly
• Tires Locked Towing
Dolly
OPSE0Q4054
If towing is required, lift all four
wheels off the ground and tow the
vehicle. If you must tow the vehicle
using only two wheels, lift the front
wheels off the ground and tow the
vehicle.
57
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR
ELECTRIC VEHICLE
Other Precautions for
Electric Vehicle
CAUTION
OPSE0Q4037
If you tow the vehicle while the
front wheels are touching the
ground, the vehicle motor may
generate electricity and the
motor components may be
damaged or a fire may occur.
• When you paint or apply heat
treatment to the vehicle as a result
of an accident, the performance of
the high voltage battery can be
reduced.
If heat treatment is required, we
recommend that you contact an
authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING - Damaging
Battery
When you clean the motor compartment, do not use high pressure water to wash. This may
cause an electric shock due to a
discharge in high voltage electricity.
CAUTION - Non-genuine
parts
Do not use, remodel, or install
non-genuine parts.
This may damage the electric
power system.
58
OPSE0Q4053
• An air inlet is installed under the
front seat for cooling the driving
battery. Do not block the air inlet
with a foreign substance.
ENVIRONMENTAL
FRIENDLINESS MARK
Service Plug
Environmental Friendliness
Mark
Leather Seat
OPSE0Q4042
WARNING - Service plug
Do not touch the service plug
installed at the rear seat
footrest. The service plug is
designed to block high voltage
electricity when repairing the
vehicle. If you are careless
when handling the service plug,
an electric shock may occur.
Fabric Seat
OPSE0Q4033L
Kia Motors 'Soul Electric Vehicle' uses
eco-friendly bioplastics, fiber, and
board for the interior materials and
has passed close inspection and validation. The plastic is validated
20,450g biomaterial where 9% is plant
derived carbon (14C). (Leather Seat)
The plastic is validated 23,942g biomaterial where 10% is plant derived
carbon (14C). (Fabric Seat). The
plastic is validated 19,890g biomaterial where 9% is plant derived carbon
(14C). (Sun-roof, Leather Seat)
The plastic is validated 23,382g biomaterial where 10% is plant derived
carbon (14C). (Sun-roof, Fabric Seat).
It has been awarded the UL Bio environmental friendliness mark for the
first time in vehicle industry.
The 'Soul Electric Vehicle' not only
uses eco-friendly interior materials,
but it also does not emit exhaust
gases, using regenerative biomass
to prevent the generation of carbon
dioxide (a major cause of global
warming). This also helps curb the
depletion of oil resources.
59
ENVIRONMENTAL
FRIENDLINESS MARK
List of Parts with Environmental
Friendliness Mark
NO.
NO.
1
SKIN-C/PAD MAIN
2
SKIN - DR TRIM UPR
3
NON WOVEN - HEADLINER
4
THREAD - FLOOR CARPET
5
THREAD - FLOOR MAT
6
FLOOR CONSOLE - MAIN, REAR
FLOOR CONSOLE - UPPER
PILLAR TRIM - FRONT
Bio Materials
Part
7
8
60
PILLAR TRIM - REAR
PILLAR TRIM - CENTER LWR
DOOR SCUFF - FRONT
DOOR SCUFF - REAR
9
DOOR TRIM - FRONT LWR, REAR MAIN
10
COWL SIDE TRIM
11
SKIN-SUNVISOR
12
COVERING SHELF
13
REAR TRANVERS TRIM
14
LUGG SIDE TRIM
15
SEAT FABRIC
Introduction
Vehicle Data Collection and
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1
Introduction
VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS
This vehicle is equipped with an
event data recorder (EDR). The
main purpose of an EDR is to
record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an
air bag deployment or hitting a
road obstacle, data that will assist
in understanding how a vehicle's
systems performed. The EDR is
designed to record data related to
vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time,
typically 30 seconds or less. The
EDR in this vehicle is designed to
record such data as:
* How various systems in your
vehicle were operating;
* Whether or not the driver and
passenger safety belts were
buckled/ fastened;
* How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator
and/or brake pedal; and,
* How fast the vehicle was traveling.
1 2
These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and
injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data
are recorded by your vehicle only
if a non-trivial crash situation
occurs; no data are recorded by
the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data (e.g.,
name, gender, age, and crash location) are recorded. However, other
parties, such as law enforcement,
could combine the EDR data with
the type of personally identifying
data routinely acquired during a
crash investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR,
special equipment is required, and
access to the vehicle or the EDR is
needed. In addition to the vehicle
manufacturer, other parties, such
as law enforcement, that have the
special equipment, can read the
information if they have access to
the vehicle or the EDR.
Your rights with respect to the
information discussed above may
vary from state to state. In some
states, such information is considered private, is exclusively owned
by the owner of the motor vehicle,
and is not retrievable or usable by
another person or entity.
Your vehicle at a glance
Exterior overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Interior overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Instrument panel overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Motor room compartment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
2
Your vehicle at a glance
EXTERIOR OVERVIEW
■ Front view
1. Hood .....................................................4-22
2. Head lamp ...................................4-83, 7-64
3. Fog lamp .....................................4-86, 7-67
4. Wheel and tire ......................................7-36
5. Outside rearview mirror ........................4-37
6. Front windshield wiper blades .....4-87, 7-29
7. Windows ...............................................4-17
8. Parking assist system..........................4-76
9. Charging door ...................EV Guide-22, 25
❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
OPSE014001
2 2
Your vehicle at a glance
■ Rear view
10. Door locks...........................................4-11
11. Rear combination lamp.......................7-68
12. High mounted stop lamp ....................7-70
13. Rear window wiper blade ..........4-87, 7-31
14. Tailgate................................................4-15
15. Rear camera display...........................4-80
16. Antenna ............................................4-128
17. Parking assist system.........................4-76
❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
OPSE014002
2 3
Your vehicle at a glance
INTERIOR OVERVIEW
1. Inside door handle ................................4-12
2. Power window switch ............................4-17
3. Central door lock switch........................4-13
4. Power window lock switch.....................4-20
5. Outside rearview mirror control.............4-38
6. Outside rearview mirror folding .............4-39
7. Instrument panel illumination control
switch ....................................................4-41
8. Charging door open button......EV Guide-22
9. Charging timer OFF button......EV Guide-17
10. Steering wheel heater On/Off button ..4-32
11. ESC Off button....................................5-25
12. Speaker lights ...................................4-130
13. Steering wheel ....................................4-30
14. Tilt and telescopic steering control
lever.....................................................4-31
15. Inner panel fuse panel ........................7-53
16. Hood release lever ..............................4-22
17. Seat.......................................................3-2
❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
OPSE014004
2 4
Your vehicle at a glance
INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW
1. Audio remote control buttons..............4-144
2. Driver’s front air bag .............................3-46
3. Horn......................................................4-32
4. Instrument cluster .................................4-40
5.Wiper and washer control lever .............4-87
6. Cruise control button ............................5-33
7. POWER button .......................................5-5
8. AVN(Audio/Video/Navigation)
9. Hazard warning flasher...........................6-2
10. Climate control system .......................4-94
11. Front seat warmer /
Seat air ventilation.................4-119, 4-121
12. Power outlet ......................................4-123
13. Shift Lever...........................................5-11
14. Center console storage box..............4-116
15. Glove box..........................................4-116
16. Passenger’s front air bag....................3-46
17. Electronic parking brake .....................5-18
18. Parking assist system button..............4-76
19. Active ECO button ..............................5-10
❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
OPSE014003N
2 5
Your vehicle at a glance
MOTOR ROOM COMPARTMENT
1. Coolant reservoir ..................................7-21
2. Brake fluid reservoir ..............................7-24
3. Fuse box................................................7-51
4. Positive battery terminal ........................7-33
5. Negative battery terminal ......................7-33
6. Radiator cap ..........................................7-23
7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir ........7-26
❈ The actual motor compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OPSE015005
2 6
Safety features of your vehicle
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
• Front seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
• Seatback pocket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
• Rear seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
• Seat belt restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
• Pre-tensioner seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
• Seat belt precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
• Care of seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Child restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
• Using a child restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
• Tether anchor system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
• Lower anchor system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
Air bag advanced supplemental restraint system . . . . . . 3-34
• How does the air bag system operate . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
• Do not installing a child restraint on a front
passenger's seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
• Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
• SRS components and functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
• Occupant Detection System (ODS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
• Driver's and passenger's front air bag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
• Side air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49
• Curtain air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51
• Inflation and non-inflation conditions of the air bag. 3-52
• SRS Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-57
• Adding equipment to or modifying your
air bag-equipped vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58
• Air bag warning label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58
3
Safety features of your vehicle
SEATS
Front seat
(1) Forward and backward
(2) Seatback angle
(3) Seat cushion height (Driver’s seat)
(4) Headrest
Rear seat
(5) Seatback folding
(6) Headrest
OPSE034001
3 2
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Loose
objects
Do not place anything in the driver's foot well or under the front
seats. Loose objects in the driver's foot area could interfere
with the operation of the foot
pedals.
WARNING - Driver responsibility for passengers
WARNING - Seat cushion
Occupants should never sit on
aftermarket seat cushions or sitting cushions. The passenger's
hips may slide under the lap portion of the seat belt during an
accident or a sudden stop.
WARNING - Driver’s seat
WARNING - Uprighting
seat
Do not press the release lever
on a manual seatback without
holding and controlling the
seatback. The seatback will
spring upright possibly impacting you or other passengers.
1KMN3662
The driver must advise the passenger to keep the seatback in
an upright position whenever
the vehicle is in motion. If a seat
is reclined during an accident,
the occupant's hips may slide
under the lap portion of the seat
belt, applying great force to the
unprotected abdomen.
• Never attempt to adjust the
seat while the vehicle is moving. This could result in loss
of control of your vehicle.
• Do not allow anything to interfere with the normal position of
the seatback and seatback
adjustment.
• Sit as far back as possible from
the steering wheel while still
maintaining comfortable control of the your vehicle. A distance of at least 10" from your
chest to the steering wheel is
recommended. Failure to do so
can result in airbag inflation
injuries to the driver.
3 3
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Rear
seatbacks
Always lock the rear seatback
before driving. Failure to do so
could result in passengers or
objects being thrown forward
injuring vehicle occupants.
WARNING - Unexpected
Seat Movement
After adjusting a manual seat,
always check that it is locked by
shifting your weight to the front
and back. Sudden or unexpected movement of the driver's
seat could cause you to lose
control of the vehicle.
WARNING - Small
Objects
Use extreme caution when picking small objects trapped under
the seats or between the seat
and the center console. Your
hands might be cut or injured
by the sharp edges of the seats
mechanism.
WARNING - Luggage and
Cargo
Do not stack pile or stack luggage or cargo higher than the
seatback in the cargo area. In an
accident the cargo could strike
and injury a passenger. If
objects are large, heavy or must
be piled, they must be secured
in the cargo area.
3 4
WARNING - Seat
adjustment
• Do not adjust the seat while
wearing seat belts. Moving the
seat forward will cause strong
pressure on the abdomen.
• Do not place your hand near
the seat bottom or seat track
while adjusting the seat. Your
hand could get caught in the
seat mechanism.
WARNING - Cargo Area
Do not allow passengers to ride
in the cargo area under any circumstance. The cargo area is
solely for the purpose of transporting luggage or cargo.
Safety features of your vehicle
Feature of Seat Leather
• Leather is made from the outer
skin of an animal, which goes
through a special process to be
available for use. Since it is a natural substance, each part differs in
thickness or density.
Wrinkles may appear as a natural
result of stretching and shrinking
depending on the temperature and
humidity.
• The seat is made of stretchable
fabric to improve comfort.
• The parts contacting the body are
curved and the side supporting
area is high which provides driving
comfort and stability.
• Wrinkles may appear naturally
from usage. It is not a fault of the
product.
CAUTION
• Belts with metallic accessories, zippers or keys inside
the back pocket may damage
the seat fabric.
• Make sure not to wet the seat.
It may change the nature of
natural leather.
• Jeans or clothes which could
bleach may contaminate the
surface of the seat covering
fabric.
Front seat adjustment
Forward and backward
OPS033002
✽ NOTICE
Wrinkles or abrasions which appear
naturally from usage are not covered by warranty.
To move the seat forward or backward:
1. Pull the seat slide adjustment
lever up and hold it.
2. Slide the seat to the position you
desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure
the seat is locked in place.
Adjust the seat before driving, and
make sure the seat is locked securely
by trying to move forward and backward without using the lever. If the
seat moves, it is not locked properly.
3 5
Safety features of your vehicle
Seatback angle
Seat height (for driver’s seat)
Headrest (for front seat)
OPS033003
OPS033004
OPS034058N
To recline the seatback:
1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the
seatback recline lever.
2. Carefully lean back on the seat
and adjust the seatback of the
seat to the position you desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure
the seatback is locked in place.
(The lever MUST return to its original position for the seatback to
lock.)
To change the height of the seat,
push the lever upwards or downwards.
• To lower the seat cushion, push the
lever down several times.
• To raise the seat cushion, pull the
lever up several times.
The driver's and front passenger's
seats are equipped with a headrest
for the occupant's safety and comfort.
The headrest not only provides comfort for the driver and front passenger,
but also helps protect the head and
neck in the event of a rear collision.
3 6
Safety features of your vehicle
For maximum effectiveness in case of
an accident, the headrest should be
adjusted so the middle of the headrest
is at the same height of the center of
gravity of an occupant's head.
Generally, the center of gravity of most
people's head is similar with the height
of the top of their eyes. Also, adjust the
headrest as close to your head as possible. For this reason, the use of a
cushion that holds the body away from
the seatback is not recommended.
WARNING - Headrest
removal/adjustment
• Do not operate the vehicle
with the headrests removed.
Headrests can provide critical
neck and head support in a
crash.
• Do not adjust the headrest
height while the vehicle is in
motion. Driver may lose control of the vehicle.
OPS033009
OPS033010
Forward and rearward adjustment
The headrest may be adjusted forward to 4 different positions by
pulling the headrest forward to the
desired detent. To adjust the headrest to it’s furthest rearward position,
pull it fully forward to the farthest
position and release it. Adjust the
headrest so that it properly supports
the head and neck.
Adjusting the height up and down
To raise the headrest, pull it up to the
desired position (1). To lower the
headrest, push and hold the release
button (2) on the headrest support
and lower the headrest to the desired
position (3).
3 7
Safety features of your vehicle
OYFH034205
OPS033047L
OPS033048L
If you recline the seatback towards
the front with the headrest and seat
cushion raised, the headrest may
come in contact with the sunvisor or
other parts of the vehicle.
Removal and installation
To remove the headrest:
1. Recline the seatback (2) with the
recline lever (1).
2. Raise headrest as far as it can go.
3. Press the headrest release button
(3) while pulling the headrest up (4).
To reinstall the headrest :
1. Put the headrest poles (2) into the
holes while pressing the release
button (1).
2. Recline the seatback (4) with the
recline lever (3).
3. Adjust the headrest to the appropriate height.
✽ NOTICE
WARNING
NEVER allow anyone to ride in a
seat with the headrest removed.
3 8
WARNING - Headrest
Reinstallation
To reduce the risk of injury to
the head or neck, always make
sure the headrest is locked into
position and adjusted properly
after reinstalling.
Safety features of your vehicle
Seatback pocket
Rear seat adjustment
Folding the rear seat
The rear seatbacks can be folded to
facilitate carrying long items or to
increase the luggage capacity of the
vehicle.
WARNING - Folded down
OPS033016
The seatback pocket is provided on
the back of the front passenger’s
seatbacks.
seatback
Never allow passengers sit on top
of the folded down seatback while
the vehicle is moving.This is not a
proper seating position and no
seat belts are available for use.
This could result in serious injury
or death in case of an accident or
sudden stop.
WARNING - Seatback
pockets
Do not put heavy or sharp
objects in the seatback pocket.
An occupant could contact such
objects in a crash. Heavy objects
in the front passenger seatback
could also interfere with the
airbag sensing system.
WARNING - Objects
OPS033015
To fold down the rear seatback
1. Insert the rear seat belt webbing in
the guide to prevent the seat belt
from being damaged.
2. Set the front seatback to the
upright position and if necessary,
slide the front seat forward.
3. Lower the rear headrests to the
lowest position.
Objects carried on the folded
down seatback should not extend
higher than the top of the front
seatbacks.This could allow cargo
to slide forward and cause injury
or damage during sudden stops.
3 9
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Cargo
Headrest
Do not place heavy objects in
the rear seats, since they cannot be properly secured and
may hit vehicle occupants in a
frontal collision.
OPSE034018
4.Pull on the seatback folding lever,
then fold the seat toward the front
of the vehicle. When you return the
seatback to its upright position,
always be sure it has locked into
position by pushing on the top of
the seatback.
5.To use the rear seat, lift and pull
the seatback backward by pulling
on the folding lever.
Pull the seatback firmly until it
clicks into place.
Make sure the seatback is locked
in place.
6.Return the rear seat belt to the
proper position.
3 10
Make sure the vehicle is off, the
reduction gear is in P (Park) position,
and the parking brake is securely
applied whenever loading or unloading cargo. Failure to take these steps
may allow the vehicle to move if the
shift lever is inadvertently moved to
another position.
OPA039053
The rear seat(s) is equipped with
headrests in all the seating positions
for the occupant's safety and comfort.
The headrest not only provides comfort for passengers, but also helps
protect the head and neck in the
event of a collision.
Safety features of your vehicle
For maximum effectiveness in case of
an accident, the headrest should be
adjusted so the middle of the headrest is at the same height as the center of gravity of an occupant's head.
Generally, the center of gravity of
most people's head is similar with
the height of the top of their eyes.
Also adjust the headrest as close to
your head as possible. For this reason, the use of a cushion that holds
the body away from the seatback is
not recommended.
WARNING - Headrest
removal/adjustment
• Do not operate the vehicle
with the headrests removed.
Headrests can provide critical
neck and head support in a
crash.
• Do not adjust the headrest
height while the vehicle is in
motion. Driver may lose control of the vehicle.
Adjusting the height up and down
Removal and installation
OPS033033
OPS033034
To raise the headrest :
1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).
To remove the headrest :
1. Raise it as far as it can go then
press the release button (1) while
pulling the headrest up (2).
To lower the headrest :
1. Push and hold the release button
(2) on the headrest support
2. Lower the headrest to the desired
position (3).
To reinstall the headrest :
1. Put the headrest poles (3) into the
holes while pressing the release
button (1).
2. Adjust it to the appropriate height.
3 11
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Headrest
Armrest (if equipped)
installation
After installing the headrest,
make sure that it is installed in
the right direction.
A headrest installed reversely
could increase whiplash injury
during rear impact.
OPS033032
To use the armrest, pull it forward
from the seatback.
3 12
Safety features of your vehicle
SEAT BELTS
Seat belt restraint system
• For maximum restraint system protection, the seat belts must always
be used whenever the vehicle is
moving. A properly positioned
shoulder belt should be positioned
midway over your shoulder across
your collarbone.
• Never allow children to ride in the
front passenger seat. See child
restraint system section for further
discussion.
WARNING - Shoulder Belt
• Never wear the shoulder belt
under your arm or behind
your back. An improperly
positioned shoulder belt cannot protect the occupant in a
crash.
• Always wear both the shoulder portion and lap portion of
the lap/shoulder belt.
WARNING - Damaged
seat belt
Replace the entire seat belt
assembly if any part of the webbing or hardware is damage as
you can no longer be sure that a
damage seat belt will provide
protection in a crash.
Seat belts are designed to bear upon
the bony structure of the body, and
should be worn low across the front
of the pelvis or the pelvis, chest and
shoulders, as applicable; wearing the
lap section of the belt across the
abdominal area must be avoided.
Seat belts should be adjusted as
firmly as possible, consistent with
comfort, to provide the protection for
which they have been designed.
A slack belt will greatly reduce the
protection afforded to the wearer.
Care should be taken to avoid contamination of the webbing with polishes, oils and chemicals, and particularly battery acid. Cleaning may
safely be carried out using mild soap
and water. The belt should be
replaced if webbing becomes frayed,
contaminated or damaged.
• No modifications or additions
should be made by the user which
will either prevent the seat belt
adjusting devices from operating to
remove slack, or prevent the seat
belt assembly from being adjusted
to remove slack.
3 13
Safety features of your vehicle
• When you fasten the seat belt, be
careful not to latch the seat belt in
buckles of other seat. It's very dangerous and you may not be protected by the seat belt properly.
• Do not unfasten the seat belt and
do not fasten and unfasten the seat
belt repeatedly while driving. This
could result in loss of control, and
an accident causing death, serious
injury, or property damage.
• When fastening the seat belt,
make sure that the seat belt does
not pass over objects that are hard
or can break easily.
WARNING - Seat belt
buckle
Do not allow foreign material
(gum, crumbs, coins, etc.) to
obstruct the seat belt buckle.
This may prevent the seat belt
from fastening securely.
3 14
Conditions
Seat belt warning
Seat Belt
Vehicle
Speed
Unbuckled
OAM032161L
Driver’s seat belt warning (1)
The driver's seat belt warning light
and chime will activate pursuant to
the following table when the POWER
button is in "ON" position.
Unbuckled
ChimeSound
Light-Blink
6 seconds
Buckled
Buckled →
Unbuckled
Warning Pattern
6 seconds
None
Below 3 mph
6 seconds
(5 km/h)
None
3 mph~
6 mph
6 seconds
Above 6 mph
(10 km/h)
6 sec. on / 24 sec. off
(11 times)
Above 6 mph
(10 km/h)
6 seconds *1
↓
↓
Below 3 mph
(5 km/h)
Stop *2
*1 Warning pattern repeats 11 times with
an interval of 24 seconds. If the driver's
seat belt is buckled, the light will stop
within 6 seconds and chime will stop
immediately.
2
* The light will stop within 6 seconds and
chime will stop immediately.
Safety features of your vehicle
Conditions
Seat Belt
OPSE035033N
Front passenger’s seat belt warning (2)
The front passenger's seat belt warning light will activate to the following
table when the POWER button is in
"ON" position.
Vehicle
Speed
Warning Pattern
Light-Blink
Unbuckled
6 seconds
Above 6mph
Unbuckled
(10 km/h)
Continuously
Buckled
6 seconds
Above 6mph
(10 km/h)
Buckled →
Unbuckled Below 6mph
(10 km/h)
Continuously *1
None
*1 The seat belt warning light will go
off if the vehicle speed decreases
below 3 mph (5 km/h). If the vehicle speed increases above 3 mph
(5 km/h), the warning light will blink
again.
Riding in an improper position
adversely affects the front passenger's seat belt warning system. It is
important for the driver to instruct the
passenger as to the proper seating
instructions as contained in this
manual.
• You can find the front passenger's
seat belt warning light on the center fascia panel.
• Although the front passenger seat
is not occupied, the seat belt warning light will blink for 6 seconds.
• The seat belt warning light can
blink when a briefcase or purse is
placed on the front passenger
seat.
3 15
Safety features of your vehicle
Seat belt - Driver's 3-point system
with emergency locking retractor
B180A01NF-1
To fasten your seat belt:
To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of
the retractor and insert the metal tab
(1) into the buckle (2). There will be
an audible "click" when the tab locks
into the buckle.
3 16
The seat belt automatically adjusts to
the proper length only after the lap
belt portion is adjusted manually so
that it fits snugly around your hips. If
you lean forward in a slow, easy
motion, the belt will extend and let
you move around. If there is a sudden stop or impact, however, the belt
will lock into position. It will also lock
if you try to lean forward too quickly.
If you are not able to pull out the seat
belt from the retractor, firmly pull the
belt out and release it. Then you will
be able to pull the belt out smoothly.
Front seat
OXM039026
Height adjustment
You can adjust the height of the shoulder belt anchor to one of the 3 positions for maximum comfort and safety.
The height of the adjusting seat belt
should not be too close to your neck.
The shoulder portion should be
adjusted so that it lies across your
chest and midway over your shoulder
near the door and not your neck.
To adjust the height of the seat belt
anchor, lower or raise the height
adjuster into an appropriate position.
To raise the height adjuster, pull it up
(1). To lower it, push it down (3) while
pressing the height adjuster button (2).
Safety features of your vehicle
Release the button to lock the
anchor into position. Try sliding the
height adjuster to make sure that it
has locked into position.
Improperly positioned seat belts can
cause serious injuries in an accident.
WARNING - Shoulder belt
positioning
Never position the shoulder belt
across your neck or face.
WARNING - Seat belt
replacement
Replace your seat belts after
being in an accident. Failure to
replace seat belts after an accident could leave you with damaged seat belts that will not provide protection in the event of
another collision.
B200A02NF
You should place the lap belt portion
as low as possible and snugly across
your hips, not on your waist. If the lap
belt is located too high on your waist,
it may increase the chance of injury in
the event of a collision. Both arms
should not be under or over the belt.
Rather, one should be over and the
other under, as shown in the illustration.
Never wear the seat belt under the
arm that is near the door.
Seat belts - Front passenger and
rear seat 3-point system with
combination locking retractor
To fasten your seat belt:
Combination retractor type seat belts
are installed in the rear seat positions to help accommodate the
installation of child restraint systems.
Although a combination retractor is
also installed in the front passenger
seat position, it is strongly recommended that children always be
seated in the rear seat. NEVER
place any infant restraint system in
the front seat of the vehicle.
This type of seat belt combines the
features of both an emergency locking retractor seat belt and an automatic locking retractor seat belt. To
fasten your seat belt, pull it out of the
retractor and insert the metal tab into
the buckle. There will be an audible
"click" when the tab locks into the
buckle. When not securing a child
restraint, the seat belt operates in the
same way as the driver's seat belt
(Emergency Locking Retractor Type).
3 17
Safety features of your vehicle
It automatically adjusts to the proper
length only after the lap belt portion
of the seat belt is adjusted manually
so that it fits snugly around your hips.
When the seat belt is fully extended
from the retractor to allow the installation of a child restraint system, the
seat belt operation changes to allow
the belt to retract, but not to extend
(Automatic Locking Retractor Type).
Refer to “Using a child restraint system” in this section.
✽ NOTICE
Although the combination retractor
provides the same level of protection
for seated passengers in either emergency or automatic locking modes,
have the seated passengers use the
emergency locking feature for
improved convenience. The automatic locking function is intended to
facilitate child restraint installation.
To convert from the automatic locking feature to the emergency locking
operation mode, allow the unbuckled seat belt to fully retract.
3 18
Do NOT fold down the left portion of
the rear seat back when the rear
center seat belt is buckled. ALWAYS
UNBUCKLE the rear center seat belt
before folding down the left portion of
the rear seat back. If the rear center
seat belt is buckled when the left portion of the rear seat back is folded
down, distortion and damage to the
top portion of the seat back and seat
belt garnish may result, causing the
seat back to lock into the folded
down position.
B210A01NF-1
To release the seat belt:
The seat belt is released by pressing
the release button (1) on the locking
buckle. When it is released, the belt
should automatically draw back into
the retractor.
If this does not happen, check the
belt to be sure it is not twisted, then
try again.
Safety features of your vehicle
Stowing the rear seat belt
3 Point rear center belt
ORP032074
OPS033015
OPSE034020
Routing the seat belt webbing
through the rear seat belt guides will
help keep the belts from being
trapped behind or under the seats.
After inserting the seat belt, tighten
the belt webbing by pulling it up.
To fasten the rear center belt
1.Insert the mini tongue (A) into the
open end of the anchor connector
(C) until an audible “click" is heard,
indicating the latch is locked. Make
sure the belt is not twisted.
CAUTION - Seat belt guide
Remove the seat belt from the
guides before using. If you pull
on the seat belt when it is stored
in the guides, it may damage the
guides and/or belt webbing.
2.Pull the tongue plate (B) and insert
the tongue plate (B) into the open
end of the buckle (D) until an audible “click” is heard, indicating the
latch is locked. Make sure the belt
is not twisted.
When using the rear center seat
belt, the buckle with the “CENTER”
mark must be used.
WARNING - Rear center
seat belt
Do not separate mini tongue and
mini buckle even if there is not
an occupant.
If it is separated, It may hit the
rear seat occupants in a collision
or sudden stops.
3 19
Safety features of your vehicle
There will be an audible “click” when
the tab locks in the buckle. The seat
belt automatically adjusts to the
proper length only after the lap belt is
adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips, if you lean forward in a slow, easy motion, the belt
will extend and let you move around.
If there is a sudden stop or impact,
the belt will lock into position. It will
also lock if you try to lean forward too
quickly.
When using the rear seat center belt,
you must lock all tongue plates and
buckles.
3 20
To unfasten the rear center belt
Pre-tensioner seat belt
OPS033055L
OXMA033101
Press the release button on the
buckle (D) and remove the tongue
plate (B) from the buckle (D).
Your vehicle is equipped with driver's
and front passenger's pre-tensioner
seat belts (retractor pretensioner and
EFD (Emergency Fastening Device)).
The pre-tensioner seat belts may be
activated, when a frontal collision is
severe enough, together with the air
bags.
When the vehicle stops suddenly, or
if the occupant tries to lean forward
too quickly, the seat belt retractor
may lock into position. In certain
frontal collisions, the pre-tensioner
will activate and pull the seat belt into
tighter contact against the occupant's body.
Safety features of your vehicle
(1) Retractor Pretensioner
The purpose of the retractor pretensioner is to make sure that the
shoulder belts fit in tightly against
the occupant's upper body in certain frontal collisions.
(2) EFD (Emergency Fastening Device)
The purpose of the EFD is to
make sure that the pelvis belts fit
in tightly against the occupant's
lower body in certain frontal collisions.
If the system senses excessive tension on the driver or passenger's
seat belt when the pre-tensioner system activates, the load limiter inside
the retractor pre-tensioner will release
some of the pressure on the affected
seat belt.
ODMESA2024/Q
The seat belt pre-tensioner system
consists mainly of the following components. Their locations are shown in
the illustration:
(1) SRS air bag warning light
(2) Retractor pre-tensioner assembly
(3) SRS control module
(4) Emergency fastening device (EFD)
• Both the driver's and front passenger's seat belt pre-tensioner system may be activated not only in
certain frontal collision but also in
certain side collision or rollover, if
the vehicle is equipped with a side
or curtain air bag.
• Because the sensor that activates
the SRS air bag is connected with
the pre-tensioner seat belt, the
SRS air bag warning light
on
the instrument panel will illuminate
for approximately 6 seconds after
the POWER button has been
turned to the ON position, and then
it should turn off.
3 21
Safety features of your vehicle
If the pre-tensioner seat belt system
are not working properly, this warning light will illuminate even if there is
no malfunction of the SRS air bag. If
the SRS air bag warning light does
not illuminate when the POWER button is turned ON, or if it remains illuminated after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds, or if it illuminates
while the vehicle is being driven,
have an authorized Kia dealer
inspect the pre-tensioner seat belt
and SRS air bag system as soon as
possible.
3 22
WARNING - Hot pretensioner
Do not touch the pre-tensioner
seat belt assemblies for several
minutes after they have been
activated. When the pre-tensioner seat belt mechanism
fires during a collision the pretensioner becomes hot and can
burn you.
Pre-tensioners are designed to operate only one time. After activation,
pre-tensioner seat belts must be
replaced. If the pre-tensioner must
be replaced, contact an authorized
Kia dealer.
Seat belt precautions
Infant or small child
All 50 states have child restraint
laws. You should be aware of the
specific requirements in your state.
Child and/or infant seats must be
properly placed and installed in the
rear seat. For more information
about the use of these restraints,
refer to “Child restraint system” in this
section.
Safety features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
Small children are best protected
from injury in an accident when
properly restrained in the rear seat
by a child restraint system that
meets the requirements of the
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards. Before buying any child
restraint system, make sure that it
has a label certifying that it meets
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standard 213. The restraint must be
appropriate for your child's height
and weight. Check the label on the
child restraint for this information.
Refer to “Child restraint system” in
this section.
Larger children
Children who are too large for child
restraint systems should always
occupy the rear seat and use the
available lap/shoulder belts. The lap
portion should be fastened and
snugged on the hips and as low as
possible. Check if the belt fits periodically. A child's squirming could put
the belt out of position. Children are
given the most safety in the event of
an accident when they are restrained
by a proper restraint system in the
rear seat. If a larger child (over age
12) must be seated in the front seat,
the child should be securely
restrained by the available lap/shoulder belt and the seat should be
placed in the rearmost position.
Children age 12 and under should be
restrained securely in the rear seat.
NEVER place a child age 12 and
under in the front seat. NEVER place
a rear facing child seat in the front
seat of a vehicle.
If the shoulder belt portion slightly
touches the child’s neck or face, try
placing the child closer to the center of
the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still
touches their face or neck they need to
be returned to a child restraint system.
WARNING - Small children
Do not allow small children to
ride in the vehicle without an
appropriate child restraint system. If the shoulder belt comes
in contact with your child's neck
or face your child is too small to
ride in the vehicle. In a crash the
seat belt will inflict injury to your
child's neck, throat and face.
3 23
Safety features of your vehicle
Restraint of pregnant women
Pregnant women should wear
lap/shoulder belt assemblies whenever possible according to specific
recommendations by their doctors.
The lap portion of the belt should be
worn AS SECURELY AND LOW AS
POSSIBLE.
WARNING - Pregnant
women
Pregnant women must never
place the lap portion of the seat
belt above or on the abdomen
where the fetus is located. The
force of the seat belt during a
collision will crush the fetus.
3 24
Injured person
A seat belt should be used when an
injured person is being transported.
When this is necessary, you should
consult a physician for recommendations.
One person per belt
Two people (including children)
should never attempt to use a single
seat belt. This could increase the
severity of injuries in case of an accident.
Do not lie down
To reduce the chance of injuries in
the event of an accident and to
achieve maximum effectiveness of
the restraint system, all passengers
should be sitting up and the front and
rear seats should be in an upright
position when the vehicle is moving.
A seat belt cannot provide proper
protection if the person is lying down
in the rear seat or if the front and rear
seats are in a reclined position.
Safety features of your vehicle
Care of seat belts
Seat belt systems should never be
disassembled or modified. In addition, care should be taken to assure
that seat belts and belt hardware are
not damaged by seat hinges, doors
or other abuse.
WARNING - Pinched seat
belt
• Make sure that the webbing
and/or buckle does not get
caught or pinched in the rear
seat when returning the rear
seatback to its upright position. A caught or pinched
webbing/buckle may become
damaged and could fail during a collision or sudden stop.
• Seatbelts can become hot in a
vehicle that has been closed
up in sunny weather. They
could burn infants and children.
Periodic inspection
All seat belts should be inspected
periodically for wear or damage of
any kind. Any damaged parts should
be replaced as soon as possible.
Keep belts clean and dry
Seat belts should be kept clean and
dry. If belts become dirty, they can be
cleaned by using a mild soap solution and warm water. Bleach, dye,
strong detergents or abrasives
should not be used because they
may damage and weaken the fabric.
When to replace seat belts
The entire in-use seat belt assembly
or assemblies should be replaced if
the vehicle has been involved in an
accident. This should be done even if
no damage is visible. Additional
questions concerning seat belt operation should be directed to an
authorized Kia dealer.
3 25
Safety features of your vehicle
CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM
Children riding in the vehicle should
sit in the rear seat and must always
be properly restrained to minimize
the risk of injury in an accident, sudden stop or sudden maneuver.
According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly
restrained in the rear seats than in
the front seat. Larger children not in
a child restraint should use one of
the seat belts provided.
You should be aware of the specific
requirements in your country. Child
and/or infant safety seats must be
properly placed and installed in the
rear seat. You must use a commercially available child restraint system
that meets the requirements of the
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards (FMVSS).
Child restraint systems are designed
to be secured in vehicle seats by the
lap belt portion of a lap/shoulder belt,
or by a tether anchor and/or LATCH
anchors.
3 26
Children could be injured or killed in
a crash if their restraints are not
properly secured. For small children
and babies, a child seat or infant seat
must be used. Before buying a particular child restraint system, make
sure it fits your vehicle seat and seat
belts, and fits your child.
Follow all the instructions provided
by the manufacturer when installing
the child restraint system.
WARNING - Restraint
location
Never install a child or infant
seat on the front passenger's
seat. A child riding in the front
passenger seat can be forcefully struck by an inflating airbag.
WARNING - Hot child
restraint
A child restraint system can
become very hot if it is left in a
closed vehicle on a sunny day.
Be sure to check the seat cover,
buckles and latches before
placing a child in the restraint
system.
When the child restraint system is
not in use, store it in the luggage
area or fasten it with a seat belt so
that it will not be thrown forward in
case of a sudden stop or an accident.
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Holding children
Never hold a child in your arms
or lap when riding in a vehicle.
The violent forces created during a crash will tear the child
from your arms and throw the
child against the car’s interior.
Always use a child restraint
system which is appropriate for
your child's height and weight.
WARNING - Seat belt use
Do not use one seat belt for two
occupants at the same time.
This will eliminate any safety
benefit provided by the seat belt
to the occupants.
After an accident, have an authorized Kia dealer check the child
restraint system, seat belt, tether
anchor and lower anchor.
Using a child restraint system
Rearward-facing child restraint system
CRS09
Forward-facing child restraint system
WARNING - Unattended
Children
Never leave children unattended
in a vehicle. The car can heat up
very quickly, resulting in injuries
to the child in the vehicle.
OTQ037038
For small children and babies, the use
of a child seat or infant seat is required.
The child seat or infant seat should be
of appropriate size for the child and
should be installed in accordance with
the manufacturer's instructions.
3 27
Safety features of your vehicle
For safety reasons, we recommend
that the child restraint system be
used in the rear seats.
Never place a rear-facing child
restraint in the front passenger seat,
because of the danger an inflating
passenger-side air bag could impact
the rear-facing child restraint and kill
the child.
Since all passenger seat belts move
freely under normal conditions and
only lock under extreme or emergency conditions (emergency lock
mode), you must manually change
these seat belts to the auto lock
mode to secure a child restraint.
If the seat belt does not operate as
described in this section, have the
system checked immediately by your
authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING - Child seat
installation
• Always follow the instructions
provided by the child restraint
system manufacturer. Child
restraint system manufacturers know their products best.
• Failure to observe this manual's instructions regarding
child restraint system and the
instructions provided with the
child restraint system could
result in the improper installation of the child restraint system which may reduce the
protection to your child in a
crash or a sudden stop.
✽ NOTICE
If the vehicle headrest prevents
proper installation of a child seat (as
described in the child seat system
manual), the headrest of the respective seating position shall be readjusted or entirely removed.
3 28
Placing a passenger seat belt
into the auto lock mode
E2MS103005
The auto lock mode will help prevent
the normal movement of the child in
the vehicle from causing the seat belt
to loosen and compromise the child
restraint system. To secure a child
restraint system, use the following
procedure.
Safety features of your vehicle
If the vehicle headrest prevents proper installation of a child seat (as
described in the child seat system
manual), the headrest of the respective seating position shall be readjusted or entirely removed.
OEN036101
OEN036102
To install a child restraint system on
the outboard or center rear seats, do
the following:
1. Place the child restraint system in
the seat and route the lap/shoulder belt around or through the
restraint, following the restraint
manufacturer’s instructions. Be
sure the seat belt webbing is not
twisted.
2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch
into the buckle. Listen for the distinct “click” sound.
Position the release button so that it
is easy to access in case of an emergency.
3. Pull the shoulder portion of the
seat belt all the way out. When the
shoulder portion of the seat belt is
fully extended, it will shift the
retractor to the “Auto Lock” (child
restraint) mode.
3 29
Safety features of your vehicle
OEN036103
OEN036104
4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion
of the seat belt to retract and listen
for an audible “clicking” or “ratcheting” sound. This indicates that the
retractor is in the “Auto Lock”
mode. If no distinct sound is
heard, repeat steps 3 and 4.
5. Remove as much slack from the
belt as possible by pushing down
on the child restraint system while
feeding the shoulder belt back into
the retractor.
6. Push and pull on the child restraint
system to confirm that the seat
belt is holding it firmly in place. If it
is not, release the seat belt and
repeat steps 2 through 6.
7. Double check that the retractor is
in the “Auto Lock” mode by
attempting to pull more of the seat
belt out of the retractor. If you cannot, the retractor is in the “Auto
Lock” mode.
3 30
The lap/shoulder belt automatically
returns to the “emergency lock
mode” whenever the belt is allowed
to retract fully. Therefore, the preceding seven steps must be followed
each time a child restraint is
installed.
To remove the child restraint, press
the release button on the buckle and
then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of
the restraint and allow the seat belt
to retract fully.
WARNING - Auto lock
mode
Set the retractor to Automatic
Lock mode when installing any
child restraint system. If the
retractor is not in the Automatic
Locking mode, the child
restraint can move when your
vehicle turns or stops suddenly.
When the seat belt is allowed to
retract to its fully stowed position,
the retractor will automatically
switch from the “Auto Lock” mode
to the emergency lock mode for
normal adult usage.
Safety features of your vehicle
Securing a child restraint seat
with tether anchor system
WARNING - Tether strap
Never mount more than one
child restraint to a single tether
or to a single lower anchorage
point. The increased load
caused by multiple seats may
cause the tethers or anchorage
points to break.
OXM039034N
OPS033019
Child restraint hook holders are
located on the back of the rear seatbacks.
This symbol indicates the
position of the tether anchor.
1.Route the child restraint seat strap
over the seatback.
For vehicles with adjustable headrests, route the tether strap under
the headrest and between the
headrest posts, otherwise route
the tether strap over the top of the
seatback. In case of interference
between the child restraint seat
and the headrest remove the particular head restraint for better fitment of the child restraint seat.
2.Connect the tether strap hook to
the appropriate child restraint hook
holder and tighten to secure the
child restraint seat.
Check that the child restraint system
is secure by pushing and pulling it in
different directions. Incorrectly fitted
child restraints may swing, twist, tip
or separate causing death or serious
injury.
3 31
Safety features of your vehicle
Securing a child restraint seat with
child seat lower anchor system
Lower Anchor
Position Indicator
WARNING - Unused rear
seatbelts
Always fasten the seatbelts
behind the child restraint seat
when they are not used to
secure the child seat. Failure to
do so may result in child strangulation.
Lower Anchor
OXM039060N
OPS034059N
Some child seat manufacturers
make child restraint seats that are
labeled as LATCH or LATCH-compatible child restraint seats. LATCH
stands for "Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children". These seats
include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that connect to two
LATCH anchors at specific seating
positions in your vehicle. This type of
child restraint seat eliminates the
need to use seat belts to attach the
child seat in the rear seats.
3 32
Child restraint symbols are located
on the left and right 2nd row seat
backs to indicate the position of the
lower anchors for child restraints.
Install the child restraint seat fully
rearward against the seatback with
the seatback reclined two positions
from the most upright latched position.
Safety features of your vehicle
Once you have installed the LATCH
child restraint, assure that the seat is
properly attached to the LATCH and
tether anchors.
Also, test the child restraint seat
before you place the child in it. Tilt
the seat from side to side. Also try to
tug the seat forward. Check to see if
the anchors hold the seat in place.
OXM039036N
LATCH anchors have been provided
in your vehicle. The LATCH anchors
are located in the left and right outboard rear seating positions. Their
locations are shown in the illustration. There is no LATCH anchor provided for the center rear seating
position.
The LATCH anchors are located
between the seatback and the seat
cushion of the 2nd row seat left and
right outboard seating positions.
Follow the child seat manufacturer’s
instructions to properly install child
restraint seats with LATCH or
LATCH-compatible attachments.
WARNING - LATCH lower
anchors
Never attempt to attach a
LATCH equipped seat in the
center seating position. LATCH
lower anchors are only to be
used with the left and right rear
outboard seating positions. You
may damage the anchors or the
anchors may fail and break in a
collision.
✽ NOTICE
The recommended weight for the
LATCH system is under 65 lb (30
kg).
How to calculate the child restraint
weight :
Child restraint weight =
65 lb (30 kg) - Child weight
3 33
Safety features of your vehicle
AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Driver’s front air bag
Passenger’s front air bag
Side air bag
Curtain air bag
Even in vehicles with air bags, you
and your passengers must always
wear the safety belts provided in
order to minimize the risk and severity of injury in the event of a collision
or rollover.
❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OAM032026
3 34
Safety features of your vehicle
How does the air bag system
operate
• Air bags are activated (able to
inflate if necessary) only when the
POWER button is turned to the ON
or the vehicle is in the ready (
)
mode.
• The appropriate air bags inflate
instantly in the event of a serious
frontal collision or side collision in
order to help protect the occupants
from serious physical injury.
• There is no single speed at which
the air bags will inflate.
Generally, air bags are designed to
inflate based upon the severity of a
collision and its direction. These
two factors determine whether the
sensors produce an electronic
deployment/ inflation signal.
• Air bag deployment depends on a
number of factors including vehicle
speed, angles of impact and the
density and stiffness of the vehicles or objects which your vehicle
hits in the collision. The determining factors are not limited to those
mentioned above.
• The front air bags will completely
inflate and deflate in an instant.
It is virtually impossible for you to
see the air bags inflate during an
accident.
It is much more likely that you will
simply see the deflated air bags
hanging out of their storage compartments after the collision.
• In addition to inflating in serious
side collisions, side and/or curtain
air bags will inflate if the sensing
system detects a rollover.
• When a rollover is detected, curtain air bags will remain inflated
longer to help provide protection
from ejection, especially when
used in conjunction with the seat
belts.
• In order to help provide protection,
the air bags must inflate rapidly.
The speed of the air bag inflation is
a consequence of extremely short
time in which to inflate the air bag
between the occupant and the
vehicle structures before the occupant impacts those structures. This
speed of inflation reduces the risk
of serious or life-threatening
injuries and is thus a necessary
part of the air bag design.
However, air bag inflation can also
cause injuries which can include
facial abrasions, bruises and broken bones because the inflation
speed also causes the air bags to
expand with a great deal of force.
• There are even circumstances
under which contact with the
steering wheel or passenger air
bag can cause fatal injuries,
especially if the occupant is
positioned excessively close to
the steering wheel or passenger
air bag.
3 35
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Airbag inflation
Sit as far back as possible from
the steering wheel while still
maintaining comfortable control of your vehicle. A distance
of at least 10" from your chest
to the steering wheel is recommended. Failure to do so can
result in airbag inflation injuries
to the driver.
3 36
Noise and smoke
When inflated, the air bags make a
loud noise and leave smoke and
powder in the air inside the vehicle.
This is normal and is a result of the
ignition of the air bag inflator. After
the air bag inflates, you may feel substantial discomfort in breathing due
to the contact of your chest with both
the seat belt and the air bag, as well
as from breathing the smoke and
powder. Open your doors and/or
windows as soon as possible after
impact in order to reduce discomfort and prevent prolonged exposure to the smoke and powder.
Though smoke and powder are nontoxic, it may cause irritation to the
skin (eyes, nose and throat, etc). If
this is the case, wash and rinse with
cold water immediately and consult a
doctor if the symptom persists.
WARNING - Hot components
Do not touch the air bag storage
area's internal components
immediately after airbag inflation. The air bag related parts in
the steering wheel, instrument
panel and the roof rails above
the front and rear doors are
very hot. Hot components can
result in burn injuries.
Do not install or place any
accessories near air bag
deployment areas, such as the
instrument panel, windows, pillars, and roof rails.
Safety features of your vehicle
Do not install a child restraint on
the front passenger’s seat.
WARNING - Air bag
Air bag warning light
deployment
When children are seated in the
rear outboard seats of a vehicle
equipped with side and/or curtain air bags, install the child
restraint system as far away
from the door side as possible.
Inflation of the side and/or curtain air bags could impact the
child.
W7-147
1JBH3051
Never place a rear-facing child
restraint in the front passenger’s
seat. If the air bag deploys, it would
impact the rear-facing child restraint,
causing serious or fatal injury.
In addition, do not place front-facing
child restraints in the front passenger’s seat either. If the front passenger air bag inflates, it could cause
serious or fatal injuries to the child.
The purpose of air bag warning light
in your instrument panel is to alert
you of a potential problem with your
air bag system, which could include
your side and/or curtain air bags
used for rollover protection.
3 37
Safety features of your vehicle
When the POWER button is turned
ON, the warning light should illuminate for approximately 6 seconds,
then go off. Have the system
checked by an authorized Kia dealership if:
• The light does not turn on briefly
when you turn the POWER button
ON.
• The light stays on after illuminating
for approximately 6 seconds.
• The light comes on while the vehicle is in motion.
• The light blinks when the POWER
button is in ON position.
3 38
SRS components and functions
,
,
,
,
OPSE034036N/Q
The SRS consists of the following
components:
1. Driver's front air bag module
2. Passenger's front air bag module
3. Side air bag modules
4. Curtain air bag modules
5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies
6. Air bag warning light
7. SRS control module (SRSCM)/
Rollover sensor
8. Front impact sensors
9. Side impact sensors
10. PASSENGER “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator (Front passenger’s seat
only)
11. Occupant detection system
(Front passenger’s seat only)
12. Driver’s and front passenger’s
seat belt buckle sensors
13. Emergency fastening device
(EFD)
14. Side pressure impact sensor
The SRSCM continually monitors all
SRS components while the POWER
button is ON to determine if a crash
impact is severe enough to require
air bag deployment or pre-tensioner
seat belt deployment.
Safety features of your vehicle
W7-147
If the air bag warning light illuminated for more than, 6 seconds after the
POWER button is turned on, or of it
illuminates during vehicle operation,
an SRS component may not be functioning properly and you should have
your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
If any of the following conditions
occurs, this indicates a malfunction
in the air bag system. Have an
authorized Kia dealer inspect the air
bag system as soon as possible.
• The light does not turn on briefly
when you turn the POWER button
ON.
• The light stays on after illuminating
for approximately 6 seconds.
• The light comes on while the vehicle is in motion.
• The light blinks when the POWER
button is in ON position.
Driver’s front air bag (1)
B240B01L
The front air bag modules are located both in the center of the steering
wheel and in the front passenger's
panel above the glove box. When the
SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe
impact to the front of the vehicle, it
will automatically deploy the front air
bags.
3 39
Safety features of your vehicle
Driver’s front air bag (2)
Driver’s front air bag (3)
Passenger’s front air bag
B240B02L
B240B03L
Upon deployment, tear seams molded directly into the pad covers will
separate under pressure from the
expansion of the air bags. Further
opening of the covers then allows full
inflation of the air bags.
A fully inflated air bag, in combination with a properly worn seat belt,
slows the driver's or the passenger's
forward motion, reducing the risk of
head and chest injury.
After complete inflation, the air bag
immediately starts deflating, enabling
the driver to maintain forward visibility
and the ability to steer or operate
other controls.
3 40
B240B05L
WARNING - Air bag
obstructions
Do not install or place any
accessories on the steering
wheel, instrument panel, or on
the front passenger's panel
above the glove box in a vehicle. Such objects may become
dangerous projectiles if the air
bag deploys.
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Flying objects
Do not place any objects (an
umbrella, bag, etc.) between the
front door and the front seat.
Such objects may become dangerous projectiles if the side
airbag inflates.
• If an air bag deploys, there may be
a loud noise followed by a fine dust
released in the vehicle. These conditions are normal and are not hazardous - the air bags are packed in
this fine powder. The dust generated during air bag deployment may
cause skin or eye irritation as well
as aggravate asthma for some persons. Always wash all exposed
skin areas thoroughly with cold
water and a mild soap after an
accident in which the air bags were
deployed.
• The SRS can function only when
the POWER button is in the ON
position. If the SRS air bag warning
light does not illuminate, or continuously remains on after illuminating for about 6 seconds when the
POWER button is turned to the ON
position, or after the vehicle is in
the ready (
) mode, comes on
while driving, the SRS is not working properly. If this occurs, have
your vehicle immediately inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
✽ NOTICE
Before you replace a fuse or disconnect a battery terminal, turn the
vehicle off. Never remove or replace
the air bag related fuse(s) when the
POWER button is in the ON position. Failure to heed this warning
will cause the SRS air bag warning
light to illuminate.
Occupant Detection System
(ODS)
OPSE035035N
Your vehicle is equipped with an
occupant detection system in the
front passenger's seat.
The occupant detection system is
designed to detect the presence of a
properly-seated front passenger and
determine if the passenger's front air
bag should be enabled (may inflate)
or not. Only the front passenger front
air bag is controlled by the Occupant
Detection System.
Do not put anything in front of the
passenger air bag
indicator.
3 41
Safety features of your vehicle
Main components of the occupant detection system
• A detection device located within
the front passenger seat cushion.
• An electronic system which determines whether the passenger air
bag systems should be activated
or deactivated.
• A indicator light located on the
instrument panel which illuminates
the words PASSENGER AIR BAG
“OFF” indicating the front passenger air bag system is deactivated.
• The instrument panel air bag warning light is interconnected with the
occupant detection system.
3 42
If the front passenger seat is occupied
by a person that the system determines to be of appropriate size, and
he/she sits properly (sitting upright
with the seatback in an upright position, centered on the seat cushion with
their seat belt on, legs comfortably
extended and their feet on the floor),
the PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”
indicator will turn off and the front passenger's air bag will be able to inflate,
if necessary, in frontal crashes.
You will find the PASSENGER AIR
BAG “OFF” indicator on the center
facia panel. This system detects the
conditions 1~4 in the following table
and activates or deactivates the front
passenger air bag based on these
conditions.
Always be sure that you and all vehicle
occupants are seated and restrained
properly (sitting upright with the seat in
an upright position, centered on the
seat cushion, with the person’s legs
comfortably extended, feet on the floor,
and wearing the safety belt properly)
for the most effective protection by the
air bag and the safety belt.
• The ODS (Occupant Detection
System) may not function properly if
the passenger takes actions which
can defeat the detection system.
These include:
(1) Failing to sit in an upright position.
(2) Leaning against the door or center console.
(3) Sitting towards the sides or the
front of the seat.
(4) Putting legs on the dashboard or
resting them on other locations
which reduce the passenger
weight on the front seat.
(5) Improperly wearing the safety
belt.
(6) Reclining the seat back.
(7) Wearing a thick cloth like ski wear
or hip protection wear.
(8) Put on the seat an additional thick
cushion.
Safety features of your vehicle
Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant detection
system
Condition detected by the
occupant detection
system
1. Adult or child*1
2. Child restraint system*2
3. Unoccupied
4. There is a malfunction
in the system
Indicator/Warning light
Devices
"PASSENGER AIR
BAG OFF" indicator
light
SRS warning light
Off
Off
Activated
On
On
Off
Off
Deactivated
Off
On
Activated
Front passenger
air bag
Deactivated
*1 : The ODS system uses a field to evaluate a person's size to determine whether the
air bag should deploy. It is possible for a child to be detected and activate the ODS,
thus allowing the air bag to deploy. To maximize safety, do not allow children to ride
in the front passenger seat.
*2 : Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat.
✽ NOTICE
Do not modify or replace the front
passenger seat. Don't place anything
on or attach anything such as a blanket, front seat cover or after market
seat heater to the front passenger
seat. This can adversely affect the
occupant detection system.
WARNING - ODS System
Riding in an improper position
adversely affects the Occupant
Detection System and may
result in the deactivation of the
front passenger airbag. It is
important for the driver to
instruct the passenger as to the
proper seating instructions as
contained in this manual.
(Continued)
3 43
Safety features of your vehicle
(Continued)
3 44
OVQ036013N
1KMN3663
1KMN3665
- Never put a heavy load or an
active electronic device on
the front passenger seat or
seatback pocket.
- Never sit with hips shifted
towards the front of the seat.
- Never place feet on the dashboard.
OVQ036014N
1KMN3662
1KMN3664
- Never place feet on the front
passenger seatback.
- Never excessively recline the
front passenger seatback.
- Never lean on the door or center console.
- Never sit on one side of the
front passenger seat.
Safety features of your vehicle
If the PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”
indicator is still on, ask the passenger to move to the rear seat.
Proper position
WARNING - “AIR BAG
B990A01O
When an adult is seated in the front
passenger seat, if the PASSENGER
AIR BAG “OFF” indicator is on, turn
the vehicle off and ask the passenger to sit properly (sitting upright with
the seat back in an upright position,
centered on the seat cushion with
their seat belt on, legs comfortably
extended and their feet on the floor).
Restart the vehicle and have the person remain in that position. This will
allow the system to detect the person
and to enable the passenger air bag.
OFF” light
Do not allow an adult passenger
to ride in the front seat when the
PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”
indicator is illuminated, because
the air bag will not deploy in the
event of a crash. The driver
must instruct the passenger to
reposition himself in the seat.
Failure to properly position
yourself may lead to air bag
deactivation resulting in air bag
non-deployment in a collision. If
the PASSENGER AIR BAG
“OFF” indicator remains illuminated after the passenger repositions themselves properly and
the car is restarted, it is recommended that passenger move to
the rear seat because the passenger's front air bag will not
deploy.
✽ NOTICE
The PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”
indicator illuminates for about 4 seconds after the POWER button is
turned to the ON position or after
the vehicle is in the ready (
)
mode. If the front passenger seat is
occupied, the occupant detection
sensor will then classify the front
passenger after several more seconds.
3 45
Safety features of your vehicle
Any child age 12 and under should
ride in the rear seat. Children too
large for child restraints should use
the available lap/shoulder belts. No
matter what type of crash, children of
all ages are safer when restrained in
the rear seat.
If the occupant detection system is
not working properly, the SRS air
bag warning light on the instrument
panel will illuminate because the
passenger's front air bag is connected with the occupant detection system. If there is a malfunction of the
occupant detection system, the PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indicator
will not illuminate and the passenger's front air bag will inflate in frontal
impact crashes even if there is no
occupant in the front passenger's
seat
Driver's and passenger's front
air bag
Driver’s front air bag
OPS033021
Passenger’s front air bag
OPS033022
Your vehicle is equipped with an
Advanced Supplemental Restraint
(Air Bag) System and lap/shoulder
belts at both the driver and passenger seating position.
3 46
The indication of the system's presence are the letters "AIR BAG"
embossed on the air bag pad cover
on the steering wheel and the passenger's side front panel pad above
the glove box.
The SRS consists of air bags
installed under the pad covers in the
center of the steering wheel and the
passenger's side front panel above
the glove box.
The purpose of the SRS is to provide
the vehicle's driver and/or the front
passenger with additional protection
than that offered by the seat belt system alone in case of a frontal impact
of sufficient severity. The SRS uses
sensors to gather information about
the driver's and front passenger's
seat belt usage and impact severity.
The seat belt buckle sensors determine if the driver and front passenger's seat belts are fastened.
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Replacement/
modifications
The front passenger seat, dashboard or door should not be
replaced except by an authorized
Kia dealer using original Kia parts
designed for this vehicle and
model. Any other such replacement or modification could
adversely affect the operation of
the occupant detection system
and your advanced air bags.
CAUTION - Seat Track
Sensor
Do not place any objects underneath the front seats as they
could damage the seat track
position sensor or interfere with
the occupant detection system.
These sensors provide the ability to
control the SRS deployment based on
whether or not the seat belts are fastened, and how severe the impact is.
The advanced SRS offers the ability
to control the air bag inflation with
two levels. A first stage level is provided for moderate-severity impacts.
A second stage level is provided for
more severe impacts.
Additionally, your vehicle is equipped
with an occupant detection system in
the front passenger's seat. The occupant detection system detects the
presence of a passenger in the front
passenger's seat and will turn off the
front passenger's air bag under certain conditions. For more detail, see
"Occupant detection system" in this
section.
WARNING - Modification
The passenger’s front air bag is
designed to help reduce the injury of
children sitting close to the instrument panel in low speed collisions.
However, children are safer if they
are restrained in the rear seat.
Modification to the seat structure can cause the air bag to
deploy at a different level than
should be provided.
According to the impact severity and
seat belt usage, the SRSCM (SRS
Control Module) controls the air bag
inflation. Failure to properly wear
seat belts can increase the risk or
severity of injury in an accident.
3 47
Safety features of your vehicle
Manufacturers are required by government regulations to provide a
contact point concerning modifications to the vehicle for persons with
disabilities, which modifications may
affect the vehicle’s advanced air bag
system. That contact is Kia’s toll-free
Customer Assistance center at 1800-333-4Kia. However, Kia does
not endorse nor will it support any
changes to any part or structure of
the vehicle that could affect the
advanced air bag system, including
the occupant detection system.
WARNING - Replacement
/Modifications
The front passenger seat, dashboard or door should not be
replaced except by an authorized
Kia dealer using original Kia parts
designed for this vehicle and
model. Any other such replacement or modification could
adversely affect the operation of
the occupant detection system
and your advanced air bags.
3 48
Advanced air bags are combined
with pre-tensioner seat belts to help
provide enhanced occupant protection in frontal crashes. Front air bags
are not intended to deploy in collisions in which sufficient protection
can be provided by the pre-tensioner
seat belt.
Rear impact
WARNING - SRS Wiring
Side impact
OEP036096N
Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS wiring or other components of the SRS system.
Doing so could result in injury,
due to accidental deployment of
the air bags or by rendering the
SRS inoperative.
OVQ036018N
Front air bags are not intended to
deploy in side-impact, rear-impact or
rollover crashes. However, when
frontal deployment threshold is satisfied at side-impact, front air bags
may deploy. In addition, front air bags
will not deploy in frontal crashes
below the deployment threshold.
Rollover
1VQA2091
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - No attaching
objects
No objects (such as crash pad
cover, cellular phone holder,
cup holder, perfume or stickers)
should be placed over or near
the air bag modules on the
steering wheel, instrument
panel, windshield glass, and the
front passenger's panel above
the glove box. Such objects
could cause harm if the vehicle
is in a crash severe enough to
cause the air bags to deploy. Do
not place any objects over the
air bag or between the air bag
and yourself.
Side air bag
OPS033023
OPS033037
❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
Your vehicle is equipped with a side
air bag in each front seat. The purpose of the air bag is to provide the
vehicle's driver and/or the front passenger with additional protection
than that offered by the seat belt
alone.
• The side air bags are designed to
deploy during certain side-impact
collisions, depending on the crash
severity, angle, speed and point of
impact.
• The side and/or curtain air bags do
not only deploy on the side of the
impact but also on the opposite
side.
• The side and/or curtain air bags on
both sides of the vehicle will deploy
if a rollover or possible rollover is
detected.
• The side air bags are not designed
to deploy in all side impact or
rollover situations.
3 49
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Unexpected
deployment
Avoid impact to the side impact
airbag sensor when the POWER
button is ON to prevent unexpected deployment of the side
impact air bag.
• The side air bag is supplemental to
the driver's and the passenger's
seat belt systems and is not a substitute for them. Therefore your
seat belts must be worn at all times
while the vehicle is in operation.
• For best protection from the side
air bag system and to avoid being
injured by the deploying side air
bag, both front seat occupants
should sit in an upright position
with the seat belt properly fastened. The driver's hands should
be placed on the steering wheel at
the 9:00 and 3:00 positions. The
passenger's arms and hands
should be placed on their laps.
3 50
WARNING - Deployment
Do not install any accessories
including seat covers, on the
side or near the side impact air
bag as this may affect the
deployment of the side air bags.
• If seat or seat cover is damaged,
have the vehicle checked and
repaired by an authorized Kia dealer. Inform the dealer that your vehicle is equipped with side air bags
and an occupant detection system.
WARNING - Flying
objects
Do not place any objects (an
umbrella, bag, etc.) between the
front door and the front seat.
Such objects may become dangerous projectiles if the side
airbag inflates.
WARNING - No attaching
objects
• Do not place any objects over
the air bag or between the air
bag and yourself. Also, do not
attach any objects around the
area the air bag inflates such
as the door, side door glass,
front and rear pillar.
• Do not place any objects
between the door and the
seat. They may become dangerous projectiles if the side
air bag inflates.
• Do not install any accessories
on the side or near the side air
bags.
Safety features of your vehicle
Curtain air bag
OPS033024
OPS033038
❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
Curtain air bags are located along
both sides of the roof rails above the
front and rear doors.
They are designed to help protect
occupants in certain side impacts
and to help prevent them from ejecting out of the vehicle as a result of a
rollover, especially when the seatbelts are also in use. The curtain air
bags are designed to deploy during
certain side impact collisions, depending on the crash severity, angle, speed
and point of impact. The side and/or
curtain air bags do not only deploy on
the side of the impact but also on the
opposite side. Also, the curtain air bags
on both sides of the vehicle will deploy
in certain rollover situations.The curtain
air bags are not designed to deploy in
all side impact or rollover situations. Do
not allow the passengers to lean their
heads or bodies against the doors, put
their arms on the doors, stretch their
arms out of the window or place objects
between the doors and passengers
when they are seated on seats
equipped with side impact and/or curtain air bags.
WARNING - No attaching
objects
• Do not place any objects over
the air bag. Also, do not attach
any objects around the area
the air bag inflates such as the
door, side door glass, front
and rear pillar, roof side rail.
• Do not hang hard or breakable
objects on the clothes hanger.
✽ NOTICE
Never try to open or repair any components of the side and curtain air
bag system. This should only be
done by an authorized Kia dealer.
3 51
Safety features of your vehicle
Why didn’t my air bag go off in a
collision? (Inflation and non-inflation conditions of the air bag)
There are many types of accidents
in which the air bag would not be
expected to provide additional
protection.
These include rear impacts, second or third collisions in multiple
impact accidents, as well as low
speed impacts.
Air bag collision sensors
OPSE034025/OPSE034026/OPSE034027/OPS033028/OPS033029
(1) SRS control module/Rollover sensor
(2) Front impact sensor
3 52
(3) Side impact sensor
(4) Side pressure sensor
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Air bag
sensors
• Do not hit or allow any objects
to impact the locations where
air bags or sensors are
installed.
This may cause unexpected
air bag deployment, which
could result in serious personal injury or death.
• If the installation location or
angle of the sensors is altered
in any way, the air bags may
deploy when they should not
or they may not deploy when
they should.
Therefore, do not try to perform maintenance on or
around the air bag sensors.
Have the vehicle checked and
repaired by an authorized Kia
dealer.
• Problems may arise if the sensor
installation angles are changed
due to the deformation of the front
bumper, front end module, body or
front doors and/or B pillar where
side collision sensors are installed.
Have the vehicle checked and
repaired by an authorized Kia dealer.
• Installing bumper guards (or side
step or running board) or replacing
a bumper (or front door module)
with non-genuine parts may
adversely affect your vehicle’s collision and air bag deployment performance.
Air bag inflation conditions
1VQA2084
Front air bags
Front air bags are designed to inflate
in a frontal collision depending on
the intensity, speed or angles of
impact of the front collision.
3 53
Safety features of your vehicle
OVQ036018N
OPS033039
❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
Side and/or curtain air bags
Side air bags (side and/or curtain air
bags) are designed to inflate when an
impact is detected by side collision
sensors depending on the strength,
speed or angles of impact resulting
from a side impact collision.
3 54
Also, the side and curtain air bags are
designed to inflate when a rollover is
detected by a rollover sensor.
Although the front air bags (driver’s
and front passenger’s air bags) are
designed to inflate in frontal collisions, they also may inflate in other
types of collisions if the front impact
sensors detect a sufficient frontal
force in another type of impact. Side
and curtain air bags are designed to
inflate in certain side impact collisions. They may inflate in other type
of collisions where a side force is
detected by the sensors. Side air bag
and/or curtain air bags may also
inflate where rollover sensors indicate the possibility of a rollover
occurring (even if none actually
occurs) or in other situations, incluiding when the vehicle is tilted while
being towed. Even where side and/or
curtain air bags would not provide
impact protection in a rollover, however, they will deploy to prevent ejection of occupants, especially those
who are restrained with seat belts.
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by
bumps or objects on unimproved
roads, the air bags may deploy. Drive
carefully on unimproved roads or on
surfaces not designed for vehicle
traffic to prevent unintended air bag
deployment.
Safety features of your vehicle
Air bag non-inflation conditions
1VQA2086
• In certain low-speed collisions the
air bags may not deploy. The air
bags are designed not to deploy in
such cases because they may not
provide benefits beyond the protection of the seat belts in such collisions.
OUN036087
OVQ036018N
• Air bags are not designed to inflate
in rear collisions, because occupants are moved backward by the
force of the impact. In this case,
inflated air bags would not be able
to provide any additional benefit.
• Front air bags may not inflate in
side impact collisions, because
occupants move to the direction of
the collision, and thus in side
impacts, frontal air bag deployment
would not provide additional occupant protection.
3 55
Safety features of your vehicle
1VQA2089
1VQA2090
1VQA2091
• In an angled collision, the force of
impact may direct the occupants in
a direction where the air bags
would not be able to provide any
additional benefit, and thus the
sensors may not deploy any air
bags.
• Just before impact, drivers often
brake heavily. Such heavy braking
lowers the front portion of the vehicle causing it to “ride” under a vehicle with a higher ground clearance.
Air bags may not inflate in this
"under-ride" situation because
deceleration forces that are detected by sensors may be significantly
reduced by such “under-ride” collisions.
• Front air bags may not inflate in
rollover accidents because front
airbag deployment would not provide additional occupant protection.
3 56
Safety features of your vehicle
SRS Care
The SRS is virtually maintenancefree and so there are no parts you can
safely service by yourself. If the SRS
air bag warning light does not illuminate, or continuously remains on,
have your vehicle immediately
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
1VQA2092
• Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle collides with objects such as
utility poles or trees, where the
point of impact is concentrated to
one area and the full force of the
impact is not delivered to the sensors.
Any work on the SRS system, such
as removing, installing, repairing, or
any work on the steering wheel, the
front passenger’s panel, front seats
and roof rails must be performed by
an authorized Kia dealer. Improper
handling of the SRS system may
result in serious personal injury.
• For cleaning the air bag pad covers, use only a soft, dry cloth or
one which has been moistened
with plain water. Solvents or cleaners could adversely affect the air
bag covers and proper deployment
of the system.
• If components of the air bag system must be discarded, or if the
vehicle must be scrapped, certain
safety precautions must be
observed. An authorized Kia dealer
knows these precautions and can
give you the necessary information. Failure to follow these precautions and procedures could
increase the risk of personal injury.
3 57
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Tampering
with SRS
Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS wiring, or other components of the SRS system.
Doing so could result in the
accidental inflation of the air
bags or by rendering the SRS
inoperative.
Adding equipment to or modifying your air bag-equipped
vehicle
Air bag warning label
If you modify your vehicle by changing
your vehicle's frame, bumper system,
front end or side sheet metal or ride
height, this may affect the operation of
your vehicle's air bag system.
OAM039041
WARNING - Towing Vehicle
Always have the ignition off
when your vehicle is being
towed. The side air bags may
inflate if the vehicle is tilted
such as when being towed
because of the rollover sensors
in the vehicle.
OPS033030
Air bag warning labels, some required
by the U.S. National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration (NHTSA), are
attached to the sunvisor to alert the
driver and passengers of potential
risks of the air bag system.
3 58
Features of your vehicle
Smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Panoramic sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
• Record your key number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
• Smart key function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
• Loss of the smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
• Smart key precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
• Smart key immobilizer system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
• Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
• Sunroof open warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
• Sliding the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
• Tilting the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
• Sunshade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
• Closing the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
• Resetting the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Steering wheel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
• Operating door locks from outside the vehicle . . . . 4-10
• Operating door locks from inside the vehicle. . . . . . 4-11
• Impact sensing door unlock system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
• Auto door lock/unlock feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
• Speed sensing door lock system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
• Child-protector rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
• Electric power steering (EPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
• Tilt and telescopic steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
• Heated steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
• Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
• FLEX STEER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
• Opening the tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
• Closing the tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
• Emergency tailgate safety release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
• Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Hood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
• Opening the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
• Closing the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
• Inside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
• Outside rearview mirror. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
• Instrument Cluster Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41
• LCD Display Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41
• Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42
• Reduction gear shift indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45
LCD Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46
• LCD Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46
• EV information mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47
4
• A/V Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48
• Service Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48
• User Settings Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49
• Warning Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52
• Lighting control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82
• High beam operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-84
• Turn signals and lane change signals . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85
• Front fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86
Trip computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61
Wipers and washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87
• Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61
• Energy consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61
• Trip A/B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62
• Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64
• Windshield wiper/washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87
• Rear window wiper/washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87
• Windshield wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87
• Windshield washers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-88
• Rear window wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . 4-89
Warning and indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65
4
• Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65
• Indicator Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-72
Parking assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-76
• Operation of the parking assist system . . . . . . . . . . . 4-76
• Non-operational conditions of parking assist system . . 4-78
• Self-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-79
Rear camera display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-80
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81
• Headlamp escort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81
• Battery saver function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81
• Daytime running light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81
• Abnormal lamp operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82
• Abnormal lamp operation due to stabilization of
electric control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82
Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-90
• Interior lamp AUTO cut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-90
• Map lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-90
• Room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-91
• Luggage room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92
• Glove box lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92
• Vanity mirror lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92
Defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-93
• Rear window defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-93
Automatic climate control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94
• Automatic heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . 4-95
• Manual heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-96
• Automatic Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-106
• System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-107
• Climate control air filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-109
• Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and
compressor lubricant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-109
• Air Conditioning refrigerant label . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-110
Windshield defrosting and defogging. . . . . . . . . 4-111
• Automatic climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-111
• Defogging logic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-113
Clean air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-114
Auto defogging system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115
Storage compartment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-116
• Center console storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-116
• Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-116
• Sunglass holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-117
• Luggage box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-117
Interior features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-118
• Cup holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-118
• Sunvisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-119
• Seat warmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-119
• Seat air ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-121
• Rear seat warmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-122
• Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-123
• Clothes hanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-124
• Floor mat anchor(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-124
• Luggage net holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-125
• Cargo area cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-126
Audio system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-128
• Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-128
• AUX, USB and iPod® port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-129
• Speaker lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-130
• How vehicle audio works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-131
• Using the USB device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-135
• Using iPod® device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-136
• Bluetooth® Wireless Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-137
• Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-141
4
Features of your vehicle
SMART KEY
Record your key number
The key code number is stamped on
the key code tag
attached to the key
set. Should you
lose your keys, this number will
enable an authorized Kia dealer to
duplicate the keys easily. Remove
the key code tag and store it in a safe
place. Also, record the key code
number and keep it in a safe and
handy place, but not in the vehicle.
4 4
WARNING - Smart key
Never leave the smart key in
your vehicle with unsupervised
children. Leaving children unattended in a vehicle with a smart
key is dangerous. Children copy
adults and they could press the
start button. The key would
enable children to operate
power windows or other controls, or even make the vehicle
move, which could result in serious bodily injury or death. result
in serious bodily injury or death.
Smart key function
OXMA043316
To remove the mechanical key, press
and hold the release button(1) and
remove the mechanical key (2).
To reinstall the mechanical key, put
the key into the hole and push it until
a click sound is heard.
With a smart key, you can lock or
unlock a door (and Tailgate) and start
the vehicle.
Refer to the following for more details.
Features of your vehicle
Door Lock
The button will only operate when the
smart key is within 28~40 in. (0.7~1m)
from the outside door handle.
Even though you press the outside
door handle button, the doors will not
lock and the chime will sound for 3
seconds if any of following occur:
• The smart key is in the vehicle.
• The POWER button is in ON position.
• Any door except the tailgate is open.
OPS043010
Using the door handle button
1. Carry the smart key.
2. Close all doors, hood and tailgate.
3. Press the button of the outside
door handle.
4. The hazard warning lights will blink
and the chime will sound once.
5. Make sure that doors are locked
by pulling the outside door handle.
OXMA043316/Q
Using the button on the smart key
1 Close all doors, hood and tailgate.
2. Press the lock button(1).
3. The hazard warning lights will blink
and the chime will sound once.
4. Make sure that doors are locked
by pulling the outside door handle.
4 5
Features of your vehicle
Unlocking
Using the door handle button
1. Carry the smart key.
2. Press the button of the driver's
outside door handle.
3. The driver’s door will unlock. The
hazard warning lights will blink and
the chime will sound two times.
4. Press the button twice within 4
seconds and all doors and the tailgate will unlock and the hazard
warning lights will blink and the
chime will sound two times.
• The button will only operate when
the smart key is within 28~40 in.
(0.7~1m) from the outside door
handle.
• When the smart key is recognized
in the area of 28~40 in. (0.7~1m)
from the front outside door handle,
other people can also open the
doors.
• After unlocking the driver’s door or
all doors, the door(s) will lock automatically unless the door is
opened.
4 6
Using the button on the smart key
1. Press the unlock button(2) of the
smart key.
2. The driver’s door will unlock. The
hazard warning lights will blink and
the chime will sound two times.
3. Press the unlock button(2) twice
within 4 seconds and all doors and
the tailgate will unlock. The hazard
warning lights will blink and the
chime will sound two times.
✽ NOTICE
After pressing the button, the doors
will lock automatically unless any
door is opened within 30 seconds.
✽ NOTICE
You can activate or deactivate the
Two Turn Unlock function. Refer to
"User settings" in this chapter.
Tailgate unlocking
Using the tailgate handle button
1. Carry the smart key.
2. Press the tailgate handle button.
3. When all doors are locked, the
hazard warning lights will blink two
times.
Once the tailgate is opened and
then closed, the tailgate will lock
automatically.
If you are within 28~40 in. (0.7~1 m)
from the outside tailgate handle, with
your smart key in possession, the
tailgate will unlock and open when
you press the tailgate handle switch.
Using the button on the smart key
1. Press the tailgate unlock button(3)
for more than 1 second.
2. When all doors are locked, the
hazard warning lights will blink two
times.
Features of your vehicle
Panic
1. Press the panic button(4) for more
than 1 second.
2. The horn sounds and hazard
warning light flash for about 30
seconds.
Start-up
You can start the vehicle without
inserting the key. For detailed information refer to the “POWER button”
in chapter 5.
Loss of the smart key
A maximum of 2 smart keys can be
registered to a single vehicle.
If you happen to lose your smart key,
you will not be able to start the vehicle. You should immediately take the
vehicle and remaining key to your
authorized Kia dealer(tow the vehicle, if necessary) to protect it from
potential theft.
Smart key precautions
• The smart key will not work if any
of the following occur:
- The smart key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the
smart key.
- The smart key is near a mobile
two way radio system or a cellular phone.
- Another vehicle’s smart key is
being operated close to your
vehicle.
• When the smart key does not work
correctly, open and close the door
with the mechanical key and contact
an authorized Kia dealer.
• If the smart key is in close proximity
to your cell phone or smart phone,
the signal from the smart key could
be blocked by normal operation of
your cell phone or smart phone.
This is especially important when
the phone is active such as making
a call, receiving calls, text messaging, and/or sending/receiving
emails. Avoid placing the smart key
and your cell phone or smart phone
in the same pants or jacket pocket
and maintain adequate distance
between the two devices.
CAUTION
Keep the smart key away from
water or any liquid as it can
become damaged and not function properly.
✽ NOTICE
If the smart key is inoperative due to
exposure to water or liquids, it will
not be covered by your manufacturer’s vehicle warranty.
4 7
Features of your vehicle
Smart key immobilizer system
Your vehicle is equipped with an electronic immobilizer system to reduce
the risk of unauthorized vehicle use.
Your immobilizer system is comprised of a small transponder in the
smart key and electronic devices
inside the vehicle.
With the immobilizer system, whenever you turn the POWER button to
the ON position by pressing the button while carrying the smart key, it
checks and determines and verifies if
the smart key is valid or not.
If the key is determined to be valid,
the vehicle will start.
If the key is determined to be invalid,
the vehicle will not start.
To deactivate the immobilizer
system:
Turn the POWER button to the ON
position by pressing the button while
carrying the smart key.
To activate the immobilizer system:
Turn the POWER button to the OFF
position. The immobilizer system
activates automatically. Without a
valid smart key for your vehicle, the
vehicle will not start.
In order to prevent theft of your vehicle, do not leave spare keys anywhere
in your vehicle.Your Immobilizer password is a customer unique password
and should be kept confidential. Do
not leave this number anywhere in
your vehicle.
✽ NOTICE
When starting the vehicle, do not use
the key with other immobilizer keys
around. Otherwise the vehicle may
not start or may stop soon after it
starts. Keep each key separate in
order to avoid a starting malfunction.
4 8
Do not put metal accessories near
the smart key.
The vehicle may not start because
the metal accessories may interrupt
the transponder signal from transmitting normally.
✽ NOTICE
If you need additional keys or lose
your keys, contact an authorized
Kia dealer.
CAUTION - Immobilizer
damage
Do not expose your immobilizer
system to moisture, static electricity and rough handling. This
may damage your immobilizer.
CAUTION - Immobilizer
alterations
Do not change, alter or adjust
the immobilizer system because
it could cause the immobilizer
system to malfunction.
Features of your vehicle
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
✽ NOTICE
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void
the user’s authority to operate the
equipment. If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to changes or
modifications not expressly approved
by the party responsible for compliance, it will not be covered by your
manufacturer’s vehicle warranty.
Battery replacement
OPS043002
A smart key battery should last for
several years, but if the smart key is
not working properly, try replacing
the battery with a new one. If you are
unsure how to use your smart key or
replace the battery, contact an
authorized Kia dealer.
1.Remove the mechanical key.
2.Pry open the rear cover.
3.Replace the battery with a new
battery (CR2032). When replacing
the battery, make sure the battery
position.
4.Install the battery in the reverse
order of removal.
• The smart key is designed to give
you years of trouble-free use, however it can malfunction if exposed
to moisture or static electricity. If
you are unsure how to use or
replace the battery, contact an
authorized Kia dealer.
• Using the wrong battery can cause
the smart key to malfunction. Be
sure to use the correct battery.
• To avoid damaging the smart key,
don't drop it, get it wet, or expose it
to heat or sunlight.
•
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to
the environment and human
health. Dispose the battery
according to your local
law(s) or regulation.
CAUTION - Smart key
damage
Do not drop, get wet or expose
the smart key to heat or sunlight, or it will be damaged.
4 9
Features of your vehicle
DOOR LOCKS
.Operating door locks from
outside the vehicle
Lock
Unlock
OPSE044011
• Turn the key clockwise to lock and
counterclockwise to unlock.
• If you lock the driver's door with a key
- only the driver's door will lock.
• From the driver's door
- turn the key to the left once to
unlock the driver's door.
• Doors can also be locked and
unlocked with the smart key.
4 10
• Once the doors are unlocked, they
may be opened by pulling the door
handle.
• When closing the door, push the
door by hand. Make sure the doors
are closed securely.
✽ NOTICE
• In cold and wet climates, door lock
and door mechanisms may not
work properly due to freezing conditions.
• If the door is locked/unlocked
multiple times in rapid succession
with either the vehicle key or door
lock switch, the system may stop
operating temporarily in order to
protect the circuit and prevent
damage to system components.
WARNING
Be careful that someone’s body
and hands are not trapped
when closing the door.
OPS043012
• To lock a door without the key,
push the inside door lock button (1)
or central door lock switch (2) to
the “Lock” position and close the
door (3).
• If you lock the door with the central
door lock switch (2), all vehicle
doors will lock automatically.
✽ NOTICE
Always carry the smart key after the
vehicle is turned off, engage the
parking brake, close all windows
and lock all doors when leaving your
vehicle unattended.
Features of your vehicle
WARNING
If people must spend a longer
time in the vehicle while it is
very hot or cold outside, there
is rick of injuries or danger to
life. Do not lock the vehicle from
the outside when there are people in it.
CAUTION
Do not open and close the door
repeatedly if unnecessary or
with excessive force.
Such
action can damage the vehicle
door.
Operating door locks from
inside the vehicle
With the door lock button
Lock
Unlock
OPS043013
• To unlock a door, push the door
lock button (1) to the “Unlock” position. The red mark (2) on the button
will be visible.
• To lock a door, push the door lock
button (1) to the “Lock” position. If
the door is locked properly, the red
mark (2) on the door lock button
will not be visible.
• To open a door, pull the door handle (3) outward.
• If the inner door handle of the driver’s (or front passenger’s) door is
pulled when the driver door lock
button is in the lock position, the
button will unlock and the door will
open.
• Front doors cannot be locked if the
smart key is in the vehicle and any
front door is opened.
If a power door lock ever fails to function while you are in the vehicle, try
one or more of the following techniques to exit:
• Operate the door unlock feature
repeatedly (both electronic and
manual) while simultaneously
pulling on the door handle.
• Operate the other door locks and
handles, front and rear.
• Lower a front window and use the
key to unlock the door from outside.
• Move to the cargo area and open
the tailgate.
WARNING
Do not pull the inner door handle
of driver’s(or passenger’s) door
while the vehicle is moving.
4 11
Features of your vehicle
With central door lock switch
Driver’s door
• When pressing the rear portion (2)
of the switch, all vehicle doors will
unlock.
• If the vehicle is in the ready (
)
mode and any front door is opened,
the doors will not lock even though
the front portion (1) of the central
door lock switch is pressed.
WARNING - Doors
OPS043014
Passenger’s door
OPS043015
Operate by pressing the central door
lock switch.
• When pressing the front portion (1)
of the switch, all vehicle doors will
lock.
4 12
• The doors should always be
fully closed and locked while
the vehicle is in motion to prevent accidental opening of the
door.
• Be careful when opening doors
and watch for vehicles, motorcycles, bicycles or pedestrians
approaching the vehicle in the
path of the door. Opening a
door when something is
approaching can cause injury.
WARNING - Unattended
children/animals
Never leave children or animals
unattended in your vehicle. An
enclosed vehicle can become
extremely hot, causing death or
severe injury to unattended
children or animals who cannot
escape the vehicle.
WARNING - Unlocked
vehicles
Leaving your vehicle unlocked
can invite theft or possible harm
to you or others from someone
hiding in your vehicle while you
are gone. Always remove the
ignition key, engage the parking
brake, close all windows and
lock all doors when leaving
your vehicle unattended.
Features of your vehicle
Impact sensing door unlock
system
Child-protector rear door lock
In the event of air bag deployment
resulting from a vehicle impact, all
doors will automatically unlock.
Auto door lock/unlock feature
You can activate or deactivate the
auto door lock/unlock features in the
vehicle. Refer to "User settings" in
this chapter.
Speed sensing door lock
system
All doors will be automatically locked
after the vehicle speed exceeds 9.3
mph (15 km/h).
3. Close the rear door.
To open the rear door, pull the outside door handle.
Even though the doors may be
unlocked, the rear door will not open
by pulling the inner door handle (1)
until the rear door child safety lock is
unlocked.
WARNING - Rear door
OPS043016
The child safety lock is provided to
help prevent children from accidentally opening the rear doors from
inside the vehicle. The rear door
safety locks should be used whenever children are in the vehicle.
1. Open the rear door.
2. Push the child safety lock located
on the rear edge of the door to the
lock ( ) position. When the child
safety lock is in the lock position, the
rear door will not open even when
the inner door handle is pulled.
locks
Use the rear door safety locks
whenever children are in the
vehicle. If a child accidently
opens the rear doors while the
vehicle is motion, he can fall out.
4 13
Features of your vehicle
TAILGATE
Opening the tailgate
WARNING - Exhaust
fumes
The tailgate lid should always
be kept completely closed while
the vehicle is in motion. If it is
left open or ajar, exhaust gases
may enter the car and serious
illness or death may result.
✽ NOTICE
OPSE044017
• The tailgate is locked or unlocked
when all doors are locked or
unlocked with the key, smart key or
central door lock switch.
• If unlocked, the tailgate can be
opened by pressing the handle
switch and then pulling the handle
up.
• Only the tailgate is unlocked if the
tailgate unlock button on the smart
key is pressed. Once the tailgate is
opened and then closed, the tailgate is locked automatically.
4 14
In cold and wet climates, door lock
and door mechanisms may not work
properly due to freezing conditions.
The tailgate swings upward. Make
sure no objects or people are near
the rear of the vehicle when opening
the tailgate.
CAUTION - Tailgate lift
Make certain that you close the
tailgate before driving your
vehicle. Possible damage may
occur to the tailgate lift cylinders and attached hardware if
the tailgate is not closed prior to
driving.
Features of your vehicle
Closing the tailgate
WARNING - Rear cargo
area
Occupants should never ride in
the rear cargo area where no
restraints
are
available.
Occupants should always be
properly restrained.
Emergency tailgate safety
release
WARNING
OPSE044018
To close the tailgate, lower and push
down the tailgate firmly. Make sure
that the tailgate is securely latched.
Make sure your hands, feet and other
parts of your body are safely out of
the way before closing the tailgate.
Make sure there are no people
or objects around the trunk
before opening or closing the
power trunk. Wait until the trunk
is open fully and stopped
before loading or unloading
cargo from the vehicle.
OPSE044019
Your vehicle is equipped with an
emergency tailgate safety release
lever located on the bottom of the
tailgate. When someone is inadvertently locked in the cargo area, the
tailgate can be opened by pushing
the release lever and pushing open
the tailgate.
4 15
Features of your vehicle
WARNING
• No one should be allowed to
occupy the cargo area of the
vehicle at any time. The cargo
area is a very dangerous location in the event of a crash.
• Use the release lever for
emergencies only. Use with
extreme caution, especially
while the vehicle is in motion.
4 16
Features of your vehicle
WINDOWS
(1) Driver’s door power window
switch
(2) Front passenger’s door power
window switch
(3) Rear door (left) power window
switch
(4) Rear door (right) power window
switch
(5) Window opening and closing
(6) Automatic power window
up/down
(7) Power window lock switch
In cold and wet climates, power windows may not work properly due to
freezing conditions.
OPS043020
4 17
Features of your vehicle
Power windows
✽ NOTICE
The POWER button must be in the
ON position for power windows to
operate.
Each door has a power window
switch that controls the door's window. The driver has a power window
lock button which can block the operation of the rear passenger windows.
The power windows can be operated
for approximately 30 seconds after
the vehicle turned off or turned to the
ACC position. However, if the front
doors are opened, the power windows cannot be operated even within the 30 second period.
If the window cannot be close
because it is blocked by objects,
remove the objects and close the
window.
While driving with the rear windows
down or with the sunroof (if
equipped) in an open (or partially
open) position, your vehicle may
demonstrate a wind buffeting or
pulsation noise. This noise is a normal occurrence and can be reduced
or eliminated by taking the following actions. If the noise occurs with
one or both of the rear windows
down, partially lower both front
windows approximately one inch. If
you experience the noise with the
sunroof open, slightly reduce the
size of the sunroof opening.
4 18
CAUTION
Do not install any accessories
in the vehicle that extend into
the open window area. Such
objects will impact the proper
function of the Automatic reversal “jam protection” feature
described on page 4-19 of this
manual.
Window opening and closing
OPS043021
The driver’s door has a master power
window switch that controls all the
windows in the vehicle.
To open or close a window, press
down or pull up the front portion of
the corresponding switch to the first
detent position (5).
Features of your vehicle
Auto up/down window
(for driver's window)
1. Turn the POWER button to the ON
position.
2. Close the driver’s window and
continue pulling up the driver’s
power window switch for at least 1
second after the window is completely closed.
OUN026013
OPS043022
Pressing or pulling up the power window switch momentarily to the second
detent position (6) completely lowers
or raises the window even when the
switch is released. To stop the window
at the desired position while the window is in operation, pull up or press
down and release the switch.
If the power window does not operate
normally, the automatic power window system must be reset as follows:
Automatic reversal
If the upward movement of the window is blocked by an object or part of
the body, the window will detect the
resistance and will stop upward
movement. The window will then
lower approximately 11.8 in. (30 cm)
to allow the object to be cleared.
The distance may vary based on the
size or position of the window. If the
window detects the resistance while
the power window switch is pulled up
continuously, the window will stop
upward movement then lower
approximately 1 in. (2.5 cm).
4 19
Features of your vehicle
And if the power window switch is
pulled up continuously again within 5
seconds after the window is lowered
by the automatic window reversal
feature, the automatic window reversal will not operate.
The automatic reverse feature for the
driver’s window is only active when
the “auto up” feature is used by fully
pulling up the switch. The automatic
reverse feature will not operate if the
window is raised using the halfway
position on the power window switch.
WARNING
Always check for obstructions
before raising any window to
avoid injuries or vehicle damage.
If an object less than 4 mm (0.16
in.) in diameter is caught
between the window glass and
the upper window channel, the
automatic reverse window may
not detect the resistance and will
not stop and reverse direction.
OPS043023
WARNING
The automatic reverse feature
doesn’t activate while resetting
power window system. Make
sure body parts or other objects
are safely out of the way before
closing the windows to avoid
injuries.
4 20
Power window lock button
• The driver can disable the power
window switches on the passenger
doors by pressing the power window lock button located on the driver’s door to the LOCK position
(pressed).
Features of your vehicle
• When the power window lock
switch is pressed :
- The driver's master control can
operate all the power windows.
- The front passenger's control can
operate the front passenger's
power window.
- The rear passenger's control cannot operate the rear passenger's
power window.
CAUTION - Opening /
closing Window
To prevent possible damage to
the power window system, do
not open or close two windows
or more at the same time. This
will also ensure the longevity of
the fuse.
Always double check to make sure
all arms, hands, head and other
obstructions are safely out of the way
before closing a window.
WARNING - Power
windows
• Do not allow children to play
with the power windows. Keep
the power window lock switch
(on the driver's door) in the
LOCK (pressed) position.
• Do not extend a face or arms
outside through the window
opening while driving.
4 21
Features of your vehicle
HOOD
Opening the hood
Closing the hood
OPSE044025
OPS043024
1. Pull the release lever to unlatch
the hood. The hood should pop
open slightly.
Open the hood after turning off the
vehicle on a flat surface, shifting the
shift lever to the P (Park) position
and setting the parking brake.
2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise
the hood slightly, pull the secondary latch (1) inside of the hood
center and lift the hood (2).
3. Raise the hood. It will completely
rise by itself after it has been
raised about halfway.
1. Before closing the hood, check the
following:
• All filler caps in engine compartment must be correctly installed.
• Gloves, rags or any other combustible material must be
removed from the engine compartment.
2. Return the support rod to its clip to
prevent it from rattling.
3.Lower the hood until it is about 30
cm above the closed position and
let it drop. Make sure that it locks
into place.
4. Check that the hood has engaged
properly. If the hood can be raised
slightly, it is not properly engaged.
Open it again and close it with a little more force.
WARNING
Before closing the hood, ensure
that all obstructions are removed
from the hood opening. Closing
the hood with an obstruction
present in the hood opening may
result in severe personal injury.
4 22
Features of your vehicle
WARNING - Fire risk
Do not leave gloves, rags or any
other combustible material in the
motor compartment. Doing so
may cause a heat-induced fire.
WARNING - Unsecured
hood
Always double check to be sure
that the hood is firmly latched
before driving away. If it is not
latched, the hood could fly open
while the vehicle is being driven,
causing a total loss of visibility,
which might result in an accident.
4 23
Features of your vehicle
PANORAMIC SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)
✽ NOTICE
• In cold and wet climates, the sunroof may not work properly due to
freezing conditions.
• After a vehicle is washed or in a
rainstorm be sure to wipe off any
water that is on the sunroof before
operating it.
OPSE046028L
The sunroof can be operated for
approximately 30 seconds after the
ignition key is removed or turned to
the ACC or LOCK position. However,
if the front doors are opened, the
sunroof cannot be opened even within the 30 seconds period.
CAUTION - Sunroof control
Do not continue to pull or push
the sunroof glass control lever
after the sunroof is fully
opened, closed, or tilted.
Damage to the motor or system
components could occur.
Never adjust the sunroof or
sunshade while driving. This
could result in loss of control
and an accident that may cause
death, serious injury, or property damage.
WARNING
In order to prevent accidental
operation of the sunroof, especially by a child, do not let a
child operate the sunroof.
CAUTION
WARNING - Roof cargo
Do not operate the sun roof
while using the roof rack to
transport cargo. This may cause
the cargo to come loose and
distract the driver.
4 24
WARNING
Do not sit on the top of the vehicle. It may cause vehicle damage.
Features of your vehicle
Sunroof open warning
(if equipped)
When the sunshade is opened
Pull the sunroof control lever backward to the 1st or 2nd detent position,
the sunroof glass will slide all the way
open. To stop the sunroof movement
at any point, pull or push the sunroof
control lever momentarily.
❈ The front part of the sunroof glass
can only be opened and closed.
Sliding the sunroof
OPSE046029L
OPS043120
If the driver removes the ignition key
(smart key: turns off the engine)
when the sunroof is not fully closed,
the warning chime will sound for a
few seconds and a message will
appear on the LCD display or warning indicator will illuminate.
Close the sunroof securely when
leaving your vehicle.
When the sunshade is closed
Pull the sunroof control lever backward to the 2nd detent position, the
sunshade and sunroof glass will slide
all the way open. To stop the sunroof
movement at any point, push the sunroof control lever momentarily.
4 25
Features of your vehicle
Automatic reversal
When the sunshade is closed
Push the sunroof control lever
upward, the sunroof glass will tilt.
To stop the sunroof movement at any
point, push the sunroof control lever
momentarily.
Tilting the sunroof
OXM049029
OPSE046030L
If an object or part of the body is
detected while the sunroof glass or
sunshade is closing automatically, it
will reverse the direction, and then
stop.
The auto reverse function does not
work if a tiny obstacle is between the
sliding glass or sunshade and the
sunroof sash. You should always
check that all passengers and
objects are away from the sunroof
before closing it.
When the sunshade is closed
Push the sunroof control lever
upward, the sunshade will slide
halfway open then the sunroof glass
will tilt.
To stop the sunroof movement at any
point, push the sunroof control lever
momentarily.
4 26
Features of your vehicle
Do not extend the face, neck, arms
or body outside the sunroof while
driving.
WARNING - Sunroof
Operation
When closing the sunroof, make
sure there are no body parts in
the movement range of the sliding roof. Parts of the body could
become trapped or crushed.
CAUTION - Sunroof motor
Sunshade
damage
If you try to open the sunroof
when the temperature is below
freezing or when the sunroof is
covered with snow or ice, the
glass or the motor could be
damaged.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the sunroof, periodically remove any
dirt that may accumulate on the
guide rail.
OPSE046031L
To open the sunshade
Pull the sunroof control lever backward to the 1st detent position.
4 27
Features of your vehicle
To close the sunshade when the
sunroof glass is closed
Push the sunroof control lever forward or pull it down to the 1st detent
position.
To stop the sliding at any point, press
the sunshade control switch momentarily.
4 28
✽ NOTICE
Closing the sunroof
Wrinkles formed on the sunshade as
material characteristic are normal.
To close the sunroof glass with
the sunshade
Push the sunroof control lever forward or downward to the 2nd detent
position. The sunroof glass and sunshade will close automatically.
To stop the sunroof movement at any
point, push the sunroof control lever
momentarily.
CAUTION - Automatic
sunroof shade
• Do not pull or push the sunshade by hand as such action
may damage the sunshade or
cause it to malfunction.
• Close the sunroof when driving in dusty environments.
Dust may cause a malfunction
of the vehicle system.
To close the sunroof glass only
Push the sunroof control lever forward or downward to the 1st detent
position. The sunroof glass will close
automatically.
To stop the sunroof movement at any
point, push the sunroof control lever
momentarily.
Features of your vehicle
Resetting the sunroof
Whenever the vehicle battery is disconnected or discharged, you must
reset your sunroof system as follows:
1.Start the engine.
2.Close the sunshade and sunroof
completely if opened.
3.Release the sunroof control lever.
4.Push the sunroof control lever forward in the direction of close
(about 10 seconds) until the sunshade slightly moves. Then,
release the lever.
5.Push the sunroof glass control
lever forward in the direction of
close, until the sunroof operates as
follows again:
Sunshade open → Glass tilt open
→ Glass slide open → Glass slide
close → Sunshade close
Then, release the lever.
When this is complete, the sunroof
system is reset.
✽ NOTICE
If you do not reset the sunroof, it
may not work properly.
✽ NOTICE
If the sunroof is not reset when the
vehicle battery is disconnected or
discharged, or related fuse is blown,
the sunroof may operate improperly.
4 29
Features of your vehicle
STEERING WHEEL
Electric power steering (EPS)
The power steering uses a motor to
assist you in steering the vehicle. If the
vehicle is in not the ready (
) mode
or if the power steering system
becomes inoperative, the vehicle may
still be steered, but it will require
increased steering effort.
The motor driven power steering is
controlled by a power steering control unit which senses the steering
wheel torque and vehicle speed to
command the motor.
The steering becomes heavier as
the vehicle’s speed increases and
becomes lighter as the vehicle’s
speed decreases for optimum steering control.
Should you notice any change in the
effort required to steer during normal
vehicle operation, have the power
steering checked by an authorized
Kia dealer.
4 30
• If the Electric Power Steering
System does not operate normally,
the warning light will illuminate on
the instrument cluster. The steering
wheel may require increased
steering effort. Take your vehicle to
an authorized Kia dealer and have
the vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
• When you operate the steering
wheel in low temperature, noise
may occur. If temperature rises, the
noise will likely disappear. This is a
normal condition.
• When the vehicle is stationary,
when the steering wheel is turned
all the way to the left or right continuously, the steering wheel
becomes harder to turn. The power
assist is limited to protect the
motor from overheating.
As time passes, the steering wheel
return to its normal condition.
✽ NOTICE
The following symptoms may occur
during normal vehicle operation:
• The EPS warning light does not
illuminate.
• The steering gets heavy immediately after turning the POWER
button on. This happens as the
system performs the EPS system
diagnostics. When the diagnostics
are completed, the steering wheel
will return to its normal condition.
• A click noise may be heard from
the EPS relay after the POWER
button is turned to the ON or OFF
position.
• A motor noise may be heard when
the vehicle is at a stop or at a low
driving speed.
• If the Electric Power Steering
System does not operate normally,
the warning light will illuminate on
the instrument cluster. The steering wheel may become difficult to
control or operate abnormally.
Take your vehicle to an authorized
Kia dealer and have the vehicle
checked as soon as possible.
(Continued)
Features of your vehicle
(Continued)
• When you operate the steering
wheel in low temperature, abnormal noise may occur. If temperature rises, the noise will likely disappear. This is a normal condition.
• When the charging system warning light comes on due to the low
voltage (When the alternator or
battery) does not operate normally or it malfunctions), the steering
wheel may require increased
steering effort.
Tilt and telescopic steering
Tilt and telescopic steering allows
you to adjust the steering wheel
before you drive. You can also raise it
to give your legs more room when
you exit and enter the vehicle.
The steering wheel should be positioned so that it is comfortable for
you to drive, while permitting you to
see the instrument panel warning
lights and gauges.
WARNING - Steering
wheel adjustment
Never adjust the angle and
height of the steering wheel
while driving. You may lose
steering control.
OPS043032
To change the steering wheel angle,
pull down the lock-release lever (1),
adjust the steering wheel to the
desired angle (2) and height (3, if
equipped) then pull up the lockrelease lever to lock (4) the steering
wheel in place. Be sure to adjust the
steering wheel to the desired position before driving.
4 31
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
Heated steering wheel
Horn
The heated steering wheel will turn
off automatically approximately 30
minutes after the heated steering
wheel is turned on.
CAUTION
OPSE044033
With the POWER button in the ON
position, pressing the heated steering wheel button warms the steering
wheel. The indicator on the button
will illuminate.
To turn the heated steering wheel off,
press the button once again. The
indicator on the button will turn off.
4 32
• Do not install any grip to operate the steering wheel. This
causes damage to the heated
steering wheel system.
• When cleaning the heated
steering wheel, do not use an
organic solvent such as paint
thinner, benzene, alcohol and
gasoline. Doing so may damage the surface of the steering
wheel.
• If the surface of steering
wheel is damaged by sharp
object, damage to the heated
steering wheel components
could occur.
OPS043034
To sound the horn, press the horn
symbols on your steering wheel.
Check the horn regularly to be sure it
operates properly.
✽ NOTICE
To sound the horn, press the area
indicated by the horn symbol on
your steering wheel (see illustration). The horn will operate only
when this area is pressed.
Features of your vehicle
If the steering wheel mode button is
not pressed for about 4 seconds, the
LCD display will change to the previous screen.
FLEX STEER
Normal mode
OPS043036
OPSE044129
The FLEX STEER controls steering
effort based upon as driver's preference or road condition.
You can select the desired steering
mode by pressing the FLEX STEER
button.
When the steering mode button is
pressed, the selected steering mode
will appear on the instrument cluster.
If the steering mode button is pressed
within 4 seconds, the steering mode
will change as shown above.
The normal mode offers medium
steering effort.
4 33
Features of your vehicle
Sport mode
Comfort mode
OPSE044130
OPSE044131L
The steering wheel becomes heavier. The sport mode is usually used
when driving on the highway.
The steering wheel becomes lighter.
The comfort mode is usually used
when driving in the city or when parking the vehicle.
4 34
• For your safety, if you press the
steering mode button while operating the steering wheel, but the
steering effort will not change
immediately. After operating the
steering wheel, the steering effort
will change automatically to the
selected mode.
• Use caution when changing the
steering mode while driving.
• When the electronic power steering is not operating properly, the
flex steering wheel will not work.
Features of your vehicle
MIRRORS
Inside rearview mirror
Adjust the rearview mirror so that the
center view through the rear window
is seen. Make this adjustment before
you start driving.
Do not place objects in the rear seat or
cargo area which would interfere with
your vision through the rear window.
Day/night rearview mirror
(if equipped)
Night
WARNING - Mirror adjustment
Do not adjust the rearview mirror while the vehicle is moving.
This could result in loss of control.
WARNING
Do not modify the inside mirror
and don’t install a wide mirror. It
could result in injury, during an
accident or deployment of the
air bag.
Day
OAM049023
Make this adjustment before you
start driving and while the day/night
lever is in the day position.
Pull the day/night lever toward you to
reduce the glare from the headlights
of the vehicles behind you during
night driving.
Remember that you lose some
rearview clarity in the night position.
Electric chromic mirror (ECM)
(if equipped)
The electric rearview mirror automatically controls the glare from the
headlights of the vehicles behind you
in nighttime or low light driving conditions. The sensor mounted in the mirror senses the light level around the
vehicle, and automatically controls
the headlight glare from the vehicles
behind you.
When the vehicle is in the ready (
)
mode the glare is automatically controlled by the sensor mounted in the
rearview mirror.
Whenever the shift lever is shifted
into reverse (R), the mirror will automatically go to the brightest setting in
order to improve the drivers view
behind the vehicle.
4 35
Features of your vehicle
UVO center (if equipped)
CAUTION - Cleaning
mirror
When cleaning the mirror, use a
paper towel or similar material
dampened with glass cleaner.
Do not spray glass cleaner
directly on the mirror. It may
cause the liquid cleaner to enter
the mirror housing.
Indicator
Sensor
OAM042349L
To operate the electric rearview mirror:
• The mirror defaults to the ON position whenever the POWER button
is turned on.
• Press the ON/OFF button (1) to
turn the automatic dimming function off. The mirror indicator light
will turn off.
Press the ON/OFF button (1) to
turn the automatic dimming function on. The mirror indicator light
will illuminate.
4 36
OPSE046442L
•
button
Press the
button to request
inquiries, consultation, Diagnostic
service, etc. Press the
button to
finish the call.
•
button
Press this button for navigation-related services. Press this button to finish the call.
Features of your vehicle
•
button
In case of an emergency, requests
for help to the UVO center.
The call is connected to the UVO
emergency rescue center.
Repressing the button will end the
call.
For more details, refer to the
Navigation Manual.
Outside rearview mirror
Be sure to adjust the mirror angles
before driving.
Your vehicle is equipped with both
left-hand and right-hand outside
rearview mirrors. The mirrors can be
adjusted remotely with the remote
switch. The mirror heads can be folded back to prevent damage during an
automatic vehicle wash or when
passing through a narrow street.
The right outside rearview mirror is
convex. Objects seen in the mirror
are closer than they appear.
Use your interior rearview mirror or
direct observation to determine the
actual distance of following vehicles
when changing lanes.
CAUTION - Rearview
mirror
Do not scrape ice off the mirror
face; this may damage the surface of the glass. If ice should
restrict the movement of the mirror, do not force the mirror for
adjustment. To remove ice, use a
deicer spray, or a sponge or soft
cloth with very warm water.
If the mirror is jammed with ice, do
not adjust the mirror by force. Use an
approved spray de-icer (not radiator
antifreeze) to release the frozen
mechanism or move the vehicle to a
warm place and allow the ice to melt.
WARNING - Mirror
adjustment
Do not adjust or fold the outside
rearview mirrors while the vehicle is moving. This could result
in loss of control.
4 37
Features of your vehicle
Remote control
CAUTION - Outside mirror
OPS043035
Electric type
The electric remote control mirror
switch allows you to adjust the position of the left and right outside
rearview mirrors. To adjust the position of either mirror the POWER button should be in the ACC or ON position. Move the switch (1) to R or L to
select the right side mirror or the left
side mirror, then press a corresponding point on the mirror adjustment
control to position the selected mirror
up, down, left or right.
After the adjustment, put the switch
into the neutral (center) position to
prevent inadvertent adjustment.
4 38
• The mirrors stop moving when
they reach the maximum
adjusting angles, but the
motor continues to operate
while the switch is pressed.
Do not press the switch longer
than necessary, the motor
may be damaged.
• Do not attempt to adjust the
outside rearview mirror by
hand. Doing so may damage
the parts.
Folding the outside rearview mirror
OPS043037
Manual type
To fold the outside rearview mirror,
grasp the housing of the mirror and
then fold it toward the rear of the
vehicle.
Features of your vehicle
OPS043038
Electric type
The outside rearview mirror can be
folded or unfolded by pressing the
switch as below.
Left (1) : The mirror will unfold.
Right (2) : The mirror will fold.
Center (AUTO, 3) :
The mirror will fold or unfold automatically as follows:
• Without smart key system
- The mirror will fold or unfold when
the door is locked or unlocked by
the transmitter.
• With smart key system
- The mirror will fold or unfold when
the door is locked or unlocked by
the smart key.
- The mirror will fold or unfold when
the door is locked or unlocked by
the button on the outside door
handle.
- The mirror will unfold when you
approach the vehicle (all doors
closed and locked) with a smart
key in possession.
Outside mirror defroster
■ Type A
OPSE045309N
■ Type B
CAUTION - Electric type
outside rearview mirror
The electric type outside
rearview mirror operates even
though the POWER button is in
the OFF position. However, to
prevent unnecessary battery discharge, do not adjust the mirrors
longer than necessary while the
vehicle is in not the ready (
)
mode. In case it is an electric
type outside rearview mirror,
don’t fold it by hand. It could
cause motor failure.
OPS043152
The outside mirror defroster will
operate at the same time you turn on
the rear window defroster.
4 39
Features of your vehicle
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
1. Motor operation gauge
2. Speedometer
3. Range meter
4. Warning and indicator lights
5. State of charge gauge
6. LCD display
❈ The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ
from the illustration.
For more details, refer to the "Gauges" in
this chapter.
OPSE046300N
4 40
Features of your vehicle
Instrument Cluster Control
LCD Display Control
Adjusting Instrument Cluster
Illumination
OPSE044117L
OPSE044039
The brightness of the instrument
panel illumination is changed by
pressing the illumination control button ("+" or "-") when the POWER button is ON, or the tail lights are turned
on.
• If you hold the illumination control
button ("+" or "-"), the brightness
will be changed continuously.
• If the brightness reaches to the
maximum or minimum level, an
alarm will sound.
OPS043040
The LCD display modes can be
changed by using the control buttons
on the steering wheel.
(1)
: MODE button for changing
modes or SELECT button
for setting the selected item
(2)
: MOVE button for changing
items or RESET button for
resetting the selected item
❈ For the LCD modes, refer to “LCD
Display” in this chapter.
4 41
Features of your vehicle
Motor operation gauge
Gauges
• CHARGE : It shows the charging
status of the battery
when it is being charged
by the regenerative
brakes (decelerating or
driving on a downhill
road). The more electric
energy is charged, the
lower the gauge level.
Speedometer
OPSE044102
OPSE044101N
The speedometer indicates the
speed of the vehicle and is calibrated
in miles per hour (mph) or kilometers
per hour (km/h).
4 42
It shows the energy consumption rate
of the vehicle and the charge/discharge status of the regenerative
brakes.
• POWER : It shows the energy consumption rate of the
vehicle when driving
uphill or accelerating.
The more electric energy
is used, the higher the
gauge level.
• ECO GUIDE : It shows the energy
consumption rate
during normal driving condition.
Features of your vehicle
State of charge (SOC) gauge for
high voltage battery
When there are 1-2 gauge bars left
for the high voltage battery, the vehicle speed is limited and then eventually the vehicle will be turned OFF.
Charge the vehicle immediately.
OPSE044104
OPSE044103
It shows the charging status of the
high voltage battery.
"MIN" position on the indicator indicates that there is not enough energy in the high voltage battery. "MAX"
position indicates that the driving
battery is fully charged.
When driving on highways or motorways, make sure to check in advance if
the driving battery is charged enough.
When there are 4 gauge bars (near
the "MIN" area) on the high voltage
charge indicator, the warning lamp
turns ON to alert you of the battery
level.
When the warning lamp turns ON, the
vehicle can drive an additional
12.4~24.8 miles (20~40 km) (depending on the driving speed, heater/air
conditioner, weather, driving style, and
other factors). Charging is required.
4 43
Features of your vehicle
Odometer
Outside Temperature Gauge
The outside temperature on the display may not change immediately
like a general thermometer to prevent the driver from being inattentive.
The temperature unit can be changed
by using the "User Settings" mode of
the LCD display
❈ For more details, refer to “LCD
Display” in this chapter.
OPSE044118N
OPSE044202N
The odometer Indicates the total distance that the vehicle has been driven and should be used to determine
when periodic maintenance should
be performed.
- Odometer range : 0 ~ 999999 miles
or kilometers.
This gauge indicates the current outside air temperatures by 1°F (1°C).
- Temperature range : -40°F ~ 140°F
(-40°C ~ 60°C)
4 44
Features of your vehicle
Reduction gear shift indicator
OPSE044125L
This indicator displays which reduction gear shift lever is selected.
• Park :P
• Reverse : R
• Neutral : N
• Drive :D
• Regenerate brake : B
❈ For the detailed explanation of
each shift range, refer to
"Reduction Gear" in chapter 5.
4 45
Features of your vehicle
LCD DISPLAY
LCD Modes
Modes
Symbol
Explanation
EV information
This mode displays EV system energy flow and ECO level.
For more details, refer to “EV information mode" in this chapter.
Trip Computer
This mode displays driving information like the tripmeter,
energy consumption, and so on.
For more details, refer to “Trip Computer” in this chapter.
A/V
This mode displays the state of the A/V system.
Service
This mode informs of service interval (mileage or days) and warning messages
related to TPMS and so on.
Master warning
User Settings
On this mode, you can change settings of the doors, lamps, and so on.
❈ For controlling the LCD modes, refer to "LCD Display Control" in this chapter.
4 46
Features of your vehicle
EV information mode
EV energy flow
ECO Level
EV information mode shows EV
energy flow and ECO level.
EV energy flow
ECO Level
To change the EV information mode,
press the
(MOVE) button
OPSE044240L
OPSE044241L
EV energy flow notifies the drivers of
energy flow in operating modes.
Following modes show drivers the
current operating condition.
• EV Propulsion :
Energy flows from high voltage
battery to wheel when the vehicle
is driven by motor
• Regeneration :
Energy flows from wheel to high
voltage battery when you release
the accelerator pedal or press the
brake pedal.
When the vehicle is started, the ECO
Level display will indicate level. If you
drive economically, the ECO Level
will increase. However, if you do not
drive economically, the ECO Level
will decrease.
4 47
Features of your vehicle
A/V Mode
Service Mode
Service Interval
OPSE044274L
OPSE044242
This mode displays the state of the
A/V system.
4 48
OPSE044266N
Service interval
It calculates and displays when you
need a scheduled maintenance
service (mileage or days).
If the remaining mileage or time
reaches 900 mi. (1,500 km) or 30
days, "Service Interval" message is
displayed for several seconds each
time you set the POWER button to
the ON position.
Service required
If you do not have your vehicle serviced according to the already inputted
service interval, “Service required”
message is displayed for several seconds each time you set the POWER
button to the ON position (The mileage
and time changes to "---").
To reset the service interval to the
mileage and days you inputted before:
- Press the RESET button
for
more than 1 second.
Features of your vehicle
Master Warning Mode
User Settings Mode
Description
OTF044192L
Service interval OFF
If the service interval is not set,
“Service interval OFF” message is
displayed on the LCD display.
✽ NOTICE
If any of the following conditions
occurs, the mileage and days may be
incorrect.
- The battery cable is disconnected.
- The fuse switch is turned off.
- The battery is discharged.
• This warning light informs the driver
the following situations
- TPMS
- Service reminder
The Master Warning Light illuminates when more than one of the
above warning situations occur. At
this time, the LCD Modes Icon will
change from ( ) to ( ).
If the warning situation is solved, the
LCD Modes Icon will be changed back
to its previous icon ( ).
OPSE044212L
On this mode, you can change setting of the doors, lamps, and so on.
WARNING
Do not adjust the User Setting
while driving. You may lose your
steering control and cause severe
personal injury or accidents.
4 49
Features of your vehicle
Door
Auto Lock
• Off:
The auto door lock operation will
be deactivated.
• Enable on speed:
All doors will be automatically
locked when the vehicle speed
exceeds 9.3mph (15km/h).
• Enable on shift:
All doors will be automatically
locked if the reduction gear shift
lever is shifted from the P (Park)
position to the R (Reverse), N
(Neutral), or D (Drive) position.
4 50
Auto Unlock
• Off:
The auto door unlock operation will
be canceled.
• Vehicle off:
All doors will be automatically
unlocked when the POWER button
is set to the OFF position.
• On shift P:
All doors will be automatically
unlocked if the reduction gear shift
lever is shifted to the P (Park) position.
• Driver Door Unlock:
All doors will be automatically
unlocked if the driver's door is
unlocked.
Two Press Unlock
• Off:
The two press unlock function will
be deactivated. Therefore, all doors
will unlock if the door is unlocked.
• On:
The driver’s door will unlock if the
door is unlocked. When the door is
unlocked again within 4 seconds,
all doors will unlock.
Horn Feedback
• Off:
The Horn feedback operation will
be deactivated.
• On:
After locking the door by pressing
the lock button on the transmitter, if
you press the lock button again
within 4 seconds, the warning
sound will operate once to indicate
that all doors are locked.
Features of your vehicle
Lamp
One Touch Turn Lamp (if equipped)
If this item is checked, the lane
change signals will blink 3, 5 or 7
times when the turn signal lever is
moved slightly.
Head Lamp Delay (if equipped)
If this item is checked, the headlamp
delay function will be activated.
Settings
Language
Choose the language you prefer
within the LCD.
Temperature Unit
Convert the temperature unit from °C
to °F or from °F to °C.
Energy Consumption Auto Reset
• Auto Reset :
The average energy consumption will
reset automatically when charge the
high voltage battery more than 10%
• Manual Reset:
The average energy consumption
will not reset automatically when
charge the high voltage battery more
than 10%
Welcome Sound (if equipped)
If this item is checked, the welcome
sound function will be activated.
4 51
Features of your vehicle
Service Interval
Low Battery. Charge immediately
Warning Messages
Low Battery
OPSE044136N
On this mode, you can activate the
service interval function with mileage
(mi. or km) and period (months).
4 52
OPSE044214L
OPSE044213L
When the high voltage battery level
reaches below 20%, this warning
message illuminates.
In this case, the warning lamp on the
instrument cluster ( ) turns ON
simultaneously.
Charge the high voltage battery
immediately.
When the high voltage battery level
reaches below 10%, this warning
message illuminates .
In this case, the warning lamp on the
instrument cluster ( ) turns ON
simultaneously and the distance to
empty gauge will be displayed as “---”.
Charge the high voltage battery
immediately.
Features of your vehicle
Charge immediately. Power limited
Power limited
When this warning message is displayed, do not accelerate or start the
vehicle suddenly.
Charge the battery immediately
when the high voltage battery level is
not enough.
OPSE044215L
OPSE044264L
When the high voltage battery level
reaches below 7%, this warning
message illuminates.
In this case, the warning lamp on the
instrument cluster ( ) and the
power down warning lamp ( ) turn
ON simultaneously and the distance
to empty gauge will be displayed as
“---”.
The vehicle’s power will be reduced
to minimize the energy consumption
of the high voltage battery. Charge
the battery immediately.
In the following cases, this warning
message illuminates when the vehicle’s power is limited for the safety.
• When the high voltage battery is
below a certain level, or voltage is
decreasing.
• When the temperature of the motor
or high voltage battery is too high
or too low.
• When there is a problem with the
cooling system or a failure that
may interrupt normal driving.
4 53
Features of your vehicle
Unplug vehicle to start
Charging door open
OPSE046223L
When the vehicle is started while the
charging connector is connected,
this warning message illuminates.
Remove the charging connector and
start the vehicle.
4 54
Check electric vehicle system
OPSE046224L
When the vehicle is started while the
charging door is opened, this warning message illuminates. Make sure
to close the charging door after
charging is complete.
OPSE044216L
This warning message illuminates
when a failure related to EV control
system occurs.
Refrain from driving when the warning message is displayed. In this
case, have your vehicle inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
Features of your vehicle
Low Battery Temp. Power limited
Battery Overheated! Stop vehicle
OPSE044265L
OPSE044219L
This warning message illuminates to
protect battery and electric vehicle
system when the high voltage battery temperature is too low.
If this warning message is still illuminated even after the ambient temperature has increased, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
This warning message illuminates to
protect battery and electric vehicle
system when the high voltage battery temperature is too high.
Turn off the POWER button and stop
the vehicle so that the battery temperature decreases.
If this warning message is still illuminated even after you have stopped the
vehicle for a certain time, refrain from
driving and have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
Stop vehicle and check power
supply
OPSE044220L
This warning message illuminates
when a failure occurs in the power
supply system.In this case, park the
vehicle in a safe location and tow
your vehicle to the nearest authorized Kia dealer and have the vehicle
inspected.
4 55
Features of your vehicle
Check brakes
Stop vehicle and check brakes
Shift to P position
OPSE044221L
OPSE044222L
OPSE044148L
This warning message illuminates
when the brake performance is low or
the regenerative brake does not work
properly due to a failure in the brake
system.In this case, it may take longer
for the brake pedal to operate and the
braking distance may become longer.
Refrain from driving when the warning message is displayed. In this
case, have your vehicle inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer as soon as
possible.
This warning message illuminates
when a failure occurs in the brake
system.In this case, park the vehicle
in a safe location and tow your vehicle
to the nearest authorized Kia dealer
and have the vehicle inspected.
• This warning message illuminates if
you try to turn off the vehicle without
the shift lever in P (Park) position.
• At this time, the POWER button
turns to the ACC position (If you
press the POWER button once
more, it will turn to the ON position).
4 56
Features of your vehicle
Low Key Battery
Press brake pedal to start vehicle
Key not in vehicle
OPSE044142L
OPSE044152L
OPSE044138L
• This warning message illuminates
if the battery of the smart key is
discharged when the POWER button changes to the OFF position.
• This warning message illuminates
if the POWER button changes to
the ACC position twice by pressing
the button repeatedly without
depressing the brake pedal.
• It means that you should depress
the brake pedal to start the vehicle.
• This warning message illuminates
if the smart key is not in the vehicle
while the door is opened or closed
with the POWER button in the ACC
position or the vehicle is in the
ready (
) mode.
• It means that you should always
have the smart key with you.
4 57
Features of your vehicle
Key not detected
Press POWER button again
Press POWER button with key
OPSE044140L
OPSE044144L
OPSE044146L
• This warning message illuminates if
the smart key is not detected when
you press the POWER button.
• This warning message illuminates
if you can not operate the POWER
button when there is a problem
with the POWER button system.
• It means that you could start the
engine by pressing the POWER
button once more.
• If the warning illuminates each
time you press the POWER button,
have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
• This warning message illuminates
if you press the POWER button
while the warning message “Key
not detected” is illuminating.
• At this time, the immobilizer indicator light blinks.
4 58
Features of your vehicle
Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse
OPSE044157L
• This warning message illuminates
if the brake switch fuse is disconnected.
• It means that you should replace
the fuse with a new one. If that is not
possible, you can start the engine
by pressing the POWER button for
10 seconds in the ACC position.
Door Open
Tailgate Open
OPSE043121
• It means that any door is open.
OPSE043122
• It means that the tailgate is open.
4 59
Features of your vehicle
Turn on FUSE SWITCH
Charger Error!
Quick Charger Error!
OPSE044154L
OPSE045323L
OPSE045324L
• This warning message illuminates
if the fuse switch on the fuse box is
OFF.
• It means that you should turn the
fuse switch on.
• This message is displayed when
the charging failed by external normal charger error.
You should change and charge with
the other external charger immediately.
• This message is displayed when
the charging failed by external
quick charger error.
You should change and charge with
the other external charger immediately.
For more details, refer to “Fuses” in
chapter 7.
4 60
Features of your vehicle
TRIP COMPUTER
Overview
Description
The trip computer is a microcomputer-controlled driver information system that displays information related
to driving.
✽ NOTICE
Some driving information stored in
the trip computer (for example
Average Vehicle Speed) resets if the
battery is disconnected.
Trip Modes
Energy consumption
Energy consumption
• Average energy consumption
• Instant energy consumption
TRIP A
• Tripmeter [A]
• Average Vehicle Speed [A]
• Elapsed Time [A]
TRIP B
• Tripmeter [B]
• Average Vehicle Speed [B]
• Elapsed Time [B]
To change the trip mode, press the
MOVE button
.
OPSE044105N
Average energy consumption (1)
• The average energy consumption
is calculated by the total driving distance and the high voltage battery
consumption since the last average
energy consumption reset.
- Average energy consumption
range : 0.0 ~ 99.9 miles/kwh
• The average energy consumption
can be reset both manually and
automatically.
4 61
Features of your vehicle
Manual reset
To clear the average energy consumption manually, press the
button (MOVE) on the steering wheel for
more than 1 second when the average energy consumption is displayed.
Automatic reset
To make the average energy consumption be reset automatically
whenever recharging, select the
“Auto Reset” mode in User Settings
menu of the LCD display (Refer to
“LCD Display”).
Under “Auto Reset” mode, the average energy consumption will be
cleared to zero (---) when the driving
distance exceeds 0.19 mile (300m)
after recharging more than 10%.
4 62
Instant energy consumption (2)
• This mode displays the instant energy consumption during the last few
seconds when the vehicle speed is
more than 10 km/h (6.2 MPH).
- Instant energy consumption
range : 0.0 ~ 8miles/kwh
Trip A/B
OPSE044127N
Tripmeter (1)
• The tripmeter is the total driving distance since the last tripmeter reset.
- Distance range: 0.0 ~ 999.9 mi. or
km
• To reset the tripmeter, press the
RESET ( ) button on the steering
wheel for more than 1 second
when the tripmeter is displayed.
Features of your vehicle
Average Vehicle Speed (2)
• The average vehicle speed is calculated by the total driving distance and driving time since the
last average vehicle speed reset.
- Speed range: 160 MPH or 200
km/h
• To reset the average vehicle speed,
press the RESET ( ) button on
the steering wheel for more than 1
second when the average vehicle
speed is displayed.
Elapsed Time (3)
• The elapsed time is the total driving time since the last elapsed time
reset.
- Time range (hh:mm): 00:00 ~ 99:59
• To reset the elapsed time, press
the RESET ( ) button on the
steering wheel for more than 1
second when the elapsed time is
displayed.
✽ NOTICE
Even if the vehicle is not in motion,
the elapsed time keeps going while
the vehicle is in the ready (
)
mode.
• The average vehicle speed is not displayed if the driving distance is less
than 0.03 miles (50 meters) or the
driving time is less than 10 seconds
since the POWER button is turned
to ON.
• Even if the vehicle is not in
motion, the average vehicle speed
keeps going while the vehicle is in
the ready (
) mode.
✽ NOTICE
One time driving information mode
OPSE044243N
This display shows trip distance (1),
battery level(2), charging time status
(3, if equipped) and climate time status (4, if equipped).
This information is displayed for a
few seconds when you turn off the
vehicle and then goes off automatically. The information provided is calculated according to each trip.
If the estimated distance is below 9.3
mi.(15km), and a recharging message will appear (5).
To set the charging time and/or climate time, refer to a separately supplied navigation manual for detailed
information.
4 63
Features of your vehicle
Range
OPSE044106N
On average, a vehicle can drive
about 111miles (179km) when the
high voltage battery is 100%
charged.
Under certain circumstances where
the air conditioner/heater is ON, the
distance to empty is impacted,
resulting in a possible distance range
from 75~162mi. (120~260km). When
using the heater during cold weather
or driving at high speed, the high
voltage battery consumes a lot more
electricity. This may reduce the distance to empty significantly.
4 64
After “---” has been displayed, the vehicle can drive an additional 2.5~6.0 mi.
(4~9 km) (depending on driving speed,
heater/air conditioner, weather, driving
style, and other factors).
Distance to empty that is displayed
on the instrument cluster after completing a recharge may vary significantly depending on previous operating patterns.
When previous driving patterns
include high speed driving, resulting
in the driving battery using more
electricity than usual, the estimated
distance to empty is reduced. When
the high voltage battery uses a little
electricity in ECO mode, the estimated distance to empty increases.
Distance to empty may depend on
many factors such as the charge
amount of the high voltage battery,
weather, temperature, durability of
the battery, geographical features,
and driving style.
Natural degradation may occur with
the high voltage battery depending
on the number of years the vehicle is
used. This may reduce the distance
to empty.
Features of your vehicle
WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS
Warning lights
✽ NOTICE - Warning lights
Make sure that all warning lights
are OFF after starting the vehicle. If
any light is still ON, this indicates a
situation that needs attention.
Service warning light
Power down warning
light
This warning light illuminates :
• Once you set the POWER button
to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds
• There is a failure with a sensor,
actuator, or the electric compressor for the air conditioner related to
the electric vehicle control system.
When the warning light turns ON
while driving, or does not turn OFF
after vehicle has started, have your
vehicle inspected by an authorized
Kia dealer.
This warning light illuminates :
• When the power is limited for the
safety of the electric vehicle.
- When the high voltage battery
level is below a certain threshold,
the voltage is decreasing, the
temperature of the motor or driving battery is too high or too low,
there is a failure in the cooling
system, or a failure that is disrupting normal driving.
4 65
Features of your vehicle
■ Red
■ Yellow
High voltage battery
level warning light
Regenerative
brake warning
light
This warning light illuminates :
• When the high voltage battery level
is not enough.
When the warning light turns ON,
Charge the battery immediately.
This warning light illuminates :
• The regenerative brake does not
operate and the brake does not
perform well. This causes the
brake warning lamp (red) and
regenerative brake warning lamp
(yellow) to turn ON simultaneously.
In this case, drive safely and have
your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
In this case, operation of the brake
pedal may be more difficult than
normal and the braking distance
can increase.
4 66
Air bag Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set thePOWER button to
the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 6
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the SRS.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Features of your vehicle
Seat Belt Warning Light
Parking Brake & Brake
Fluid Warning Light
This warning light informs the driver
that the seat belt is not fastened.
For more details, refer to the “Seat
Belts” in chapter 3.
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the POWER button
to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds
- It remains on if the parking brake
is applied.
• When the parking brake is applied.
• When the brake fluid level in the
reservoir is low.
- If the warning light illuminates
with the parking brake released, it
indicates the brake fluid level in
reservoir is low.
If the brake fluid level in the reservoir
is low:
1.Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2.Turn the vehicle off, check the brake
fluid level immediately and add fluid
as required (For more details, refer
to “Brake Fluid” in chapter 7).
Then check all brake components
for fluid leaks. If any leaks in the
brake system is still found, the
warning light remains on, or the
brakes do not operate properly, do
not drive the vehicle.
In this case, have your vehicle
towed to an authorized Kia dealer
and inspected.
4 67
Features of your vehicle
Dual-diagonal braking system
Your vehicle is equipped with dualdiagonal braking systems. This
means you still have braking on two
wheels even if one of the dual systems should fail.
With only one of the dual systems
working, more than normal pedal
travel and greater pedal pressure are
required to stop the vehicle.
Also, the vehicle will not stop in as
short a distance with only a portion
of the brake system working.
If the brakes fail while you are driving, shift to B position for additional
engine braking and stop the vehicle
as soon as it is safe to do so.
4 68
WARNING - Parking Brake
& Brake Fluid Warning Light
Driving the vehicle with a warning light ON is dangerous. If the
Parking Brake & Brake Fluid
Warning Light illuminates with
the parking brake released, it
indicates that the brake fluid
level is low.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Anti-lock Brake System
(ABS) Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the POWER button
to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the ABS (The normal braking system will still be operational without
the assistance of the anti-lock
brake system).
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Features of your vehicle
Electronic
Brake force
Distribution
(EBD) System
Warning Light
These two warning lights illuminate at
the same time while driving:
• When the ABS and regular brake
system may not work normally.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
WARNING - Electronic
Brake force Distribution
(EBD) System Warning Light
When both ABS, Parking Brake,
and Brake Fluid Warning Lights
are on, the brake system will not
work normally and you may
experience an unexpected and
dangerous situation during sudden braking thereby increasing
the risk of a crash or injury.
In this case, avoid high speed
driving and abrupt braking.
Have your vehicle inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer as
soon as possible.
✽ NOTICE - Electronic Brake
force Distribution (EBD)
System Warning Light
When the ABS Warning Light is on
or both ABS and Parking Brake &
Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on,
the speedometer, odometer, or tripmeter may not work. Also, the EPS
Warning Light may illuminate and
the steering effort may increase or
decrease.
In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer as
soon as possible.
4 69
Features of your vehicle
Electronic Power
Steering (EPS) Warning
Light
Charging System
Warning Light
(for 12-volt battery)
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the POWER button
to the ON position.
- It remains on until the vehicle is in
the ready (
) mode.
• When there is a malfunction with
the EPS.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
This warning light illuminates:
• When the 12-volt battery level is
low or a failure occurs on the
charging system such as LDC.
• If the warning light turns on while
driving, move the vehicle to a safe
location, turn off and turn on the
vehicle again, and check if the
warning light turns off. If the warning light remains on, In this case,
have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
• Even if the warning lamp turns off,
have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
If you drive the vehicle while the
warning light is on, vehicle speed
may be limited and the 12-volt battery may be discharged.
❈ LDC : Low voltage DC-DC Converter.
4 70
Low Tire Pressure
Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the POWER button
to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When one or more of your tires are
significantly underinflated.
For more details, refer to “Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)” in chapter 6.
Features of your vehicle
This warning light remains on after
blinking for approximately 60 seconds
or repeats blinking and off at the
intervals of approximately 3 seconds:
• When there is a malfunction with
the TPMS.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer as soon as possible.
For more details, refer to “Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)” in chapter 6.
WARNING
- Low tire pressure
• Significantly low tire pressure
makes the vehicle unstable
and can contribute to loss of
vehicle control and increased
braking distances.
• Continued driving or low pressure tires will cause the tires to
overheat and fail.
• The TPMS cannot alert you to
severe and sudden tire damage
caused by external factors.
• If you notice any vehicle instability,
immediately take your foot off the
accelerator pedal, apply the brakes
gradually with light force, and slowly move to a safe position off the
road.
Door Ajar Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
When a door is not closed securely.
Tailgate Open Warning
Light
This warning light illuminates:
When the tailgate is not closed
securely.
4 71
Features of your vehicle
Indicator Lights
Charging indicator light
Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) Indicator
Light
This warning light illuminates :
This indicator light shows the charging status of the high voltage battery.
When it is charging, the red light
turns ON. When charging is complete, the green light turns ON.
This indicator light illuminates:
• Once you set the POWER button
to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the ESC system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Ready indicator light
This warning light illuminates :
When the vehicle is ready to drive.
- ON: Normal driving is available.
- OFF: Normal driving is not available, or a failure has occurred.
- Blinking: Emergency driving.
When ready indicator light is OFF or
blinking, there is a failure. In this
case, have your vehicle inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
This indicator light blinks:
While the ESC is operating.
For more details, refer to “Electronic
Stability Control (ESC)” in chapter 5.
4 72
Features of your vehicle
Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) OFF
Indicator Light
ECOMINDER® indicator
Active ECO system
This indicator light illuminates:
• Once you set POWER button to
the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When you deactivate the ESC system by pressing the ESC OFF button.
This indicator light illuminates:
• The active ECO system always
remembers the previous status
before the vehicle was turned off.
• When the Active ECO button is
pressed the ECOMINDER® indicator (green) will illuminate to show
that the Active ECO is operating.
To turn off the Active ECO system,
press the button again.
For more details, refer to “Electronic
Stability Control (ESC)” in chapter 5.
ECO
For more details, refer to "Active
ECO systme" in the chapter 5 or
"Electric Vehicle Guide".
Immobilizer Indicator
Light
This indicator light illuminates for up
to 30 seconds:
• When the vehicle detects the
smart key in the vehicle properly
while the POWER button is ACC or
ON.
- At this time, you can start the
vehicle.
- The indicator light goes off after
the vehicle is in the ready (
)
mode.
This indicator light blinks for a few
seconds:
• When the smart key is not in the
vehicle.
- At this time, you can not start the
vehicle.
4 73
Features of your vehicle
This indicator light illuminates for 2
seconds and goes off:
• When the vehicle can not detect
the smart key which is in the vehicle while the POWER button is ON.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
This indicator light blinks:
• When the battery of the smart key
is weak.
- At this time, you can not start the
vehicle. However, you can start the
vehicle if you press the POWER
button with the smart key. (For
more details, refer to “Starting the
vehicle” in chapter 5).
• When there is a malfunction with
the immobilizer system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
4 74
Turn Signal Indicator
Light
High Beam Indicator
Light
This indicator light blinks:
• When you turn the turn signal light
on.
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the headlights are on and in
the high beam position
• When the turn signal lever is pulled
into the Flash-to-Pass position.
If any of the following occurs, there
may be a malfunction with the turn
signal system. In this case, have your
vehicle inspected by an authorized
Kia dealer.
- The indicator light does not blink
but illuminates.
- The indicator light blinks more
rapidly.
- The indicator light does not illuminate at all.
Light ON Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the tail lights or headlights
are on.
Features of your vehicle
Front Fog Indicator
Light (if equipped)
Cruise SET Indicator
Light
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the front fog lights are on.
Cruise Indicator Light
CRUISE
SET
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the cruise control speed is set.
For more details, refer to “Cruise
Control System” in chapter 5.
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the cruise control system is
enabled.
For more details, refer to “Cruise
Control System” in chapter 5.
4 75
Features of your vehicle
PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
■ Front
Sensor
OPSE044217_1
■ Rear
The parking assist system assists
the driver during movement of the
vehicle by chiming if any object is
sensed within the distance of 39 in
(100 cm) in front or 47in(120cm)
behind the vehicle.
This system is a supplemental system and it is not intended to nor does
it replace the need for extreme care
and attention of the driver.
The sensing range and objects
detectable by the sensors are limited.
When the vehicle moving, pay attention to your surroundings.
Operation of the parking
assist system
Operating condition
OPSE044041N
WARNING - Parking
Sensor
OPSE044218_1
The Parking Assist System is not a
substitute for proper and safe parking and backing-up procedures.
Always drive safely and use caution
when parking. The Parking Assist
System may not detect every object
behind or in front of the vehicle.
4 76
Assist Warning
Never rely solely on the parking
assist system when parking the
vehicle. Always perform a visual inspection to make sure the
vehicle is clear of all obstructions before moving the vehicle
in any direction. Stop immediately if you are aware of a child
anywhere near your vehicle.
Some objects may not be
detected by the sensors, due to
the object's size or material.
• This system activates when the
parking assist button is pressed
with the POWER button ON.
• The parking assist button turns on
automatically and activates the
parking assist system when you
shift the gear to the R (Reverse)
position.
Features of your vehicle
• The sensing distance while backing up is approximately 47 in. (120
cm) when you are driving less than
6.2 mph (10 km/h).
• The sensing distance while moving
forward is approximately 39 in.
(100 cm) when you are driving less
than 6.2 mph (10 km/h).
• When more than two objects are
sensed at the same time, the closest one will be recognized first.
Types of warning sound and indicator
Warning indicator
Distance from object
39 in. ~ 24 in.
(100cm~60cm)
Front
47 in. ~ 24 in.
(120cm~60cm)
Rear
When driving
forward
-
-
The system may not detect and
object if the distance from the object
is already less than approximately
10 in. (25 cm) when the system is
turned ON.
24 in. ~ 12 in.
(60cm~30cm)
Rear
Warning sound
Buzzer beeps
intermittently
Buzzer beeps
intermittently
Buzzer beeps
intermittently
Front
✽ NOTICE
When driving
rearward
-
Buzzer beeps
intermittently
Buzzer sounds
continuously
Front
12 in. (30cm)
Rear
-
Buzzer sounds
continuously
✽ NOTICE
The indicator may differ from the illustration as objects or sensors status.
If the indicator blinks, the system should be checked by an authorized Kia
dealer.
4 77
Features of your vehicle
Non-operational conditions of
parking assist system
Parking assist system may not
operate normally when:
1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It
will operate normally when moisture
melts.)
2. Sensor is covered with foreign
matter, such as snow or water, or
the sensor cover is blocked. (It will
operate normally when the material is removed or the sensor is no
longer blocked.)
3. Sensor is stained with foreign matter such as snow or water. (Sensing
range will return to normal when
removed.)
4. The parking assist button is off.
4 78
There is a possibility of parking
assist system malfunction when:
1. Driving on uneven road surfaces
such as unpaved roads, gravel,
bumps, or gradient.
2. Objects generating excessive noise
such as vehicle horns, loud motorcycle engines, or truck air brakes
can interfere with the sensor.
3. Heavy rain or water spray.
4. Wireless transmitters or mobile
phones present near the sensor.
5. Sensor is covered with snow.
Detecting range may decrease
when:
1. Outside air temperature is
extremely hot or cold.
2. Undetectable objects smaller than
39 in (1 m) and narrower than 5.5
in (14 cm) in diameter.
The following objects may not be
recognized by the sensor:
1. Sharp or slim objects such as
ropes, chains or small poles.
2. Objects, which tend to absorb sensor frequency such as clothes,
spongy material or snow.
✽ NOTICE
1. The warning may not sound
sequentially depending on the
speed and shapes of the objects
detected.
2. The parking assist system may
malfunction if the vehicle bumper
height or sensor installation has
been modified. Any non-factory
installed equipment or accessories
may also interfere with the sensor
performance.
3. Sensor may not recognize objects
less than 12 in (30 cm) from the
sensor, or it may sense an incorrect distance. Use with caution.
(Continued)
Features of your vehicle
(Continued)
4. When the sensor is frozen or
stained with snow or water, the
sensor may be inoperative until
the stains are removed using a
soft cloth.
5. Do not push, scratch or strike the
sensor with any hard objects that
could damage the surface of the
sensor. Sensor damage could occur.
✽ NOTICE
Self-diagnosis
This system can only sense objects
within the range and location of the
sensors, it can not detect objects in
other areas where sensors are not
installed. Also, small or slim objects,
or objects located between sensors
may not be detected.
Always visually check in front and
behind the vehicle when driving.
Be sure to inform any drivers in the
vehicle that may be unfamiliar with
the system regarding the system’s
capabilities and limitations.
If you don’t hear an audible warning
sound or if the buzzer sounds intermittently when shifting the shift lever
into the R (Reverse) position, this
may indicate a malfunction in the
parking assist system. If this occurs,
have the system checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Your new vehicle warranty does not
cover any accidents or damage to the
vehicle or injuries to its occupants
related to a parking assist system.
Always drive safely and cautiously.
4 79
Features of your vehicle
REAR CAMERA DISPLAY
OPSE044050L
OPSE044051
The rear camera display will activate
when the back-up light is ON with the
POWER button ON and the shift
lever in the R (Reverse) position.
4 80
This system is a supplemental system that helps the driver by displaying objects behind the vehicle when
backing up.
Always keep the camera lens clean. If
lens is covered with foreign matter,
the camera may not operate normally.
The rear camera display is not a
safety device. It only serves to assist
the driver in identifying objects
directly behind the middle of the
vehicle. The camera does NOT cover
the complete area behind the vehicle. While the camera's display is
generally accurate, objects can be
much closer than they appear in the
display screen and can be distorted
in both size and proportion.
WARNING - Backing up
using camera
Never rely solely on the rear
camera display when backing.
You must always use methods
of viewing the area behind you
including looking over both
shoulders as well as continuously checking all three rear
view mirrors. Due to the difficulty of ensuring that the area
behind you remains clear,
always back slowly and stop
immediately if you even suspect
that a person, and especially a
child, might be behind you.
Features of your vehicle
LIGHTING
Headlamp escort (if equipped)
Battery saver function
If you turn the POWER button to the
ACC or OFF position with the headlights ON, the headlights remain on
for about 5 minutes. However, if the
driver’s door is opened and closed,
the headlights are turned off after 15
seconds.
The headlights can be turned off by
pressing the lock button on the smart
key twice or turning the light switch to
the OFF or Auto position. However, if
you turn the light switch to the Auto
position when it is dark outside, the
headlights will not be turned off
immediately.
• The purpose of this feature is to
prevent the battery from being discharged. The system automatically
turns off the parking lights when
the driver turns the vehicle off and
opens the driver-side door (in that
order).
• With this feature, the parking lights
will turn off automatically if the driver parks on the side of the road at
night.
If necessary, to keep the lights on
when the vehicle is turned off, perform the following:
1) Open the driver-side door.
2) Turn the parking lights OFF and
ON again using the light switch
on the steering column.
Daytime running light
(if equipped)
The Daytime Running Lights (DRL)
can make it easier for others to see
the front of your vehicle during the
day. DRL can be helpful in many different driving conditions, and it is
especially helpful after dawn and
before sunset.
The DRL system turns OFF when:
1. The headlight switch is ON.
2. The engine is OFF.
3. The front fog light is ON.
4. Engaging the Parking Brake
4 81
Features of your vehicle
Abnormal lamp operation
If there is a problem with the electric
communication system in the vehicle, the position light and fog light will
not turn on even though, the parking
light and front frog light switch is
turned to the ON position. However,
when the headlight switch is turned
to the ON position, the position light
and fog light will turn on.
4 82
Abnormal lamp operation due
to stabilization of electric control system
Blinking may occur on a normally
operating lamp. This symptom
occurs due to stabilization of the
electric control system. There is no
problem with the vehicle if the lamp
turns back on after blinking.
However, if the lamp turns off after
blinking or the symptom above occurs
repeatedly, there may be a failure in
the electric control system. If this is
the case, contact an authorized Kia
dealer and have the system checked.
Lighting control
OXM049110
The light switch has a Headlight and
a Parking light position.
To operate the lights, turn the knob at
the end of the control lever to one of
the following positions:
(1) OFF position
(2) Parking light position
(3) Headlight position
(4) Auto light position (if equipped)
Features of your vehicle
Parking light position (
)
Headlight position (
Auto light position
)
OAM049041
OAM049042
OMD040095
When the light switch is in the parking light position (1st position), the
tail, license and instrument panel
lights will turn ON.
When the light switch is in the headlight position (2nd position), the
head, tail, license and instrument
panel lights will turn ON.
The POWER button must be in the
ON position to turn on the headlights.
When the light switch is in the AUTO
light position, the taillights and headlights will be turned ON or OFF automatically depending on the amount
of light outside the vehicle.
4 83
Features of your vehicle
• Never place anything over sensor
(1) located on the instrument
panel. This will ensure better autolight system control.
• Don’t clean the sensor using a window cleaner. The cleaner may
leave a light film which could interfere with sensor operation.
• If your vehicle has window tint or
other types of metallic coating on
the front windshield, the Auto light
system may not work properly.
High beam operation
OAM049043
OAM049044
To turn on the high beam headlights,
push the lever away from you. Pull it
back for low beams.
The high beam indicator will light
when the headlight high beams are
switched on.
To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not leave the lights
on for a prolonged time while the
vehicle is not in the ready (
) mode.
4 84
To flash the headlights, pull the lever
towards you. It will return to the normal
(low beam) position when released.
The headlight switch does not need to
be on to use this flashing feature.
WARNING - High beams
Do not use high beam when
there are other vehicles. Using
high beam could obstruct the
other driver's vision.
Features of your vehicle
Turn signals and lane change
signals
OAM049045
The POWER button must be on for
the turn signals to function. To turn
on the turn signals, move the lever
up or down (A). The green arrow indicators on the instrument panel indicate which turn signal is operating.
They will self-cancel after a turn is
completed. If the indicator continues
to flash after a turn, manually return
the lever to the OFF position.
To signal a lane change, move the
turn signal lever slightly and hold it in
position (B). The lever will return to
the OFF position when released.
If an indicator stays on and does not
flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of
the turn signal bulbs may be burned
out and will require replacement.
If an indicator flash is abnormally
quick or slow, a bulb may be burned
out or have a poor electrical connection in the circuit.
One-touch lane change function
(if equipped)
To activate an one-touch lane
change function, move the turn signal lever slightly and then release it.
The lane change signals will blink 3,
5 or 7 times.
You can choose one-touch lane
change blinking function in "One
touch turn lamp" of "User setting".
Refer to "User setting" in chapter 4.
✽ NOTICE
If an indicator flash is abnormally
quick or slow, the bulb may be
burned out or have a poor electrical
connection in the circuit.
4 85
Features of your vehicle
Front fog light (if equipped)
OAM049046N
Fog lights are used to provide
improved visibility when visibility is
poor due to fog, rain or snow, etc. The
fog lights will turn on when the fog light
switch (1) is turned to the on position
after the headlight is turned on.
To turn off the fog lights, turn the fog
light switch (1) to the OFF position.
When in operation, the fog lights
consume large amounts of vehicle
electrical power. Only use the fog
lights when visibility is poor.
4 86
Features of your vehicle
WIPERS AND WASHERS
Windshield wiper/washer
Rear window wiper/washer
Windshield wipers
OAM049101N
OAM049100N/OAM049048N
A : Wiper speed control
· MIST – Single wipe
· OFF – Off
· INT – Intermittent wipe
· LO – Low wiper speed
· HI – High wiper speed
D : Rear wiper/washer control
· ON – Continuous wipe
· INT – Intermittent wipe
(if equipped)
· OFF – Off
E : Wash with brief wipes (rear)
B : Intermittent wipe time adjustment
C : Wash with brief wipes (front)
Operates as follows when the
POWER button is turned ON.
MIST : For a single wiping cycle, push
the lever upward and release
it with the lever in the OFF
position. The wipers will operate continuously if the lever is
pushed upward and held.
OFF : Wiper is not in operation
INT : Wiper operates intermittently at
the same wiping intervals. Use
this mode in light rain or mist.
To vary the speed setting, turn
the speed control knob (1).
4 87
Features of your vehicle
LO : Normal wiper speed
HI : Fast wiper speed
The reservoir filler neck is located in
the front of the motor compartment
on the passenger side.
Windshield washers
✽ NOTICE
CAUTION - Washer pump
To prevent possible damage to
the washer pump, do not operate the washer when the fluid
reservoir is empty.
If there is heavy accumulation of
snow or ice on the windshield, defrost
the windshield for about 10 minutes,
or until the snow and/or ice is
removed before using the windshield
wipers to ensure proper operation.
WARNING - Obscured
OAM049102N
In the OFF position, pull the lever
gently toward you to spray washer
fluid on the windshield and to run the
wipers 1-3 cycles.
Use this function when the windshield is dirty.
The spray and wiper operation will
continue until you release the lever.
If the washer does not work, check
the washer fluid level. If the fluid level
is not sufficient, you will need to add
appropriate non-abrasive windshield
washer fluid to the washer reservoir.
4 88
visibility
Do not use the washer in freezing temperatures without first
warming the windshield with
the defrosters; the washer solution could freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision.
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION - Wipers& windshields
• To prevent possible damage
to the wipers or windshield,
do not operate the wipers
when the windshield is dry.
• To prevent damage to the wiper
blades, do not use gasoline,
kerosene, paint thinner, or
other solvents on or near them.
• To prevent damage to the
wiper arms and other components, do not attempt to move
the wipers manually.
Rear window wiper and washer
switch
OXM049125
OAM049103N
The rear window wiper switch is
located at the end of the wiper and
washer switch lever. Turn the switch
to the desired position to operate the
rear wiper and washer.
ON - Normal wiper operation
INT - Intermittent wiper operation
(if equipped)
OFF - Wiper is not in operation
Push the lever away from you to
spray rear washer fluid and to run the
rear wipers 1~3 cycles. The spray
and wiper operation will continue
until you release the lever.
4 89
Features of your vehicle
INTERIOR LIGHT
Do not use the interior lights for
extended periods when the vehicle is
not in the ready (
) mode.
It may cause battery discharge.
• ROOM (2) :
- The map lamp and room lamp
stays on at all times.
- To turn off the ROOM mode,
press the ROOM button (2) once
again (not pressed.)
Map lamp
■ Type A
WARNING - Interior light
Do not use the interior lights
when driving in the dark. The
glare from the interior lights
may obstruct your view and
cause an accident.
OPS043052
■ Type B
Interior lamp AUTO cut
• When all entrances are closed, if
you lock the vehicle by using the
smart key, all interior lamp will be
off after a few seconds.
• If you do not operate anything in
the vehicle after turning off the
POWER button, the lights will turn
off after 20 minutes.
4 90
OPSE046053L
Press the lens (1) or button (1) to
turn the map lamp on or off.
Features of your vehicle
• DOOR (3) :
- The map lamp and room lamp
comes on when a door is opened.
The lamps go out after approximately 30 seconds.
- The map lamp and room lamp
comes on for approximately 30
seconds when doors are unlocked
with a smart key as long as the
doors are not opened.
- The map lamp and room lamp will
stay on for approximately 20 minutes if a door is opened with the
POWER button in the ACC or
LOCK/OFF position.
- The map lamp and room lamp will
stay on continuously if the door is
opened with the POWER button
in the ON position.
- The map lamp and room lamp will
go out immediately if the POWER
button is changed to the ON position or all doors are locked.
- To turn off the DOOR mode,
press the DOOR button (3) once
again (not pressed).
✽ NOTICE
Room lamp
• When the lamp is turned on by
pressing the lens (1), the lamp does
not turn off even if the DOOR
mode or ROOM mode is not
selected (not pressed).
• If the ROOM button and DOOR
button are pressed at the same
time, the map lamp and room
lamp will stay on at all times
(ROOM mode will be selected).
■ Type A
OPS043054
■ Type B
OPS043072
Press the button to turn the light on
or off.
If the front map lamp turns on by the
front map lamp switch, the room
lamp will turn on.
4 91
Features of your vehicle
Luggage room lamp
Glove box lamp
Vanity mirror lamp
■ Type A
OPS043055
■ Type B
OPS043056
The luggage room lamp comes on
when the tailgate is opened.
The lamp comes on as long as the
tailgate is open. To prevent unnecessary charging system drain, close
the tailgate securely after using the
luggage room.
4 92
OPS043057
OAM042336
The glove box lamp comes on when
the glove box is opened.
To prevent unnecessary charging
system drain, close the glove box
securely after using the glove box.
Pull the sunvisor downward and you
can turn the vanity mirror lamp ON or
OFF by pushing the button.
•
: To turn the lamp ON.
• O : To turn the lamp OFF.
To prevent unnecessary charging
system drain, turn off the lamp by
pushing the O button after using the
lamp.
Features of your vehicle
DEFROSTER
CAUTION - Conductors
To prevent damage to the conductors bonded to the inside
surface of the rear window,
never use sharp instruments or
window cleaners containing
abrasives to clean the window.
Rear window defroster
■ Type A
✽ NOTICE
If you want to defrost and defog the
front
windshield,
refer
to
“Windshield defrosting and defogging” in this section.
OPSE045309N
■ Type B
OPS043152
To activate the rear window
defroster, press the rear window
defroster button located in the center
facia switch panel.
The indicator on the rear window
defroster button illuminates when the
defroster is ON.
If there is heavy accumulation of
snow on the rear window, brush it off
before operating the rear defroster.
The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 20
minutes or when the POWER button
is turned off. To turn off the defroster,
press the rear window defroster button again.
Outside rearview mirror defroster
If your vehicle is equipped with the
outside rearview mirror defrosters,
they will operate at the same time you
turn on the rear window defroster.
The defroster heats the window to
remove frost, fog and thin ice from
the rear window, while the vehicle is
in the ready (
) mode.
4 93
Features of your vehicle
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM
■ Type A
1. Fan speed control button
2. Front windshield defroster button
3. Rear windshield defroster button
4. Temperature control knob/button
5. AUTO (automatic control) button
6. OFF button
■ Type B
7. HEAT button
8. Air conditioning button
9. Climate control information screen
selection button
10. Mode selection button
11. Driver Only button
12. Air intake control button
13. Climate control timer
14. Climate control display
OPSE045310N/OPSE044162N
4 94
Features of your vehicle
Automatic heating and air
conditioning
✽ NOTICE
■ Type A
■ Type A
OPSE045312N
■ Type B
OPSE045311N
■ Type B
OPS043171
OPS043165
1. Push the AUTO button. It is indicated by AUTO on the display. The
modes, fan speeds, air intake , airconditioning and heater will be
controlled automatically by temperature setting.
2.Push the temperature control button to set the desired temperature.
(Type A)
Turn the temperature control knob
to set the desired temperature.
(Type B)
• To turn the automatic operation
off, select any button or switch of
the following:
- Mode selection button
- Air conditioning (A/C) button
- Heater (HEAT) button
- DRIVER ONLY button
- Front windshield defroster button
(Press the button one more time
to deselect the front windshield
defroster function. The 'AUTO'
sign will illuminate on the information display once again.)
- Air intake control button
- Fan speed control switch
The selected function will be controlled manually while other functions operate automatically.
• Regardless of the temperature setting, when using automatic operation, the air conditioning system
can automatically turn on to
decrease the humidity inside the
vehicle, even if the temperature is
set to warm.
4 95
Features of your vehicle
Manual heating and air
conditioning
OPS043071
Never place anything over the sensor
located on the instrument panel to
ensure better control of the heating
and cooling system.
4 96
The heating and cooling system can
be controlled manually by pushing
buttons other than the AUTO button.
In this case, the system works
sequentially according to the order of
buttons selected.
When pressing any button (or turning
any knob) except AUTO button while
automatic operation, the functions
not selected will be controlled automatically.
1. Start the vehicle.
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
5. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn
the air conditioning system on.
7. If heater is desired, press the
HEAT button.
Press the AUTO button in order to
convert to full automatic control of
the system.
Features of your vehicle
Mode selection
■ Type A
OPSE045313N
■ Type B
OPSE044167
OPSE044058
The mode selection button controls
the direction of the air flow through
the ventilation system.
4 97
Features of your vehicle
The air flow outlet port is converted
as follows:
Vent mode (B, D)
Air flow is directed toward the upper
body and face. Additionally, each outlet can be controlled to direct the air
discharged from the outlet.
Vent-Floor mode (B, D, C, E)
Air flow is discharged towards the
face and floor.
4 98
Floor mode (C, E, A, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor, with a small amount of the air
being directed to the windshield and
side window defroster.
Floor/Defrost mode
(A, C, E, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor and the windshield with a small
amount directed to the side window
defrosters.
Features of your vehicle
■ Type A
Temperature control
■ Type A
OPSE045314N
■ Type B
OPS043059
Instrument panel vents
The outlet port can be opened or
closed separately using the thumbwheel.
Also, you can adjust the direction of
air delivered from these vents using
the vent control lever as shown.
OPSE045312N
■ Type B
OPS043169
Defrost mode (A, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
windshield with a small amount of air
directed to the side window defrosters.
OPS043171
• Type A
The temperature will increase to the
maximum (90°F(32°C)) by pushing
the button ( ).
4 99
Features of your vehicle
The temperature will decrease to the
minimum (62°F(17°C)) by pushing
the button ( ).
When pushing the button, the temperature will increase or decrease by
0.5°C/1°F. When set to the lowest
temperature setting, the air conditioning will operate continuously.
• Type B
The temperature will increase to the
maximum (90°F(32°C)) by turning
the knob to the right extremely.
The temperature will decrease to the
minimum (62°F(17°C)) by turning the
knob to the left extremely.
When turning the knob, the temperature will increase or decrease by
0.5°C/1°F. When set to the lowest
temperature setting, the air conditioning will operate continuously.
Temperature scale conversion
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, the temperature mode
display will reset to Centigrade.
This is normal condition. You can
switch the temperature scale as follows;
While pressing the AUTO button,
press the OFF button for 3 seconds
or more. The temperature scale will
change
from
Centigrade
to
Fahrenheit, or from Fahrenheit to
Centigrade.
The temperature unit (from °C to °F
or from °F to °C) can be changed by
using the “User Settings” mode of the
LCD display.
Air intake control
■ Type A
OPSE045315N
■ Type B
❈ You change the temperature unit,
the temperature unit on the instrument cluster is changed as well.
OPSE044173N
This is used to select outside (fresh)
air position or recirculated air position.
To change the air intake control position, push the control button.
4 100
Features of your vehicle
Recirculated air position
The indicator light on the
button illuminates when
the recirculated air position is selected.
With the recirculated air
position selected, air from
passenger compartment
will be drawn through the
heating system and heated or cooled according to
the function selected.
❈ According to the outside temperature if the recirculation air position
is on for a long time, the air intake
position will automatically change
to the outside (fresh) air position to
ventilate the inside air.
Outside (fresh) air position
The indicator light on the
button does not illuminate
when the outside (fresh)
air position is selected.
With the outside (fresh)
air position selected, air
enters the vehicle from
outside and is heated or
cooled according to the
function selected.
WARNING - Recirculated
air
Continuous use of the climate
control system in the recirculated air position can cause
drowsiness or sleepiness, and
loss of vehicle control. Set the
air intake control to the outside
(fresh) air position as much as
possible while driving.
WARNING - Reduced visibility
Continued climate control system operation in the recirculated air position may allow
humidity to increase inside
vehicle which may fog the glass
and obscure visibility.
4 101
Features of your vehicle
WARNING - Sleeping with
AC On
Do not sleep in a vehicle with
the air conditioning or heating
system on as this may cause
serious harm or death due to a
drop in the oxygen level and/or
body temperature.
It should be noted that prolonged
operation of the heating in recirculated air position will cause fogging of
the windshield and side windows and
the air within the passenger compartment will become stale.
In addition, prolonged use of the air
conditioning with the recirculated air
position selected, will result in excessively dry air in the passenger compartment.
Fan speed control
To change the fan speed, press the
button ( ) for higher speed, or push
the button ( ) for lower speed. To
turn the fan speed control off, press
the OFF button and select outside
(fresh) air position.
■ Type A
OPSE045316N
■ Type B
OPS043177
The fan speed can be set to the
desired speed by pressing the fan
speed control button.
4 102
Features of your vehicle
Air conditioning
• Air conditioner/Heater uses energy
from the battery. If you use the
heater or air conditioner for too
long, distance to empty can be
reduced due to too much power
consumption. Turn off the heater
and air conditioner if you do not
need them.
■ Type A
HEAT Button
■ Type A
OPSE045317N
■ Type B
OPSE045318N
■ Type B
OPSE044175
OPSE044253L
Push the A/C button to turn the air
conditioning system on (indicator
light will illuminate).
Push the button again to turn the air
conditioning system off.
Push the HEAT button to turn the
heater on (indicator light will illuminate).
Push the button again to turn the
heater off.
4 103
Features of your vehicle
• Air conditioner/Heater uses energy
from the battery. If you use the
heater or air conditioner for too
long, distance to empty can be
reduced due to too much power
consumption. Turn off the heater
and air conditioner if you do not
need them.
Driver Only Button
If you select the driver seat air conditioning in the front windshield defrost
mode (
,
) air comes out from
both left and right sides on the front
windshield.
■ Type A
OPSE045319N
■ Type B
OPSE044254L
If you press the driver seat air conditioning button and the indicator lamp
inside the button tums on, cool air
blows only in the driver's seat. If you
use it when there is no passenger on
the front passenger seat, you can
increase the distance to empty.
4 104
Features of your vehicle
Reserved Climate Control Button
(if equipped)
The indicator lamp lighting conditions
1.Blinking three times:
When you press the reserved climate control button and enter the
corresponding settings screen on
AVN
2.Remaining turned on:
When reserved climate control is set
3.Blinking continuously:
When the climate control is operating (operates only when the charging cable is connected)
Blower OFF
■ Type A
OPSE045320N
■ Type B
OPSE044255L
If you press the reserved climate
control button (
), the indicator
lamp inside the button blinks three
times and the settings for reserved
climate control is displayed on AVN.
For details on how to set reserved
climate control, refer to the AVN
manual that is provided separately.
When reserved climate control is set
and the charging cable is connected,
the climate control begins operating
30 minutes before the set time
(departure time).
OPS043179
Push the OFF button to turn off the
blower. However you can still operate
the mode and air intake buttons as
long as the POWER button is in the
position ON.
4 105
Features of your vehicle
Climate information screen
selection (if equipped)
OPSE044179
Press the climate information screen
selection button to view climate information in full screen mode.
4 106
Automatic Ventilation
When operating the heater and air
conditioner with the ventilation mode
on at low temperature for more than
30 minutes, the ventilation mode is
automatically switched to the outside
air mode for the ventilation of the
passenger compartment.
How to cancel or reset the
Automatic Ventilation
To cancel or reset the Automatic
Ventilation, Press the recirculated air
position button more than five times
within 3 seconds after selecting Face
Level mode and pressing the A/C
button while the heater or A/C is on.
When the automatic ventilation is
canceled, the recirculated air position indicator blinks 3 times every 0.5
seconds and wind direction, air volume, recirculated/ outside air positions and air conditioner are automatically controlled.
When the automatic ventilation system is set, the recirculated air position button blinks 6 times every 0.25
seconds and wind direction, air volume, recirculated/ outside air positions and air conditioner are controlled automatically.
If the battery is discharged or disconnected, the automatic ventilation
function will be reset. In such cases,
the function should be adjusted
accordingly.
Features of your vehicle
System operation
Ventilation
1. Set the mode to the
position.
2. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
Heating
1. Set the mode to the
position.
2. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
5. If dehumidified heating is desired,
turn the air conditioning system on.
• If the windshield fogs up, set the
mode to the
or
position.
Operation Tips
• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes
from entering the vehicle through
the ventilation system, temporarily
set the air intake control to the
recirculated air position. Be sure to
return the control to the fresh air
position when the irritation has
passed to keep fresh air in the
vehicle. This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable.
• Air for the heating/cooling system
is drawn in through the grilles just
ahead of the windshield. Care
should be taken that these are not
blocked by leaves, snow, ice or
other obstructions.
• To prevent interior fog on the windshield, set the air intake control to
the fresh air position and fan speed
to the desired position, turn on the
air conditioning system, and adjust
the temperature control to desired
temperature.
Air conditioning
All Kia Air Conditioning Systems are
filled with R-134a refrigerant.
1. Start the vehicle. Press the air
conditioning button.
2. Set the mode to the
position.
3. Set the air intake control to the
outside air or recirculated air position.
4. Adjust the fan speed control and
temperature control to maintain
maximum comfort.
• When maximum cooling is desired,
set the temperature control to the
extreme left position, set the mode
control to the MAX A/C position,
then set the fan speed control to
the highest speed.
4 107
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION - Excessive A/C
• When using the air conditioning system, monitor the
coolant closely while driving
up hills or in heavy traffic
when outside temperatures
are high. Air conditioning system operation may cause
overheating. Continue to use
the blower fan but turn the air
conditioning system off if the
engine coolant temperature
gauge indicates overheating.
• When opening the windows in
humid weather air conditioning may create water droplets
inside the vehicle. Since
excessive water droplets may
cause damage to electrical
equipment, air conditioning
should only be used with the
windows closed.
4 108
Air conditioning system operation tips
• If the vehicle has been parked in
direct sunlight during hot weather,
open the windows for a short time
to let the hot air inside the vehicle
escape.
• To help reduce moisture inside of
the windows on rainy or humid
days, decrease the humidity inside
the vehicle by operating the air
conditioning system.
• During air conditioning system
operation, you may occasionally
notice a slight change in vehicle
speed as the air conditioning compressor cycles. This is a normal
system operation characteristic.
• Use the air conditioning system
every month only for a few minutes
to ensure maximum system performance.
• When using the air conditioning
system, you may notice clear water
dripping (or even puddling) on the
ground under the passenger side
of the vehicle. This is a normal system operation characteristic.
• Operating the air conditioning system in the recirculated air position
provides maximum cooling, however, continual operation in this
mode may cause the air inside the
vehicle to become stale.
• During cooling operation, you may
occasionally notice a misty air flow
because of rapid cooling and
humid air intake. This is a normal
system operation characteristic.
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
Climate control air filter
(if equipped)
PTC heater,
interior condenser
(when equipped)
Outside air
Recirculated
air
Blower
Climate control
air filter
Evaporator
core
1LDA5047
The climate control air filter installed
behind the glove box filters the dust or
other pollutants that come into the
vehicle from the outside through the
heating and air conditioning system. If
dust or other pollutants accumulate in
the filter over a period of time, the air
flow from the air vents may decrease,
resulting in moisture accumulation on
the inside of the windshield even
when the outside (fresh) air position is
selected. If this happens, have the climate control air filter replaced by an
authorized Kia dealer.
• Replace the filter every 15,000
miles or once a year.
If the vehicle is being driven in
severe conditions such as dusty or
rough roads, more frequent air
conditioner filter inspections and
changes are required.
• When the air flow rate suddenly
decreases, the system should be
checked at an authorized Kia
dealer.
Checking the amount of air
conditioner refrigerant and
compressor lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is
low, the performance of the air conditioning is reduced. Overfilling also
has a negative impact on the air conditioning system.
(Heater performance as well as air
conditioner performance can be
deteriorated on the vehicle that is
equipped with a heat pump.)
Therefore, if abnormal operation is
found, have the system inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
4 109
Features of your vehicle
WARNING
The air conditioning system for
the Electric Vehicle (EV) should
be serviced by an authorized
Kia dealer. The Electric Vehicle
(EV) air conditioning system is
connected to the high voltage
system and requires special fluids, tools and service procedures. Improperly servicing the
Electric Vehicle (EV) air conditioning system could result in
electrical shock, serious injury,
or even death.
WARNING
The oil and refrigerant in your
vehicle's air conditioning system is under very high pressure. If proper service procedures are not followed an explosion may result. To reduce the
risk of serious injury or death,
the air conditioning system in
your vehicle should only be
serviced by trained and certified technicians.
4 110
CAUTION - AC Repair
It is important that the correct
type and amount of oil and
refrigerant is used, otherwise
damage to the vehicle and injury
may occur. To prevent damage,
the air conditioning system in
your vehicle should only be
serviced by trained and certified
technicians.
Air Conditioning refrigerant
label
■ Example
OPSE065020N
❈ The actual Air Conditioning refrigerant
label in the vehicle may differ from the
illustration.
Each symbols and specification on
air conditioning refrigerant label
means as below ;
1. Classification of refrigerant
2. Amount of refrigerant
3. Classification of Compressor lubricant
Refer to chapter 8 for more detail
location of air conditioning refrigerant
label.
Features of your vehicle
WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING
WARNING - Windshield
heating
Do not use the
or
position during cooling operation in
extremely humid weather. The
difference between the temperature of the outside air and that
of the windshield could cause
the outer surface of the windshield to fog up, causing loss of
visibility. In this case, set the
mode selection knob or button
to the
position and fan
speed control knob or button to
the lower speed.
• For maximum defrosting, set the
temperature control to the extreme
right/hot position and the fan speed
control to the highest speed.
• If warm air to the floor is desired
while defrosting or defogging, set the
mode to the floor-defrost position.
• Before driving, clear all snow and
ice from the windshield, rear window, outside rear view mirrors, and
all side windows.
• Clear all snow and ice from the
hood and air inlet in the cowl grille
to improve heater and defroster
efficiency and to reduce the probability of fogging up inside of the
windshield.
Automatic climate control
system
To defog inside windshield
■ Type A
OPSE045321N
■ Type B
OPSE044185
1. Set the fan speed to the desired
position.
2. Select desired temperature.
4 111
Features of your vehicle
3. Press the defrost button (
).
4. The air-conditioning and heater
will be turned on according to the
detected ambient temperature,
outside (fresh) air position and
higher fan speed will be selected
automatically.
If the air-conditioning and heater,
outside (fresh) air position and higher fan speed are not selected automatically, adjust the corresponding
button or knob manually.
If the
position is selected, with a
low fan speed, a higher fan speed
may be automatically selected.
To defrost outside windshield
■ Type A
OPSE045322N
■ Type B
OPSE044186
1. Set fan speed to the highest position.
2. Set temperature to the Maximum
(90°F(32°C)).
4 112
3. Press the defrost button (
).
4. The air-conditioning and heater
will be turned on according to the
detected ambient temperature and
outside (fresh) air position will be
selected automatically.
If the
position is selected, with a
low fan speed, a higher fan speed
may be automatically selected.
Features of your vehicle
Defogging logic
■ Type A
The indicator on the air intake button
blinks 3 times with 0.5 seconds of
interval. It indicates that the defogging logic is canceled or returned to
the programmed status.
To reduce the possibility of fogging up
the inside of the windshield, the air
intake or air-conditioning and heater
are controlled automatically according to certain conditions such as
or
position. To cancel or return to
the defogging logic, do the following.
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, it will be reset to the
defog logic status.
OPSE045188N
■ Type B
OPSE044188
1. Turn the POWER button to the ON
position.
2. Press the defrost button ( ).
3. While pressing the air conditioning
button (A/C), press the air intake
control button (
) at least 5
times within 3 seconds.
4 113
Features of your vehicle
CLEAN AIR
OPSE044274N
When the POWER button is in the
ON position, the clean air function
turns on automatically.
Also, the clean air function turns off
automatically, when the POWER button turns to the OFF position.
4 114
Features of your vehicle
AUTO DEFOGGING SYSTEM
This indicator illuminates
when the auto defogging
system senses the moisture of inside the windshield and operates.
If more moisture is in the vehicle,
higher steps operate as follow.
OPSE044066
Auto defogging reduces the possibility of fogging up the inside of the
windshield by automatically sensing
the moisture of inside the windshield.
The auto defogging system operates
when the AUTO mode is on.
Step 1 : Outside air position
Step 2 : Operating the air conditioning
Step 3 : Blowing air flow toward the
windshield
Step 4 : Increasing air flow toward
the windshield
If your vehicle is equipped with the
auto defogging system, it is automatically activated when the conditions
are met. However, if you would like to
cancel the auto defogging system,
press the front defroster button more
than 3 seconds. To use the system,
repeat the above procedure again.
- When cancelled : The indicator in
the front defroster button will blink 3
times (interval of 1 seconds) to notify you that the system is cancelled.
- When activated : The indicator in
the front defroster button will blink 6
times (interval of 0.5 seconds) to
notify you that the system is set.
If the battery has been disconnected
or discharged, it resets to the auto
defogging status.
✽ NOTICE
If the A/C off is manually selected
while the auto defogging system is
on, the auto defogging indicator will
blink 3 times to give notice that the
A/C off can not be selected.
4 115
Features of your vehicle
STORAGE COMPARTMENT
These compartments can be used to
store small items.
• To avoid possible theft, do not
leave valuables in the storage
compartment.
• Always keep the storage compartment covers closed while driving.
Do not attempt to place so many
items in the storage compartment
that the storage compartment
cover cannot close securely.
WARNING - Flammable
materials
Do not store, propane cylinders
or other flammable/explosive
materials in the vehicle. These
items may catch fire and/or
explode if the vehicle is exposed
to hot temperatures for extended
periods.
Center console storage
Glove box
OPSE044061
OPS043062
These compartments can be used to
store small items required by the
driver or front passenger.
To open the center console storage,
pull up the lever.
To open the glove box, push the button
and the glove box will automatically
open. Close the glove box after use.
Always keep the glove box closed
while the vehicle is in operation.
WARNING - Glove box
To reduce the risk of injury in an
accident or sudden stop, always
keep the glove box door closed
while driving.
4 116
Features of your vehicle
To close the sunglass holder, push it
up.
Do not place other items in the sunglass holder.
Sunglass holder
■ Type A
Luggage box
WARNING - Sunglass
OPSE044065
■ Type B
holder
• Do not keep objects except
sunglasses inside the sunglass holder. Such objects
can be thrown from the holder
in the event of a sudden stop
or an accident, possibly injuring the passengers in the
vehicle.
• Do not open the sunglass
holder while the vehicle is
moving. The rear view mirror
of the vehicle can be blocked
by an opened sunglass holder.
OPS043198
You can place a first aid kit, a reflector
triangle, tools, etc. in the box for easy
access.
OPSE046065L
To open the sunglass holder, press
the cover and the holder will slowly
open. Place your sunglasses with the
lenses facing out.
4 117
Features of your vehicle
INTERIOR FEATURES
Rear (if equipped)
Cup holder
WARNING - Hot liquids
Do not place uncovered cups
with hot liquid in the cup holder
while the vehicle is in motion. If
the hot liquid spills, you burn
yourself. Such a burn to the
driver could lead to loss of control of the vehicle.
OPSE044067N
CAUTION
• Keep your drinks sealed while
driving to prevent spilling
your drink. If liquid spills, it
may get into the vehicle's
electrical/electronic system
and damage electrical/electronic parts.
• When cleaning spilled liquids,
do not use heat to dry the cup
holders.
This may damage the cup
holder.
4 118
Cups or small beverage cans may be
placed in the cup holders.
OPS043068
To use the cup holder, folding the
center seat or pull down the armrest.
Features of your vehicle
Sunvisor
CAUTION - Vanity
mirror lamp
If you use the vanity mirror
lamp, turn off the lamp before
return the sunvisor to its original position. It could result in
battery discharge and possible
sunvisor damage.
Seat warmer (if equipped)
■ Type A
OPS033012
OVG049174
Use the sunvisor to shield direct light
through the front or side windows.
To use the sunvisor, pull it downward.
To use the sunvisor for the side window,
pull it downward, unsnap it from the
bracket (1) and swing it to the side (2).
Adjust the sunvisor extension forward or backward (3).
To use the vanity mirror, pull down the
visor and slide the mirror cover (4).
To use the vanity mirror lamp, switch
it on. (if equipped)
The ticket holder (5, if equipped) is
provided for holding a tollgate ticket.
■ Type B
OPS033013
The seat warmer is provided to warm
the front seats during cold weather.
With the POWER button in the ON
position, push either of the switches
to warm the driver's seat or the front
passenger's seat.
4 119
Features of your vehicle
During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat
warmer is not needed, keep the
switches in the "OFF" position.
• Each time you press the switch,
the temperature setting of the seat
will change as follows :
→
)
HIGH (
)
→
→
LOW (
→
→
HIGH (
• Type B
OFF
→
• Type A
OFF
)
MIDDLE (
)*
→
LOW (
)
• The seat warmer defaults to the
OFF position whenever the
POWER button is turned on.
• When pressing the switch for more
than 1.5 seconds with the seat
warmer operating, the seat warmer
will turn OFF.
4 120
✽ NOTICE
With the seat warmer switch in the
ON position, the heating system in the
seat turns off or on automatically
depending on the seat temperature.
CAUTION - Seat damage
• When cleaning the seats, do
not use an organic solvent
such as paint thinner, benzene, alcohol and gasoline.
Doing so may damage the surface of the heater or seats.
• To prevent overheating the
seat warmer, do not place anything on the seats that insulates against heat, such as
blankets, cushions or seat
covers while the seat warmer
is in operation.
• Do not place heavy or sharp
objects on seats equipped
with seat warmers. Damage to
the seat warming components
could occur.
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
Be careful not to spill liquid such as
water or beverages on the seat. If you
spill some liquid, wipe the seat with a
dry towel. Before using the seat
warmer, dry the seat completely.
WARNING - Seat heater
burns
The seat warmer may cause
burns, even at low temperatures, if used over a long period
of time. Never allow passengers
who may not be able to take
care of themselves to be
exposed to the risk of seat
heater burns. These include:
1. Infants, children, elderly or
disabled persons, or hospital
outpatients
2. Persons with sensitive skin
or those that burn easily
3. Fatigued individuals
4. Intoxicated individuals
5. Individuals taking medication
that can cause drowsiness or
sleepiness (sleeping pills,
cold tablets, etc.)
Seat air ventilation (if equipped)
OPS033014
The temperature setting of the seat
changes according to the switch
position.
4 121
Features of your vehicle
• If you want to cool your seat cushion, press the switch (blue color).
• Each time you press the button,
the airflow will change as follows:
Rear seat warmer (if equipped)
→
OFF
→
HIGH (
)
✽ NOTICE
→
MIDDLE (
)
→
LOW (
)
• When pressing the switch for more
than 1.5 seconds with the seat air
ventilation operating, the seat air
ventilation will turn OFF.
• The seat air ventilation defaults to
the OFF position whenever the
POWER button is turned on.
OPS033031
The seat warmer is provided to warm
the rear outboard seats during cold
weather. With the POWER button in
the ON position, push either of the
switches to warm rear seats.
During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat
warmer is not needed, keep the
switches in the "OFF" position.
→
OFF → HIGH (
4 122
• When pressing the switch for more
than 1.5 seconds with the seat
warmer operating, the seat warmer
will turn OFF.
• The seat warmer defaults to the
OFF position whenever the
POWER button is turned on.
) → LOW (
)
With the seat warmer switch in the
ON position, the heating system in
the seat turns off or on automatically
depending on the seat temperature.
Features of your vehicle
Power outlet (if equipped)
■ Front (Type A)
OPSE044069
■ Rear (if equipped)
OPS043070
The power outlet is designed to provide power for mobile telephones or
other devices designed to operate
with vehicle electrical systems.
The devices should draw less than
10 amps with the vehicle is in the
ready (
) mode.
• Use the power outlet only when the
vehicle is in the ready (
) mode
and remove the accessory plug
after use. Using the accessory plug
for prolonged periods of time with
the vehicle is not in the ready (
)
mode could cause the battery to
discharge.
• Only use 12V electric accessories
which are less than 10A(Driver’s
side) or 15A(Passenger’s side) in
electric capacity.
• Adjust the air-conditioner or heater
to the lowest operating level when
using the power outlet.
• Close the cover when not in use.
• Some electronic devices can cause
electronic
interference
when
plugged into a vehicle’s power outlet. These devices may cause
excessive audio static and malfunctions in other electronic systems or
devices used in your vehicle.
WARNING - Electric
shock
Do not put a finger or a foreign
element (pin, etc.) into a power
outlet and do not touch with a
wet hand.You may get an electric
shock.
4 123
Features of your vehicle
Clothes hanger
Floor mat anchor(s)
■ Driver's side
■ Passenger's side
WARNING - After market
floor mat
Do not install aftermarket floor
mats that are not capable of
being securely attached to the
vehicle's floor mat anchors.
Unsecured floor mats can interfere with pedal operation.
ORP042186
OTFNCO2001
To use the hanger, pull down the
upper portion of hanger.
Be careful when opening and closing
the doors. Clothes, etc. may get
caught between the door gap.
When using a floor mat on the floor
carpet, make sure it attaches to the
floor mat anchor(s) in your vehicle.
This keeps the floor mat from sliding
forward.
CAUTION - Hanging
clothing
Do not hang heavy clothes, since
those may damage the hook.
4 124
Features of your vehicle
The following must be observed
when installing ANY floormat to the
vehicle.
• Ensure that the floormats are
securely attached to the vehicle's
floormat anchor(s) before driving
the vehicle.
• Do not use ANY floormat that cannot be firmly attached to the vehicle's floormat anchors.
• Do not stack floormats on top of
one another (e.g. all-weather rubber mat on top of a carpeted floormat). Only a single floormat should
be installed in each position.
IMPORTANT - Your vehicle was
manufactured with driver's side floormat anchors that are designed to
securely hold the floormat in place.
To avoid any interference with pedal
operation, Kia recommends that only
the Kia floormat designed for use in
your vehicle be installed.
Luggage net holder
(if equipped)
WARNING - Luggage net
• Always keep your face and
body out of the luggage net
recoil path and avoid using the
luggage net when the straps
have visible signs of wear or
damage. The luggage net can
snap and cause injuries.
• All cargo should be evenly
distributed, properly secured
and never piled higher than
the seatback.
OPS043193
To keep items from shifting in the
cargo area, you can use the holders
located in the cargo area to attach
the luggage net.
If necessary, contact your authorized
Kia dealer to obtain a luggage net.
To prevent damage to the goods or
the vehicle, care should be taken
when carrying fragile or bulky objects
in the luggage compartment.
4 125
Features of your vehicle
Cargo area cover (if equipped)
Removal and installation
OPS045357
OPS043199
OPS045355
Use the cargo area cover to hide
items stored in the cargo area.
To remove the cargo area cover:
1. Fold the cargo area cover up in
half.
4 126
2. Firmly hold the folded part of the
cover and lift it up.
Features of your vehicle
OPS045356
OPS043200
3. While lifting the cover up, hold the
area near the front slots. Then, pull
up the cover at approximately 45°
angle.
To install the cargo area cover:
To use the cargo area cover, insert
the 4 edges into the slots.
WARNING
Do not permit the fold cover to
block the rear view. Put the
folded cover in the appropriate
position.
WARNING - Objects
• Do not place objects on the
cargo area cover. Such objects
may be thrown about inside
the vehicle and possibly injure
vehicle occupants during an
accident or when braking.
• All cargo should be evenly
distributed, properly secured
and never piled higher than
the seatback.
CAUTION - Luggage
Since the cargo area cover may
be damaged or malformed, do
not apply excessive force to the
cover or do not put the heavy
loads on it.
4 127
Features of your vehicle
AUDIO SYSTEM
If you install aftermarket HID head
lamps, your vehicle’s audio and electronic devices may malfunction.
Antenna
CAUTION - Antenna
Before entering a place with a
low height clearance or a car
wash, remove the antenna pole
by rotating it counterclockwise.
If not, the antenna may be damaged.
OHM048154N
Your vehicle uses a roof antenna to
receive AM or/and FM broadcast signals.
This antenna pole is removable. To
remove the roof antenna pole, turn it
counterclockwise. To install the roof
antenna pole, turn it clockwise.
4 128
Features of your vehicle
• When reinstalling your roof antenna pole, it is important that it is fully
tightened to ensure proper reception.
• When cargo is loaded on the roof
rack, do not place the cargo near
the antenna pole to ensure proper
reception.
AUX, USB and iPod® * port
When using a portable audio device
connected to the power outlet, noise
may occur during playback. If this
happens, use the power source of
the portable audio device.
* iPod® is a registered trademark of Apple Inc.
OPSE044194
If your vehicle has an AUX and/or
USB(universal serial bus) port or
iPod® port, you can use an AUX port
to connect audio devices and an USB
port to plug in an USB and also an
iPod® port to plug in an iPod®.
4 129
Features of your vehicle
Speaker lights (if equipped)
OPSE044195
OPSE044196
The speaker lights that lights around
the front speaker is adjusted by turning the knob as follows.
4 130
1. OFF : The light turns off.
2. MUSIC :
The red light blinks according to the
sound of the audio.
If the audio is not turned on, the
light does not turn on.
3. MOOD :
The light color changes automatically at regular interval.
4. +/- :
When the lights are on, push the
illumination button to adjust the
light intensity.
If low lighting grade is selected, the
intensity of light may be weak or
may not illuminate according to the
audio volume or selected condition.
The lighting around the front speaker
may not illuminate when the sound of
the audio is low.
Do not use the lights for extended
periods when engine is not running.
It may cause battery discharge.
✽ NOTICE
When the doors are opened, the
lighting system will not operate..
Features of your vehicle
This can be due to factors, such as
the distance from the radio station,
closeness of other strong radio stations or the presence of buildings,
bridges or other large obstructions in
the area.
How vehicle audio works
FM reception
AM reception
JBM002
JBM001
AM and FM radio signals are broadcast from transmitter towers located
around your city. They are intercepted by the radio antenna on your vehicle. This signal is then processed by
the radio and sent to your vehicle
speakers.
However, in some cases the signal
coming to your vehicle may not be
strong and clear.
AM broadcasts can be received at
greater distances than FM broadcasts. This is because AM radio
waves are transmitted at low frequencies. These long distance,low
frequency radio waves can follow the
curvature of the earth rather than
travelling straight. In addition, they
curve around obstructions resulting
in better signal coverage.
4 131
Features of your vehicle
FM radio station
JBM003
JBM004
JBM005
FM broadcasts are transmitted at
high frequencies and do not bend to
follow the earth's surface. Because
of this, FM broadcasts generally
begin to fade within short distances
from the station. Also, FM signals are
easily affected by buildings, mountains, and obstructions. This can
lead to undesirable or unpleasant listening conditions which might lead
you to believe a problem exists with
your radio. The following conditions
are normal and do not indicate radio
trouble:
• Fading - As your vehicle moves
away from the radio station, the
signal will weaken and sound will
begin to fade. When this occurs,
we suggest that you select another
stronger station.
• Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals or
large obstructions between the
transmitter and your radio can disturb the signal causing static or
fluttering noises to occur. Reducing
the treble level may lessen this
effect until the disturbance clears.
• Station Swapping - As an FM signal weakens, another more powerful signal near the same frequency
may begin to play. This is because
your radio is designed to lock onto
the clearest signal. If this occurs,
select another station with a
stronger signal.
• Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio
signals being received from several directions can cause distortion
or fluttering. This can be caused by
a direct and reflected signal from
the same station, or by signals
from two stations with close frequencies. If this occurs, select
another station until the condition
has passed.
4 132
Features of your vehicle
Using a cellular phone or a twoway radio
When a cellular phone is used inside
the vehicle, noise may be produced
from the audio system. This does not
mean that something is wrong with
the audio equipment. In such a case,
try to operate mobile devices as far
from the audio equipment as possible.
When using a communication system such as a cellular phone or a
radio set inside the vehicle, a separate external antenna must be fitted.
When a cellular phone or a radio set
is used with an internal antenna
alone, it may interfere with the vehicle's electrical system and adversely
affect safe operation of the vehicle.
WARNING - Cell phone
use
Do not use a cellular phone
while driving. Stop at a safe
location to use a cellular phone.
WARNING - Driver
Distraction
• Do not stare at the screen
while driving. Staring at the
screen for prolonged periods
of time could lead to traffic
accidents.
• Using the phone while driving
may lead to a lack of attention
of traffic conditions and
increase the likelihood of
accidents. Use the phone feature after parking the vehicle.
WARNING - Audio System
Do not disassemble, assemble,
or modify the audio system.
Such acts could result in fire or
electric shock.
WARNING - Antenna
Do not touch the antenna during thunder or lightening as
such acts may lead to lightning
induced electric shock.
CAUTION
Refrain from use if the screen is
blank or no sound can be hear
as these signs may indicate
product malfunction.
4 133
Features of your vehicle
WARNING - Distracted
Driving
Driving while distracted can
result in a loss of vehicle control
that may lead to an accident,
severe personal injury, and
death. The driver’s primary
responsibility is in the safe and
legal operation of a vehicle, and
use of any handheld devices,
other equipment, or vehicle systems which take the driver’s
eyes, attention and focus away
from the safe operation of a vehicle or which are not permissible
by law should never be used during operation of the vehicle.
• Adjust the volume to levels that
allow the driver to hear sounds from
outside of the vehicle. Driving in a
state where external sounds cannot
be heard may lead to accidents.
4 134
• Pay attention to the volume setting
when turning the device on. A sudden output of extreme volume
upon turning the device on could
lead to hearing impairment. (Adjust
the volume to a suitable levels
before turning off the device.)
• Turn on the car ignition before
using the audio system. Do not
operate the audio system for long
periods of time with the ignition
turned off as such operations may
lead to battery discharge.
• In case of product malfunction,
please contact your place of purchase or After Service center.
• Placing the audio system within an
electromagnetic environment may
result in noise interference.
CAUTION - LCD Monitor
Do not subject the device to
severe shock or impact. Direct
pressure onto the front side of
the monitor may cause damage
to the LCD or touch screen.
CAUTION
• When cleaning the device,
make sure to turn off the
audio system and use a dry
and smooth cloth.
• Never use tough materials,
chemical cloths, or solvents
(alcohol, benzene, thinners,
etc.) as such materials may
damage the device panel or
cause color/quality deterioration.
• Prevent caustic solutions such
as perfume and cosmetic oil
from contacting the dashboard
because they may cause damage or discoloration.
Features of your vehicle
USING THE USB DEVICE
• To use an external USB device,
make sure the device is not connected when starting up the
vehicle. Connect the device after
starting up.
• If you start the engine when the
USB device is connected, it may
damage the USB device. (USB
flashdrives are very sensitive to
electric shock.)
• If the engine is started up or
turned off while the external USB
device is connected, the external
USB device may not work.
• The System may not play unauthenticated MP3 or WMA files.
1) It can only play MP3 files with
the
compression
rate
between 8Kbps ~ 320Kbps.
2) It can only play WMA music
files with the compression
rate between 8Kbps ~
320Kbps.
• Take precautions for static electricity when connecting or disconnecting the external USB device.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• An encrypted MP3 PLAYER is
not recognizable.
• Depending on the condition of
the external USB device, the
connected external USB device
can be unrecognizable.
• When the formatted byte/sector
setting of external USB device is
not
either
512BYTE
or
2048BYTE, then the device will
not be recognized.
• Use only a USB device formatted to FAT 12/16/32.
• USB devices without USB I/F
authentication may not be recognizable.
• Make sure the USB connection
terminal does not come in contact with the human body or
other objects.
• If you repeatedly connect or disconnect the USB device in a
short period of time, it may break
the device.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• You may hear a strange noise
when connecting or disconnecting a USB device.
• If you disconnect the external
USB device during playback in
USB mode, the external USB
device can be damaged or may
malfunction. Therefore, disconnect the external USB device
when the audio is turned off or in
another mode. (e.g, Radio)
• Depending on the type and
capacity of the external USB
device or the type of the files
stored in the device, there is a
difference in the time for recognition the device.
• Do not use the USB device for
purposes other than playing
music files.
• Playing videos through the USB
is not supported.
• Use of USB accessories such as
rechargers or heaters using USB
I/F may lower performance or
cause trouble.
(Continued)
4 135
Features of your vehicle
(Continued)
• If you use devices such as a
USB hub purchased separately,
the vehicle’s audio system may
not recognize the USB device. In
that case, connect the USB
device directly to the multimedia
terminal of the vehicle.
• If the USB device is divided by
logical drives, only the music
files on the highest-priority drive
are recognized by car audio.
• Devices such as MP3 Player/
Cellular phone/Digital camera
can be unrecognizable by standard USB I/F can be unrecognizable.
• Charging through the USB may
not be supported in some mobile
devices.
• USB HDD or USB types liable to
connection failures due to vehicle vibrations are not supported.
(i-stick type)
• Some
non-standard
USB
devices (METAL COVER TYPE
USB) can be unrecognizable.
(Continued)
4 136
(Continued)
• Some USB flash memory readers (such as CF, SD, micro SD,
etc.) or external-HDD type
devices can be unrecognizable.
• Music files protected by DRM
(DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGEMENT) are not recognizable.
• The data in the USB memory
may be lost while using this
audio. Always back up important
data on a personal storage
device.
• Please avoid using
USB memory products which can be
used as key chains or
cellular phone accessories as they could cause damage to the USB jack. Please
make certain only to use plug
type connector products.
USING iPod® DEVICE
iPhone® is a registered grademark of
Apple inc.
• Some iPod® models may not support communication protocol and
files may not properly play.
Supported iPod® models:
- iPhone® 3GS/4
- iPod® touch 1st~4th generation
- iPod® nano 1st~6th generation
- iPod® classic
• The order of search or playback of
songs in the iPod® can be different
from the order searched in the
audio system.
• If the iPod® is disabled due to its
own malfunction, reset the iPod®.
(Reset: Refer to iPod® manual)
• An iPod® may not operate normally
on low battery.
(Continued)
Features of your vehicle
(Continued)
• Some iPod® devices, such as the
iPhone®, can be connected
through the Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology interface. The device
must have audio Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology capability
(such as for stereo headphone
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology ).
The device can play, but it will not
be controlled by the audio system.
• To use iPod® features within the
audio, use the cable provided upon
purchasing an iPod® device.
• Skipping or improper operation
may occur depending on the characteristics of your iPod®/iPhone®
device.
• If your iPhone® is connected to
both the Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology and USB, only support
iPod® mode because the sound
may not be properly played in
Bluetooth® Audio Streaming. To
use Bluetooth® Audio Streaming,
disconnect iPod® cable with
iPhone®.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• When connecting iPod® with the
iPod® Power Cable, insert the connector to the multimedia socket
completely. If not inserted completely, communications between
iPod® and audio may be interrupted.
• When adjusting the sound effects
of the iPod® and the audio system,
the sound effects of both devices
will overlap and might reduce or
distort the quality of the sound.
• Deactivate (turn off) the equalizer
function of an iPod® when adjusting the audio system’s volume, and
turn off the equalizer of the audio
system when using the equalizer of
an iPod®.
• When not using iPod® with car
audio, detach the iPod® cable from
iPod®. Otherwise, iPod® may
remain in accessory mode, and
may not work properly.
• Beside support 1M cable when
purchasing iPod®/iPhone® products, Long Cable cannot be recognized.
Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology (if equipped)
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos
are registered trademarks owned by
Bluetooth SIG, lnc. and any use of
such marks by Kia is under license.
A Bluetooth® enabled call phone is
required to use Bluetooth® wireless
technology.
WARNING
Driving while distracted can
result in a loss of vehicle control
that may lead to an accident,
severe personal injury, and
death. The driver’s primary
responsibility is in the safe and
legal operation of a vehicle, and
use of any handheld devices,
other equipment, or vehicle systems which take the driver’s
eyes, attention and focus away
from the safe operation of a vehicle or which are not permissible
by law should never be used during operation of the vehicle.
4 137
Features of your vehicle
Before Using the Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology
Handsfree
Bluetooth®
What is
?
• Bluetooth® refers to a short-distance
wireless networking technology
which uses a 2.4GHz ~ 2.48GHz
frequency to connect various
devices within a certain distance.
• Supported within PCs, external
devices, Bluetooth® phones, PDAs,
various electronic devices, and
automotive
environments,
Bluetooth® allows data to be transmitted at high speeds without having to use a connector cable.
• Bluetooth® Handsfree refers to a
device which allows the user to
conveniently make phone calls with
Bluetooth® mobile phones through
the audio system.
• Bluetooth® Handsfree may not be
supported in some mobile phones.
To learn more about mobile device
compatibility, visit http://www.kia.
com/us/en/content/owners/bluetooth
4 138
Precautions for Safe Driving
• Bluetooth® Handsfree is a feature
that enables drivers to practice
safe driving. Connecting the head
unit with a Bluetooth® phone allows
the user to conveniently make and
receive calls and use contacts.
Before using Bluetooth®, carefully
read the contents of this user’s
manual.
• Excessive use or operations while
driving may lead to negligent driving practices and result in accidents. Refrain from excessive
operations while driving.
• Viewing the screen for prolonged
periods of time is dangerous and
may lead to accidents. When driving, view the screen only for short
periods of time.
When connecting a Bluetooth®
Phone
• Before connecting the head unit
with the mobile phone, check to
see that the mobile phone supports Bluetooth® features.
• Even if the phone supports
Bluetooth®, the phone will not be
found during device searches if the
phone has been set to hidden state
or the Bluetooth® power is turned
off. Disable the hidden state or turn
on the Bluetooth® power prior to
searching/connecting with the
Head unit.
• If you do not want automatic connection with your Bluetooth®
device, turn off the Bluetooth® feature within your mobile phone.
• The Handsfree call volume and
quality may differ depending on the
mobile phone.
Features of your vehicle
• Park the vehicle when connecting
the head unit with the mobile
phone.
• Bluetooth®
connection
may
become intermittently disconnected in some mobile phones. Follow
these steps to try again.
1. Within the mobile phone, turn
the Bluetooth® function off/on
and try again.
2. Turn the mobile phone power
Off/On and try again.
3. Reboot the audio system and try
again.
4. Delete all paired devices, pair
and try again.
• Handsfree call quality and volume
may differ depending on the model
of your mobile phone.
4 139
Features of your vehicle
iPod®
Pandora®
iPod® is a registered trademark of Apple Inc.
Pandora, the Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade dress
are trademarks or registered trademarks of Pandora
Media, Inc. Used with permission. Pandora is only available in certain countries.
Please visit http://www.pandora.com/legal for more information.
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
A compatible Bluetooth® Wireless Technology-enabled
cell phone is required to use Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology.
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered
trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of
such marks by Kia is under license.
Other trademarks and trade names are those of their
respective owners.
A Bluetooth® enabled cell phone is required to use
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology.
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology phone compatibility can
be checked by visiting http://www.kia.com.
4 140
Features of your vehicle
AUDIO (With Touch Screen)
■ Type B
(With Bluetooth® Wireless Technology)
E4H4G0000EU
4 141
Features of your vehicle
Feature of Your Audio
Head unit
❈ The actual image in the vehicle
may differ from the illustration.
4 142
(1) LCD screen
• Tap the screen to select a button.
(2) RADIO
• Start FM, AM and SiriusXM.
(3) MEDIA
• Select USB(iPod®), Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology(BT) Audio,
AUX, My Music or Pandora.
• Display the media menu when two or
more media are connected or when
the [MEDIA] button is pressed in
media mode.
(4) PHONE
• Start Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
Phone mode.
(5) POWER/VOL knob
• Turn to adjust the volume.
• Press to turn the device on or off.
(6) SEEK/TRACK
• Search for frequencies in radio
mode.
• Change the current song in media
mode.
Features of your vehicle
(10) TUNE knob
• Turn to navigate through the stations/songs list.
• Press to select an item.
(11) RESET
• Shutdown and restart the system.
(7) DISP
• Turn the display on or off.
(8) CLOCK
• Display the time/date/day.
(9) SETUP
• Access Display, Sound, Date/Time,
Bluetooth, System, Screen Saver
and Display Off settings.
4 143
Features of your vehicle
Steering wheel remote control
❈ The actual image in the vehicle
may differ from the illustration.
(1) MODE
• Press the button to change the
mode in the following order: Radio
➟ Media.
(2) VOLUME
• Press to adjust the volume.
(3) UP/DOWN
• Press the button in radio mode to
search Presets.
• Press and hold the button in radio
mode to search frequencies.
4 144
• Press the button in media mode to
change the current song.
• Press and hold the button in media
mode to quick search through
songs.
(4) VOICE
• Pressing the button
- If Siri is not active: Starts Siri.
- If Siri is active: Re-starts Siri.
• Pressing and holding the button:
Siri is deactivated.
(5) CALL
• Pressing the button
- If not in Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology Handsfree mode or
receiving a phone call.
First press: Display Dial Number
screen.
Second press: Automatically display the most recently Dialed call
number.
Third press: Dial the phone number entered.
- Press in the Incoming Call notification screen to accept the
phone call.
- Press in Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology Handsfree mode to
switch to the waiting call.
• Pressing and holding the button
(over 1.0 seconds)
- If not in Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology Handsfree mode or
receiving a phone call, the most
recently Dialed Call number is
dialed.
- Press in Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology Handsfree mode to
transfer the call to your cell
phone.
- Press in cell phone mode to
switch to Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology Handsfree mode.
(6) END
• Press in Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology Handsfree mode to
end the phone call.
• Press in the incoming call screen
to reject the call.
Features of your vehicle
WARNING
- Audio System Safety
•
•
•
•
Warnings
Do not use a cellular phone
while driving. Stop at a safe
location to use a cellular
phone.
Do not stare at the screen
while driving. Staring at the
screen for prolonged periods
of time could lead to traffic
accidents.
Do not disassemble, assemble, or modify the audio system. Such acts could result in
accidents, fire, or electric
shock.
Using the phone while driving
may lead to a lack of attention
of traffic conditions and
increase the likelihood of
accidents. Use the phone feature after parking the vehicle.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Exercise caution not to spill
water or introduce foreign
objects into the device. Such
acts could lead to smoke, fire,
or product malfunction.
• Please refrain from use if the
screen is blank or no sound
can be heard as these signs
may indicate product malfunction. Continued use in such
conditions could lead to accidents (fires, electric shock) or
product malfunctions.
• Do not touch the antenna during thunder or lightening as
such acts may lead to lightning induced electric shock.
• Do not stop or park in parking-restricted areas to operate
the product. Such acts could
lead to traffic accidents.
• Driving while distracted can result
in a loss of vehicle control that may
lead to an accident, severe personal injury, and death. The driver’s
primary responsibility is in the safe
and legal operation of a vehicle,
and use of any handheld devices,
other equipment, or vehicle systems which take the driver’s eyes,
attention and focus away from the
safe operation of a vehicle or which
are not permissible by law should
never be used during operation of
the vehicle.
4 145
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION
• Do not subject the device to
severe shock or impact. Direct
pressure onto the front side of
the monitor may cause damage
to the LCD or touch screen.
• When cleaning the device,
make sure to turn off the
device and use a dry and
smooth cloth. Never use
tough materials, chemical
cloths, or solvents (alcohol,
benzene, thinners, etc.) as
such materials may damage
the device panel or cause
color/quality deterioration.
• Do not place beverages close
to the audio system. Spilling
beverages may lead to system
malfunction.
• Placing the audio system within an electromagnetic environment may result in noise interference.
4 146
✽ NOTICE
• Turn on the car ignition before
using this device. Do not operate
the audio system for long periods
of time with the ignition turned off
as such operations may lead to
battery discharge.
• In case of product malfunction,
please contact your place of purchase or After Service center.
Features of your vehicle
Information on status icons
Icons showing audio status are shown in the upper-right
corner of the screen.
Icon
Mute
Battery
Description
Mute engaged
Remaining battery life of a connected
Bluetooth® device
Handsfree +
Bluetooth® Handsfree call and audio streamAudio streaming
ing available
connection
Handsfree
connection
Bluetooth® Handsfree call available
Bluetooth®
Bluetooth® audio streaming available
audio streaming
Downloading
contacts
Downloading contacts through Bluetooth® wireless communications
Downloading
call history
Downloading call history through Bluetooth®
wireless communications
Line busy
Phone call in progress
Mute mic
Mic muted during a call
(caller cannot hear your voice)
Phone signal
strength
Display the phone signal strength for a cell
phone connected by Bluetooth®
4 147
Features of your vehicle
Radio
(5) Presets 1~40
Save or listen to favorite stations.
You can listen to FM, AM and
SiriusXM radio.
Switching between FM, AM and
SiriusXM
• Press the [RADIO] button on the
audio system to switch between
FM, AM and SiriusXM.
• Press the [Band] on the screen to
switch between FM, AM and
SiriusXM.
and
Searching frequencies
Searching frequencies by pressing
the [SEEK/TRACK] button on the
product.
(2) Presets
Change the preset number on the
main screen.
< Presets >
By pressing [< Presets >], the buttons for Presets 1~40 displayed on
the screen can be changed.
(1) Band
Switch between
SiriusXM.
FM,
AM
(3) List
Display all available stations.
(4) Menu
Navigate to the menu screen.
4 148
Presets 1~40
Press the button to listen to a preset.
Press and hold the button number to
save the current station.
List
A list of all available stations is displayed. Press the desired station.
Favorite stations can be saved to
[Presets] by pressing the [+].
Menu
Press the [Menu], and select the
desired function.
• Presets: Save up to 40 frequently
used stations.
To listen to a preset, press the
desired station.
Press and hold the desired slot
from 1 through 40. This saves the
current station in the selected slot.
If the slot is empty, simply pressing
saves the station to the slot.
• Scan: All stations available in the
current location of the vehicle are
played for five seconds each.
• Information: View detailed station
information.
• Sound Settings: Audio sound settings can be changed.
• Station Info: Set whether to receive
station information.
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE - SiriusXM® Satellite
Radio information
• Satellite Radio channels:
Enjoy SiriusXM Satellite Radio
with a 3-month trial subscription
to the Sirius Select package. You’ll
get over variable channels, including commercialfree music, plus all
your favorite sports, exclusive
talk, entertainment, and a selection of premium programming.
For more information and a complete list of SiriusXM channels,
visit siriusxm.com in the United
States, siriusxm.ca in Canada, or
call SiriusXM at 1-888-539-7474.
• Satellite Radio reception factors:
To receive the satellite signal, your
vehicle has been equipped with a
satellite radio antenna located on
the roof of your vehicle. The vehicle roof provides the best location
for an unobstructed, open view of
the sky, a requirement of a satellite
radio system. Like AM/FM, there
are several factors that can affect
satellite radio reception performance:
(Continued)
(Continued)
- Antenna obstructions: For optimal reception performance, keep
the antenna clear of snow and
ice build-up and keep luggage
and other material as far away
from the antenna as possible.
• SiriusXM Satellite Radio service:
SiriusXM is a subscription-based
satellite radio service that broadcasts music, sports, news and
entertainment programming to
radio receivers, which are available for installation in motor vehicles or factory installed, as well as
for the home, portable and wireless devices, and through an Internet
connection on a personal computer.
Vehicles that are equipped with a
factory installed SiriusXM Satellite
Radio system include:
- Hardware and an introductory
trial subscription term, which
begins on the date of sale or lease
of the vehicle.
- For a small upgrade fee, access to
SiriusXM music channels, and
other select channels over the
Internet using any computer connected to the Internet (U.S. customers only).
(Continued)
(Continued)
• SiriusXM services require a subscription sold separately, or as a
package, by Sirius XM Radio Inc.
If you decide to continue service
after your trial, the subscription
plan you choose will automatically
renew thereafter and you will be
charged according to your chosen
payment method at then-current
rates. Fees and taxes apply. To
cancel you must call SiriusXM at
1-866-635-2349. See SiriusXM
Customer Agreement for complete
terms at www.siriusxm.com.
SiriusXM U.S. satellite and data
services are available only in the
48 contiguous states, DC and
Puerto Rico (with coverage limitations). SiriusXM satellite service is
also available in Canada; see
www.siriusxm. ca. All fees and
programming subject to change.
Sirius, XM and all related marks
and logos are trademarks of Sirius
XM Radio Inc.
4 149
Features of your vehicle
SiriusXM
(5) Presets 1~40
Save or listen to favorite channels.
(6) Play Live
Switches to the live broadcast mode.
(1) Band
Switch between
SiriusXM.
FM,
AM
and
(2) Presets
Change the preset number on the
main screen.
(3) List
Display all channels.
(4) Menu
Navigate to the menu screen.
4 150
(7) Skip Backward
Repeats the previously broadcasted
program.
- Holding for less than 0.8 seconds:
Moves to the previous segment.
- Holding for over 1.0 seconds: Moves
to the previous 5 seconds.
(8) Play/Pause
Pauses/plays the current broadcasting program.
(9) Skip Forward
Moves to the next segment.
Switching between FM, AM and
SiriusXM
• Press the [RADIO] button on the
audio system to switch between
FM, AM and SiriusXM.
• Press the [Band] on the screen to
switch between FM, AM and
SiriusXM.
Searching channels
Press the [SEEK/TRACK] button to
search channels.
< Presets >
By pressing [< Presets >], the buttons for Presets 1~40 displayed on
the screen can be changed.
Presets 1~40
Press the button to listen to a preset.
Press and hold the button number to
save the current channel.
Features of your vehicle
List
A list of all channels is displayed.
Press the desired channel.
Favorite channels can be saved to
[Presets] by pressing the [+].
• Tag Song: Tag the current song
information.
When an Apple device (iPhone®,
iPod®) is connected, tagged song
information is sent automatically to
the connected device.
Menu
Press the [Menu], and select the
desired function.
• Presets: Save up to 40 frequently
used channels.
To listen to a preset, press the
desired channel.
Press and hold the desired slot
from 1 through 40. This saves the
current channel in the selected
slot.
If the slot is empty, simply pressing
saves the channel to the slot.
• Categories: Channels can be
searched by category.
• Direct Tune: The desired channel
can be selected by entering numbers.
• Sound Settings: Audio sound settings can be changed.
✽ NOTICE
• Category Lock: Search or scan
channels in the current category
only.
Up to 50 songs can be tagged.
• Scan: All channels available in the
vehicle's current location are
played for ten seconds each.
• Program Schedule: View the program schedule.
• Featured Favorites: The Featured
Favorites feature allows SiriusXM™
to broadcast additional presets.
- Example 1: During holidays,
“Holiday Music” might include all
SiriusXM™ channels that are
playing holiday music for easy
access by users.
Multiple sets of Featured Favorites
data can be broadcast by
SiriusXM™ and can change from
time to time.
• Information: View detailed channel
information.
4 151
Features of your vehicle
Media
MP3
Supported audio formats
✽ NOTICE
File formats other than the formats
above may not be recognized or
playable. Information such as filename may not be displayed.
4 152
Range of supported compressed file
types
1. Bitrate range (Kbps)
2. Sampling frequency (Hz)
• The sound quality of MP3/WMA
compressed files may vary
depending on the bitrate. (A higher
bitrate can have better sound quality.)
• The product only recognizes files
with the MP3 or WMA extension.
Files without one of these extensions are not recognized.
3. Number of recognizable folders
and files
• Folders: 2,000 for USB
• Files: 6,000 for USB
• No recognition limit for folder hierarchies
Features of your vehicle
4. Character display range (Unicode)
• Filenames: Up to 64 English characters (64 Korean characters)
• Foldernames: Up to 32 English
characters (32 Korean characters)
Languages supported (Unicode support)
• Korean: 2,604 characters
• English: 94 characters
• Common Chinese characters:
4,888 characters
• Special symbols: 986 characters
✽ NOTICE
Japanese/Simplified Chinese characters are not supported.
4 153
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE - Using the USB
Devices
• Starting the vehicle while a USB
device is connected can damage
the device. Please disconnect USB
devices before starting the vehicle.
• Starting the vehicle or stopping
the engine while an external USB
device is connected can result in
failure of the external USB device
to operate.
• Be cautious of static electricity
when connecting/disconnecting
external USB devices.
• An encrypted MP3 player is not
recognized when connected as an
external device.
• External USB devices may not be
recognized, depending on the state
of the external USB device.
• Only products with byte/sectors
formatted at 4 KB or lower are
recognized.
• Only USB devices in FAT12/16/32
format are recognized; NTFS and
ExFAT file systems are not recognized.
• Some USB devices are not recognized due to compatibility issues.
(Continued)
4 154
(Continued)
• Do not touch the USB connections.
• Connecting and disconnecting
USB devices rapidly over a short
period of time can cause equipment failure.
• Abnormal sounds may be audible
when the USB device is disconnected.
• Turn the audio off before connecting or disconnecting external USB
devices.
• Recognition may take longer
depending on the type, capacity or
file format of the external USB
device. This is not a product malfunction.
• Use of USB devices for purposes
other than playing music files is
prohibited.
• Image display and video playback
are not supported.
• Use of USB accessories, including
charge and heat though the USB
I/F, can lead to reduced product
performance or malfunctions. Do
not use USB devices or accessories
for these purposes.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Use of aftermarket USB hubs and
extension cables can result in the
vehicle’s audio system failing to
recognize your USB device.
Connect the USB device directly to
the multimedia port of your vehicle.
• When using high-capacity USB
devices with logical drive divisions, only files saved on the highest level logical drive can be
played.
If applications are loaded on a
USB drive, file playback may fail.
• Some MP3 players, cell phones,
digital cameras, etc. (USB devices
that are not recognized as mobile
storage) may not operate normally
when connected.
• USB charging may not be supported by some mobile devices.
• Operation is guaranteed only for
standard (Metal Cover Type) USB
Memory drives.
• Operation of HDD, CF, SD and
memory stick devices is not guaranteed.
(Continued)
Features of your vehicle
(Continued)
• DRM (Digital Rights Management)
files cannot be played.
• SD-type USB memory, CF-type
USB memory, and other USB
memory devices that require
adapters for connection are not
supported.
• Proper operation of USB HDDs or
USB drives with connectors that
loosen due to vehicle vibrations is
not guaranteed. (iStick, etc.)
• USB products that are
used as key chains or
cell phone accessories
may damage the USB
jack and affect proper
file playback. Please refrain from
use. Use only products with plug
connectors, as shown in the following illustration.
• When MP3 devices or cell phones
are connected simultaneously
through AUX, BT Audio and USB
modes, a popping noise or malfunction may occur.
4 155
Features of your vehicle
USB
(6) Pause
Pause or play music.
(7) Playback progress
Press to skip to the desired location.
(1) Repeat
Enable/disable repeat.
(2) Shuffle
Enable/disable shuffle play.
(3) List
View a list of all songs.
(4) Menu
Navigate to the menu screen.
(5) Album Image
View song info.
4 156
Playback
• Press the [MEDIA] button, and
select [USB].
• Connect a USB drive to the USB
port to automatically play files on
the USB drive.
Changing songs
• Press the [SEEK/TRACK] button
to play the previous or next song.
• Press and hold the [SEEK/TRACK]
button to rewind or fast forward the
currently playing song.
• Search songs by turning TUNE
knob, and press the knob to play.
Selecting songs from a list
Press the [List] to see a list of songs
available for play.
Select and play the desired song.
Repeat play
Press the [Repeat] to enable or disable ‘Repeat all’, ‘Repeat current
song’, ‘Repeat folder’ or ‘Repeat category’.
•
Repeat all: All songs in the
playlist are repeated.
•
Repeat current song: The currently playing song is repeated.
•
Repeat folder: All songs in the
current folder are repeated.
•
Repeat category: Repeat all
songs in the current category.
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
The repeat folder function is available only when songs are playing
from the [File] category under
[List].
Shuffle play
Press the [Shuffle] to enable/disable
‘Shuffle’, ‘Shuffle folder’ or ‘Shuffle
category’ play.
•
Shuffle: Songs are played in
random order.
•
Shuffle folder: Songs within
the current folder are played in random order.
•
Shuffle category: Songs within
the current category are played in
random order.
Menu
Press the [Menu], and select the
desired function.
- The currently playing file on the
USB device cannot be changed
while saving.
- My Music cannot be used while
saving.
- Up to 700 MB can be saved.
• Information: Detailed information
on the currently playing song is displayed.
• Sound Settings: Audio sound settings can be changed.
• Save to My Music: Songs on your
USB device can be saved to My
Music.
(1) File: Select a file to save.
(2) Mark All: Select all files.
(3) Unmark All: Deselect all files.
(4) Save: Save the selected files.
- Select the files you want to save,
and press the [Save]. This saves
the selected files to My Music.
- If Siri is activated, phone calls
are received or made while saving, saving will be canceled.
- Up to 6,000 files can be saved.
4 157
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE - Using the iPod®
Devices
• To use the audio system’s iPod®
control function, use the dedicated
cable provided with your iPod®.
• Connecting the iPod® to the vehicle during play may result in a
loud noise that lasts about one to
two seconds. Connect the iPod® to
the vehicle after stopping or pausing play.
• Connect the iPod® with the vehicle
in the ACC ON state to begin
charging.
• When connecting the iPod® cable,
be sure to fully push the cable into
the port.
• When EQ effects are enabled
simultaneously
on
external
devices, such as iPod®s and the
audio system, the EQ effects may
overlap, causing sound quality
deterioration
or
distortion.
Deactivate the EQ function for all
external devices, if possible.
• Noise may occur when your iPod®
or the AUX port is connected.
Disconnect and store separately
when not in use.
(Continued)
4 158
(Continued)
• There may be noise if the audio
system is used with an iPod® or
AUX external device connected to
the power jack. In these cases, disconnect the iPod® or external
device from the power jack.
• Play may be interrupted, or device
malfunctions may occur depending on the characteristics of your
iPod®/iPhone®.
• Play may fail if your iPhone® is
connected
through
both
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
and USB. In this case, select Dock
connector or Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology on your iPhone® to
change the sound output settings.
• If your software version does not
support the communication protocol or your iPod® is not recognized
due to device failure, anomalies or
defects, iPod® mode cannot be
used.
• iPod® nano (5th generation)
devices may not be recognized if
the battery is low. Charge sufficiently before use.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• The search and song play order in
the iPod® device may be different
from the search order in the audio
system.
• If the iPod® has failed due to an
internal defect, please reset the
iPod® (consult your iPod® manual).
• Depending on the software version, the iPod® may fail to sync
with the system. If the media is
removed or disconnected before
recognition, the previous mode
may not be restored (iPad® cannot
be charged).
• Cables other than the 1-meter
cable provided with iPod®/iPhone®
products may not be recognized.
• When other music apps are used
on your iPod®, the system sync
function may fail due to malfunction of the iPod® application.
Features of your vehicle
iPod®
(6) Pause
Pause or play music.
(7) Playback progress
Press to skip to the desired location.
Playback
• Connect your iPod® to the audio
USB port, press the [MEDIA] button, and select [iPod].
(1) Repeat
Enable/disable repeat.
(2) Shuffle
Enable/disable shuffle play.
(3) List
View a list of all songs.
(4) Menu
Navigate to the menu screen.
(5) Album Image
View song info.
Changing songs
• Press the [SEEK/TRACK] button
to play the previous or next song.
• Press and hold the [SEEK/TRACK]
button to rewind or fast forward the
currently playing song.
• Search songs by turning the TUNE
knob, and press the knob to play.
Selecting songs from a list
Press the [List] to see a list of songs
available for play.
Select and play the desired song.
Repeat play
Press the [Repeat] to enable or disable ‘Repeat category’, ‘Repeat current song’.
•
Repeat category: Repeat all
songs in the current category.
•
Repeat current song: The currently playing song is repeated.
Shuffle play
Press the [Shuffle] to enable/disable
‘Shuffle category’ play.
•
Shuffle category: Songs within
the current category are played in
random order.
Menu
Press the [Menu], and select the
desired function.
• Information: Detailed info on the
currently playing song is displayed.
• Sound Settings: Audio sound settings can be changed.
4 159
Features of your vehicle
Playing iPod files
• Select [Play iPod Files] to play
songs saved on your iPod®.
If there are no songs saved on your
iPod®, the [Play iPod Files] is disabled.
When other music programs are running
When songs saved on your iPod®
are playing through a separate music
app, the following screen is displayed.
(1) Play/Pause: Pause or play music.
(2) Play iPod Files: Play music saved
on your iPod®.
(3) Album Image: View playback info.
✽ NOTICE
Operation cannot be carried out
correctly due to iPod® application
malfunction.
4 160
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE - Using Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology Audio
• Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
Audio mode can only be used if a
Bluetooth® Wireless Technologyenabled phone is connected. Only
devices that support Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology audio can be
used.
• If the Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology-enabled phone is disconnected during play, the music
stops.
• When the TRACK UP/DOWN
buttons
are
used
during
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
audio streaming, a popping noise
or sound interruptions may occur,
depending on the cell phone
device.
• Depending on the cell phone
model, the audio streaming function may not be supported.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• If a phone call is made or received
when music is playing in
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
Audio mode, the call may mix with
the music.
• When returning to Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology Audio mode
after ending a call, play might not
resume automatically for some cell
phone models.
Precautions for Safe Driving
• Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
Handsfree is a feature that enables
drivers to practice safe driving.
Connecting the car audio system
with a Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology phone allows the user
to conveniently make calls, receive
calls, and manage the phone book.
Before using the Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology, carefully
read the contents of this user’s
manual.
• Excessive use or operations while
driving may lead to negligent driving practices and be the cause of
accidents.
• Do not operate the device excessively while driving.
• Viewing the screen for prolonged
periods of time is dangerous and
may lead to accidents.
• When driving, view the screen only
for short periods of time.
4 161
Features of your vehicle
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
(BT) Audio
✽ NOTICE
✽ NOTICE
• Some cell phone models may not
support particular functions.
• Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
audio volume is synced with cell
phone media volume.
The repeat play function is engaged,
depending on the operation of the
connected Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology device.
Changing songs
• Press the [SEEK/TRACK] button
to play the previous or next song.
Shuffle play
Press the [Shuffle] to enable/disable
‘Shuffle’, ‘Shuffle category’ play.
•
Shuffle: Songs are played in
random order.
•
Shuffle category: Songs within
the current category are played in
random order.
✽ NOTICE
✽ NOTICE
Some cell phones may not support
this function.
The shuffle function is engaged,
depending on the operation of the
connected Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology device.
Playback
• Press the [MEDIA] button, and
select [BT Audio].
(1) Repeat
Enable/disable repeat.
(2) Shuffle
Enable/disable shuffle play.
(3) Menu
Navigate to the menu screen.
(4) Play/Pause
Pause or play music.
4 162
Repeat play
Press the [Repeat] to enable or disable ‘Repeat all’, ‘Repeat current
song’ or ‘Repeat category’.
•
Repeat all: All songs in the
playlist are repeated.
•
Repeat current song: The currently playing song is repeated.
•
Repeat category: Repeat all
songs in the current category.
Features of your vehicle
Menu
Press the [Menu], and select the
desired function.
• Connections: The currently connected Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
device can be changed.
• Information: Detailed information
on the currently playing song is displayed.
• Sound Settings: Audio sound settings can be changed.
AUX
Running AUX
• Press the [MEDIA] button, and
select [AUX].
• Connect the external device connection jack to the AUX terminal to
run AUX.
(1) Sound Settings: Audio sound settings can be changed.
My Music
(1) Repeat
Enable/disable repeat.
(2) Shuffle
Enable/disable shuffle play.
(3) List
View a list of all songs.
(4) Menu
Navigate to the menu screen.
(5) Album Image
View song info.
4 163
Features of your vehicle
Shuffle play
Press the [Shuffle] to enable/disable
‘Shuffle’, ‘Shuffle category’ play.
•
Shuffle: Songs are played in
random order.
•
Shuffle category: Songs within
the current category are played in
random order.
(6) Pause
Pause or play music.
(7) Playback progress
Press to skip to the desired location.
Playback
Press the [MEDIA] button, and
select [My Music].
• My Music cannot be selected if it
does not contain music.
• Check the content of your USB
drive before saving music to My
Music.
Changing songs
Press the [SEEK/TRACK] button to
play the previous or next song.
• Press and hold the [SEEK/TRACK]
button to rewind or fast forward the
currently playing song.
• Search songs by turning the TUNE
knob and press the knob to play.
4 164
Selecting songs from a list
Press the [List] to see a list of songs
available for play.
• Select and play the desired song.
Repeat play
Press the [Repeat] to enable or disable ‘Repeat all’, ‘Repeat current
song’ or ‘Repeat category’.
•
Repeat all: All songs in the
playlist are repeated.
•
Repeat current song: The currently playing song is repeated.
•
Repeat category: Repeat all
songs in the current category.
Menu
Press the [Menu], and select the
desired function.
• Delete Files: You can delete files
from My Music.
(1) File: Select saved file.
(2) Mark All: Select all Files.
(3) Unmark All: Deselect all files.
(4) Delete: Delete the selected file(s).
Features of your vehicle
- Select the file to delete, then
press the [Delete] to delete it.
- If Siri is activated, phone calls
are received or made during
delete, delete will be canceled.
• Add to Playlist: Frequently played
songs can be paired in a [Playlist].
- Songs can be played from the
[Playlist].
• Information: Detailed info on the
currently playing song is displayed.
• Sound Settings: Audio sound settings can be changed.
Delete from Playlist
When a song in the playlist is playing, press the [Menu] and select
[Delete from Playlist].
Select the song to delete, then press
[Delete].
4 165
Features of your vehicle
Pandora
(2) Thumbs Up
If you like the song that is currently
playing, press this button. Pandora®
will play more songs from the same
genre.
✽ NOTICE
The settings of this function cannot
be reset.
(1) Thumbs Down
If you don’t like the song that is currently playing, press this button to
skip to the next song and to minimize
the number of songs from similar
genres.
✽ NOTICE
Pandora® limits the number of times
that you can skip to the next song.
(3) Skip
Skip to the next song.
✽ NOTICE
Pandora® limits the number of times
that you can skip to the next song.
(4) Stations
Display the station list.
(5) Menu
Navigate to the menu screen.
(6) Album Image
View song info.
4 166
(7) Pause
Pause or play music.
(8) Shared Station
Indicate that the station is already
shared.
✽ NOTICE
Thumbs Up/Down is not available
for shared stations.
Playback
Press the [MEDIA] button, and
select [Pandora].
✽ NOTICE
• Pandora®: Connect a smartphone
to listen to Pandora® Radio
• Apple devices must be connected
via USB cable and Android
devices must be connected via
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology in
order to run Pandora®.
Features of your vehicle
Menu
Press the [Menu] and select the
desired function.
• Bookmark: Add the song that is
currently playing to your bookmarks list.
✽ NOTICE
• You can view your bookmarked
songs on your online Pandora®
profile. Go to pandora.com, then
go to [Your profile] above the
player. That will bring up a page
with your stations and bookmarked songs.
• The settings of this function cannot be reset.
• Quit: Exit Pandora® mode and
return to previous audio mode.
• Information: Detailed info on the
currently playing song is displayed.
• Sound Settings: Audio sound settings can be changed.
4 167
Features of your vehicle
Phone
✽ NOTICE - Using Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology Phone
• Bluetooth® Wireless Technology is
a near-field wireless networking
technology that uses the 2.4 GHz
frequency to connect various
devices within a certain distance
wirelessly.
• The technology is used in PCs,
peripherals, Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology phones, tablet PCs,
household appliances and automobiles.
Devices
supporting
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
can exchange data at high speeds
without physical cable connections.
• Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
Handsfree devices enable convenient access to phone functions
through cell phones equipped with
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology.
(Continued)
4 168
(Continued)
• Some Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
devices may not be supported by
the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
Handsfree function.
• When
Bluetooth®
Wireless
Technology is connected and calls
are attempted through a connected cell phone from outside the
vehicle, the call is connected
through the Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology Handsfree function of
the vehicle.
• Please be sure to disconnect the
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
Handsfree function through your
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
device or the audio screen.
• The
Bluetooth®
Wireless
Technology Handsfree function
helps drivers to drive safely. By
connecting a Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology-enabled phone to the
vehicle’s audio system, phone calls
can be made and received through
the audio system and contacts can
be managed. Consult the user
manual before use.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Excessive manipulation of controls while driving, making it difficult to pay attention to the road
ahead, can lead to accidents. Do
not operate the device excessively
while driving.
• Looking at the screen for a prolonged time increases the risk of
accidents. Keep time spent looking
at the screen to a minimum.
Features of your vehicle
Precautions when connecting Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology devices
• The vehicle supports the following
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
functions.
Some
Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology devices may
not support some functions.
1) Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
Handsfree phone calls
2) Operations during a call (Private,
Switch, Out Vol. controls)
3) Download call history saved to
the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
device
4) Download contacts saved to the
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
device
5) Automatic contacts/call history
download when Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology is connected
6) Automatic Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology device connection
when the vehicle is started
7) Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
audio streaming playback
• Before connecting the audio system to your device, make sure your
device supports Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology.
• Even if your device supports
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology, a
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
connection cannot be established
if the device’s Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology function is switched off.
Search and connect with the Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology function enabled.
• Pair or connect Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology devices to the audio
system with the vehicle at a standstill.
• If a Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
connection is lost due to abnormal
conditions while a Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology device is connected (communication range exceeded, device power OFF, communication errors, etc.), the disconnected Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
device is searched for and automatically reconnected.
• If you want to disable the Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology device autoconnect
function,
turn
the
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
function OFF on your device.
Consult the user manuals for individual devices to see whether
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology is
supported.
• Handsfree call quality and volume
may vary depending on the type of
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
device.
• Some Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
devices are subject to intermittent
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
connection failures. In this case,
use the following method.
1) Turn the Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology function off on your
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
device ➟ Turn it on and try
again.
2) Delete the paired device from
both the audio system and
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
device, then pair again.
3) Power down your Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology device ➟
Turn it on and try again.
4) Completely remove the battery
from your Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology device; reinsert it,
reboot, and attempt connection.
5) Restart the vehicle and reattempt connection.
4 169
Features of your vehicle
Pairing a Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology device
Information on pairing Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology devices
• Pairing refers to the process of pairing Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
cell phones or devices with the
system prior to connection. This is
a necessary procedure for Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology connection
and usage.
• Up to five devices can be paired.
1. When the [PHONE] button on the
audio or the [CALL] button on the
steering wheel remote control is
pressed, the following screen is displayed. Devices can now be paired.
Pairing the first Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology device
Select the [PHONE] button on the
audio system or the [CALL] button
on the steering wheel remote control
➟ Search for the vehicle from the
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
device, and pair ➟ Enter the passkey
on the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
device or approve passkey ➟
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology pairing completed.
(1) Vehicle Name: Searched name in
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
device.
4 170
✽ NOTICE
The vehicle name in the image above
is an example. Refer to your device
for the actual name of your device.
2. Search for available Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology devices in
the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
menu of your Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology device (cell phone,
etc.).
3. Confirm that the vehicle name in
your Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
device matches the vehicle name
shown on the audio screen, then
select it.
4. For devices that require passkey
confirmation, the following screen
is shown on the audio system. A
6-digit passkey input screen is
shown in the Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology device.
- After confirming that the 6-digit
passkey on the audio screen and
the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
device are identical, press [OK] in
your Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
device.
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
✽ NOTICE
• For device that require passkey
entry, enter the passkey '0000' in
your Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
device.
• The 6-digit passkey in the image
above is an example. Refer to your
vehicle for the actual passkey.
• Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
standby mode lasts for three minutes. If a device is not paired within three minutes, pairing is canceled. Start over from the beginning.
• For most Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology devices, a connection
is established automatically after
pairing. Some devices, however,
require separate confirmation
when connecting after pairing. Be
sure to check your Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology device after
pairing to confirm that it has connected.
Pairing a second Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology device
Press the [SETUP] button on the
audio system ➟ Select [Bluetooth] ➟
Select [Connections] ➟ Select [Add
New].
Connecting Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology devices
If there are no connected devices
Select the [PHONE] button on the
audio system or the [CALL] button in
the steering wheel remote control ➟
List of paired Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology devices ➟ Select the
desired Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
device from the list ➟ Connect Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology.
- The pairing procedure from this
point is identical to [Pairing the first
Bluetooth device].
4 171
Features of your vehicle
If there are connected devices
Select the [PHONE] button on the
audio system ➟ Select [Settings] ➟
Select [Connections] ➟ Select
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology device
to connect ➟ Select [Connect] ➟
Connect Bluetooth® Wireless Technology.
✽ NOTICE
• Only one Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology device can be connected at a time.
• When a Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology device is connected,
other devices cannot be paired.
4 172
Accepting/rejecting phone calls
Receiving
phone
calls
with
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology connected.
(1) Caller name: If the caller number
is in your contacts, the corresponding name is displayed.
(2) Incoming phone number: Incoming
phone number is displayed.
(3) Accept: Accept call.
(4) Reject: Reject call.
✽ NOTICE
• When the incoming call screen is
displayed, audio mode and the settings screen cannot be shown.
Only call volume control is supported.
• Some Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
devices may not support the call
reject function.
• Some Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
devices may not support the phone
number display function.
Features of your vehicle
Operation during calls
Incoming call with Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology connected ➟
Select [Accept].
(1) Call duration: Call duration display.
(2) Caller name: If the caller number is
in your contacts, the corresponding
name is displayed.
(3) Incoming phone number: Incoming
phone number is displayed.
(4) Keypad: Number keypad for
Automatic Response Service input
is displayed.
(5) Private: Call is transferred to a cell
phone.
(6) Outgoing Volume: Adjust outgoing voice volume.
(7) End: End call.
✽ NOTICE
• Some Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
devices may not support the
Private function.
• The outgoing voice volume may
vary depending on the type of
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
device. If the outgoing voice volume is too high or low, adjust the
Out Vol.
Favorites
Select the [PHONE] button on the
audio system ➟ Select [Favorites] ➟
Favorites list displayed.
(1) Favorites list: A list of paired
favorites is displayed.
Connect a call when selected.
(2) Add to Favorites: Add a downloaded phone number to favorites.
(3) Delete: Delete a saved favorites.
✽ NOTICE
• Up to 20 favorites can be paired
for each paired Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology device.
• Favorites can be accessed when
the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
device they were paired from is
connected.
• The audio system does not download favorites from Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology devices.
Favorites must be newly saved
before use.
• To add to favorites, contacts must
be downloaded first.
• Saved favorites are not updated
even if the contacts of the connected
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
device are changed. In this case,
favorites need to be deleted and
added again.
4 173
Features of your vehicle
Call history
Select the [PHONE] button on the
audio system ➟ Select [Call history]
➟ Call history is displayed.
Contacts
Select the [PHONE] button on the
audio system ➟ Select [Contacts] ➟
Select letter (ABC) ➟ Contacts displayed.
(1) Call history: Display the downloaded call history list.
Connect a call when selected.
(2) Sort by: Sort by all calls, dialed
calls, received calls or missed calls.
(3) Download: Download call history
from connected Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology devices.
(1) Contacts: Display downloaded
contacts.
Connect a call when selected.
(2) Download: Download contacts
from
connected
Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology devices.
✽ NOTICE
• Up to 50 dialed, received and
missed calls are saved.
• When the latest call history is
received, the existing call history is
deleted.
4 174
✽ NOTICE
• Only supported contacts format
can be downloaded and displayed
from the Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology device, contacts from
some applications will not be
included.
• Up to 2,000 contacts can be saved.
• In some cases, additional confirmation from your Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology device is necessary when downloading contacts. If downloading of contacts
unsuccessful,
consult
your
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
device’s settings or the audio
screen to approve the download.
• Contacts without phone numbers
are not displayed.
Features of your vehicle
Dial
Select the [PHONE] button on the
audio ➟ Select [Dial].
(1) Phone number entry window: The
phone number entered using the
keypad is displayed.
(2) Clear
- Press to delete individual digits.
- Press and hold to delete the
entire phone number.
(3) Keypad: Enter phone number.
(4) Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
phone name
- The name of the connected
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
device is displayed.
- Contacts matching the keypad
number/letter input are displayed.
(5) Call
- Enter and select a phone number to call.
- Select without entering a phone
number to see the most recent
dialed call.
Connections
Select the [PHONE] button on the
audio ➟ Select [Connections].
- For connections setting, refer to
Setup ➟ Select [Bluetooth] ➟
Select [Connections] page.
Setup
Select the [PHONE] button on the
audio ➟ Select [Settings].
- For phone Setup, refer to Setup
page ➟ Select [Bluetooth].
4 175
Features of your vehicle
Siri
✽ NOTICE - Using Siri
• Android device is not supported to
use Siri.
• If you want to use Siri, you have to
connect your iOS device to multimedia system through Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology. (Please
check whether your iOS device
supports Siri and turning Siri On)
• If the iOS version is changed, the
functions and response may be different according to the iOS device
and the latest version.
• Siri automatically stops in the following events.
1) Outgoing and incoming phone
calls.
2) Media (USB, etc.) is connected.
(Siri mode is maintained when
iPod®s are connected)
3) Rear camera is activated
(option).
4) Vehicle is started or engine is
turned off.
(Continued)
4 176
(Continued)
5) Screen transition buttons, such
as RADIO or MEDIA, are
selected.
6) When a pop-up message is displayed on the screen due to
accidental execution of Siri.
• The microphone is located above
the driver’s seat. To ensure proper
Siri, state your voice while maintaining proper driving posture.
Starting Siri
Press the [VOICE] button on the
steering wheel remote control to
start Siri and see the screen.
(1) Speak: Re-start Siri.
(2) Exit: End Siri.
✽ NOTICE
• Functions and feedbacks from
voice commands via Siri are executed in the iOS device.
• The Audio system only supports
“Phone” related functions, other
functions will be performed in
your iOS device.
Features of your vehicle
Setup
Access Display, Sound, Date/Time,
Bluetooth, System, Screen Saver
and Display Off settings.
Select the [SETUP] button on the
audio system.
Display
Select the [SETUP] button on the
audio system ➟ Select [Display].
• Mode: Audio screen brightness
can be adjusted to the time of day.
• Illumination: The brightness of the
audio screen can be changed.
Sound
Select the [SETUP] button on the
audio system ➟ Select [Sound].
• Position: Sound balance and panning can be adjusted.
• Tone: Sound tone color can be
adjusted.
• Speed
Dependent
Volume:
Automatically adjust volume based
on vehicle speed.
• Beep: Select whether to play a
sound when the screen is touched.
Date/Time
Select the [SETUP] button on the
audio system ➟ Select [Date/Time].
• Set Time: Set the time displayed on
the audio screen.
• Time Format: Choose between 12hour and 24-hour time formats.
• Set Date: Set the date displayed on
the audio screen.
WARNING - Date/Time
Setting Distraction
Adjusting the date/time setting
while driving can result in a loss
of vehicle control that may lead
to an accident, severe personal
injury, and death.
Bluetooth
Select the [SETUP] button on the
audio system ➟ Select [Bluetooth].
• Connections: Control pairing, deletion, connection and disconnection
of Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
devices.
• Auto Connection Priority: Set the
connection priority of Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology devices when
the vehicle is started.
• Download Contacts: Contacts can
be downloaded from connected
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
devices.
• Bluetooth Voice Prompts: Play or
mute voice prompts for Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology device pairing, connection and errors.
4 177
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
• When paired devices are deleted,
the call history and contacts of the
device saved to the audio system
are deleted.
• For Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
connections with low connection priority, some time may be required for
the connection to be established.
• Contacts can be downloaded only
from the currently connected
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
device.
If no Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
device is connected, the download
contacts button is disabled.
4 178
System
Select the [SETUP] button on the
audio system ➟ Select [System].
• Memory Information: View My
Music memory usage.
• Language: Change the user language.
• Default: Reset the audio system.
• System Information: At the System
Information screen, Software version
information, updates are available.
- System Update: At the System
Information screen, insert the
USB memory with the latest file
downloaded, and then select the
[Update] to begin updating. The
system with then reboot automatically.
✽ NOTICE
• The system resets to the default
values, and all saved data and settings are lost.
• This product needs supplemented
software updates and additional
functions, which collectively may
take some time to complete,
depending on the amount of data.
• If the Power is disconnected or the
USB is removed during an update,
the data might be damaged. Please
wait until the update is complete
while engine is on.
Features of your vehicle
Screen Saver
Set the information displayed when
the audio system is switched off or
the screen is turned off.
Select the [SETUP] button on the
audio system ➟ Select [Screen
Saver].
• Analog: An analog clock is displayed.
• Digital: A digital clock is displayed.
• None: No information is displayed.
Display Off
To prevent glare, the screen can be
turned off with the audio system in
operation.
Select the [SETUP] button on the
audio system ➟ Select [Display Off].
4 179
Features of your vehicle
Declaration of Conformity
FCC
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15
of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation.
This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance
with the instructions,may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that
interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
•
•
•
•
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.
Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
Caution: Any changes or modifications to this device not explicitly approved by manufacturer could void
your authority to operate this equipment.
4 180
Features of your vehicle
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and operatedwith minmum 20cm between the and your body. This transmitter must
not be collocated or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter unless authorized to do so by the
FCC.
4 181
Driving your vehicle
Before driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Cruise control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
• Before entering vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
• Necessary inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
• Before starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
• Cruise control switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34
• To set cruise control speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34
• To increase cruise control set speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
• To decrease the cruising speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
• To temporarily accelerate with the cruise
control on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
• To cancel cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36
• To resume cruising speed at more than
approximately 20 mph (30 km/h) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36
• To turn cruise control off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37
POWER button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
• Illuminated POWER button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
• POWER button position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
• Starting the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
• Pedestrian Warning System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
• Turing off the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Active ECO operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Reduction gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
• Reduction gear operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
• Good driving practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Brake system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
• Power brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
• Electronic parking brake (EPB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
• Anti-lock brake system (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
• Electronic stability control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
• Vehicle stability management (VSM) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
• Hill-start assist control (HAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
• Good braking practices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
Economical operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38
Special driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
• Hazardous driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
• Reducing the risk of a rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
• Rocking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41
• Smooth cornering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42
• Driving at night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42
• Driving in the rain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43
• Driving in flooded areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43
• Driving off-road. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44
• Highway driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44
5
Winter driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45
• Snowy or icy conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45
• Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant . . . . . . . . . . 5-47
• Check battery and cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47
• To keep locks from freezing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47
• Use approved window washer anti-freeze
in system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47
• Don’t let your parking brake freeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47
• Don't let ice and snow accumulate underneath . . . . 5-48
• Carry emergency equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48
Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48
Vehicle load limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49
5
• Tire and loading information label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49
• Certification label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52
Vehicle weight glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54
• Base curb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54
• Vehicle curb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54
• Cargo weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54
• GAW (Gross axle weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54
• GAWR (Gross axle weight rating) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54
• GVW (Gross vehicle weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54
• GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54
Driving your vehicle
BEFORE DRIVING
Before entering vehicle
Necessary inspections
Before starting
• Be sure that all windows, outside
mirror(s), and outside lights are
clean.
• Check the condition of the tires.
• Check under the vehicle for any
sign of leaks.
• Be sure there are no obstacles
behind you if you intend to back up.
Fluid levels, such as coolant, brake
fluid, and washer fluid should be
checked on a regular basis, at the
exact interval depending on the fluid.
Further details are provided in chapter 7, “Maintenance”.
• Close and lock all doors.
• Position the seat so that all controls are easily reached.
• Buckle your seat belt.
• Adjust the inside and outside
rearview mirrors.
• Be sure that all lights work.
• Check all gauges.
• Check the operation of warning
lights when the POWER button is
turned to the ON position.
• Release the parking brake and
make sure the brake warning light
goes out.
For safe operation, be sure you are
familiar with your vehicle and its
equipment.
WARNING - Distracted
driving
Focus on the road while driving.
The driver's primary responsibility is in the safe and legal
operation of the vehicle. Use of
any handled devices, other
equipment or vehicle systems
that distract the drive should
not be used during vehicle
operation.
5 3
Driving your vehicle
WARNING - Check surroundings
Always check the surrounding
areas near your vehicle for people, especially children, before
putting a vehicle into D (Drive)
or R (Reverse).
5 4
WARNING - Loose
objects
Securely store items in your
vehicle. When you make a sudden stop or turn the steering
wheel rapidly, loose objects
may drop on the floor and it
could interfere with the operation of the foot pedals, possibly
causing an accident.
WARNING - Driving while
intoxicated
Do not drive while intoxicated.
Drinking and driving is dangerous. Even a small amount of
alcohol will affect your reflexes,
perceptions and judgment.
Driving while under the influence of drugs is as dangerous
as or more dangerous than driving drunk.
Driving your vehicle
POWER BUTTON
Illuminated POWER button
POWER button position
ACC (Accessory)
OFF
Not illuminated
OPSE054001
Whenever the front door is opened,
the POWER button will illuminate for
your convenience. The light will go off
after about 30 seconds when the
door is closed.
When all entrances are closed, if you
lock the vehicle by using the smart
key, the light will go off immediately.
To turn off the vehicle, press the
POWER button with the shift lever in
the P (Park) position. When you
press the POWER button without the
shift lever in the P (Park) position, the
POWER button will not change to the
OFF position but to the ACC position.
In an emergency situation while the
vehicle is in motion, you are able to
turn the vehicle off and to the ACC
position by pressing the POWER
button for more than 2 seconds or 3
times successively within 3 seconds.
If the vehicle is still moving, you can
restart the vehicle without depressing the brake pedal by pressing the
POWER button with the shift lever in
the N (Neutral) position.
Amber
Press the POWER button while it is
in the OFF position without depressing the brake pedal.
If the POWER button is in the ACC
position for more than 1 hour, the
POWER button is turned off automatically to prevent battery discharge.
5 5
Driving your vehicle
ON
START/RUN
Redish orange
Press the POWER button while it is
in the ACC position without depressing the brake pedal.
The warning lights can be checked
before the vehicle is started. Do not
leave the POWER button in the ON
position for a long time, otherwise
the battery may discharge.
WARNING - Starting
Not illuminated
To start the vehicle, depress the
brake pedal and press the POWER
button with the shift lever in the P
(Park) position.
If you press the POWER button without depressing the brake pedal, the
vehicle will not start and the POWER
button changes as follow:
OFF ➔ ACC ➔ ON ➔ OFF or ACC
✽ NOTICE
If you leave the POWER button in
the ACC or ON position for a long
time, the battery will discharge.
5 6
vehicle
Never press the POWER button
while the vehicle is in motion
except in an emergency. If the
vehicle stops while the vehicle
is in motion, this would result in
loss of directional control and
braking function, which could
cause an accident.
WARNING - Leaving the
Vehicle
To avoid unexpected or sudden
vehicle movement, never leave
your vehicle if the transmission
is not locked in the P (Park)
position and the parking brake
is fully engaged. Before leaving
the driver's seat, always make
sure the shift lever is engaged in
P (Park), set the parking brake
fully and shut the engine off.
Driving your vehicle
Starting the vehicle
1. Carry the smart key or leave it
inside the vehicle.
2. Make sure the parking brake is
firmly applied
3. Place the transaxle shift lever in P
(Park). Depress the brake pedal
fully.
4. Press the POWER button until the
ready "
" indicator light in the
cluster is turned on.
• Even if the smart key is in the vehicle, if it is far away from you, the
vehicle may not start.
• When the POWER button is in the
ACC position or above, if any door
is opened, the system checks for
the smart key. If the smart key is
not in the vehicle, a message "key
is not in the vehicle" will appear on
the LCD display. And if all doors
are closed, the chime will sound for
5 seconds. The indicator or warning will turn off while the vehicle is
moving. Always have the smart key
with you.
CAUTION
If the vehicle stalls while the
vehicle is in motion, do not
attempt to move the shift lever
to the P (Park) position. If the
traffic and road conditions permit, you may put the shift lever
in the N (Neutral) position while
the vehicle is still moving and
press the POWER button in an
attempt to restart the vehicle.
WARNING - Proper
footwear
Always wear appropriate shoes
when operating your vehicle.
Unsuitable shoes (high heels, ski
boots, sandals, etc.) may interfere with your ability to use the
brake and accelerator pedals.
5 7
Driving your vehicle
WARNING - Unintended
vehicle movement
Never leave the smart key in the
vehicle with children or vehicle
occupants who are unfamiliar
with the vehicle operation.
Pushing the POWER button
while the smart key is in the
vehicle may result in unintended vehicle movement.
OPSE054005
• If the battery is weak or the smart
key does not work correctly, you
can start the vehicle by pressing
the POWER button with the smart
key.
The side with the lock button
should contact the POWER button
directly.
When you press the POWER button directly with the smart key, the
smart key should contact the
POWER button at a right angle.
5 8
• When the stop lamp fuse is blown,
you can't start the vehicle normally.
Replace the fuse with a new one. If
it is not possible, you can start the
vehicle by pressing the POWER
button for 10 seconds while it is in
the ACC position. The vehicle can
start with depressing the brake
pedal.
Do not press the POWER button for
more than 10 seconds except when
the stop lamp fuse is blown.
Driving your vehicle
Pedestrian Warning System
✽ NOTICE
Turing off the Vehicle
If the "
(ready)" indicator light
on the instrument cluster is still on,
be careful that the vehicle is not
turned off and can move when you
place the shift lever in any position
except P (Park).
The Pedestrian Warning System
generates engine sound for pedestrians to hear vehicle sound because
there is little sound while the Electric
Vehicle (EV) is operating.
If the vehicle is moving low speed,
the Pedestrian Warning System will
operated.
- When the reduction gear is shifted to
[R], the Pedestrian Warning System
will be operated immediately.
OPSE054006
1. Depress the brake pedal fully.
2. Place the shift lever in the P
(Park).
3. Apply the parking brake firmly.
4. Press the POWER button to turn
the vehicle off.
5. Make sure the "
(ready)" indicator lights on the instrument cluster are turned off.
5 9
Driving your vehicle
ACTIVE ECO SYSTEM
• When the Active ECO is activated,
it will remain on until the Active
ECO button is pressed again.
Active ECO does not turn off when
the vehicle is restarted. To turn off
Active ECO, press the Active ECO
button again.
• If Active ECO is turned off, the system will return to normal mode.
Active ECO operation
OPSE054016N
Active ECO helps improve energy
efficiency by controlling certain
motor and climate contol system
operating parameters. Energy efficiency depends on the driver's driving habit and road condition.
• When the Active ECO button is
pressed the ECO indicator (green)
will illuminate to show that the
Active ECO is operating.
5 10
Driving your vehicle
REDUCTION GEAR
Depress the brake pedal and the lock release button when shifting.
Press the lock release button when shifting.
The shift lever can be shifted freely.
OPSE057007L
5 11
Driving your vehicle
Reduction gear operation
WARNING - Leaving the
vehicle
Before leaving the driver’s seat,
always make sure the shift lever
is in the P (Park) position; then
set the parking brake fully and
shut the vehicle off. Do not use
the P position in place of the
parking brake. Always make
sure the shift lever is latched in
the P position and set the parking brake fully. Unexpected and
sudden vehicle movement can
occur if these precautions are
not followed.
5 12
CAUTION - Reduction
gear
To avoid damage to your reduction gear, do not accelerate the
vehicle in R (Reverse) or any
forward gear position with the
brakes on. The reduction gear
may be damaged if you shift
into P (Park) while the vehicle is
in motion.
When stopped on an incline, do not
hold the vehicle with the motor
power. Use the service brake or the
parking brake.
Transaxle ranges
The indicator in the instrument cluster displays the shift lever position
when the POWER button is in the
ON position.
P (Park)
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into P (Park). This
position locks the gear and prevents
the drive wheels from rotating.
Shifting into P (Park) while the vehicle is in motion will cause the drive
wheels to lock which will cause you
to lose control of the vehicle.
Driving your vehicle
R (Reverse)
Use this position to drive the vehicle
backward.
CAUTION - Shifting
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into or out of R
(Reverse); you may damage the
gear if you shift into R (Reverse)
while the vehicle is in motion,
except when “Rocking the vehicle” explained in this section.
N (Neutral)
The wheels and gear are not
engaged. The vehicle will roll freely
even on the slightest incline unless
the parking brake or service brakes
are applied.
D (Drive)
This is the normal forward driving
position. The gear will automatically
shift providing the best energy economy and power.
B (Regenerative brake): maximum
regenerative braking mode
Use it when you desire to use regenerative braking.
It is useful when you drive on a long
downhill on a highway, mountain
trails, or a slope.
❈ If you use regenerative braking,
you can achieve the same effect
as engine brake of a combustion
engine.
✽ NOTICE
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into D (Drive).
5 13
Driving your vehicle
- Parking in N (Neutral) gear
Follow below steps when parking
and you want the vehicle to move
when pushed.
1. After stopping your vehicle,
depress the brake pedal and move
the shift lever to [P] with the
POWER button in [ON] or while
vehicle is in the ready ( ) mode.
2. If the parking brake is applied,
release the parking brake.
❈ For EPB (Electronic Parking
Brake) equipped vehicles, depress
the brake pedal and press the
EPB (Electronic Parking Brake)
switch, while the POWER button is
in [ON] or vehicle is in the ready
( ) mode to release the parking
brake.
5 14
OPSE056006
OPSE056020
3. Push the EPB (Electronic Parking
Brake) switch while depressing the
brake pedal, and turn the POWER
button [OFF].
❈ If the POWER button is moved to
‘OFF’ when the shift lever is in ‘P’,
the parking brake will apply automatically. For ‘N’ gear parking, if
the POWER button is turned ‘OFF’
while pressing the EPB (Electronic
Parking Brake) switch, the parking
brake will not lock.
❈ For smart key equipped vehicles,
the POWER button can be moved
to [OFF] only when the shift lever
is in [P].
4. To unlock the transaxle shift lock
system, remove the [SHIFT LOCK
RELEASE] cap with care. Insert a
screwdriver into the shift-lock
override access hole and press
down. While depressing the
screwdriver, you can move the
shift lever to [N] (Neutral) gear.
5. After depressing the brake pedal
and pushing the shift lever button,
move the shift lever to ‘N’. Then,
the vehicle will move when
pushed.
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
• With the exception of parking
in neutral gear, always park
the vehicle in [P] (Park) for
safety and apply the parking
brake.
• Before parking in [N] (Neutral)
gear, make sure the parking
ground is level and flat. Do not
park in [N] gear on any slopes
or gradients.
If parked and left in [N], the
vehicle may move and cause
serious damage or injury.
✽ NOTICE
After the POWER button has been
turned off, the EPB (Electronic
Parking Brake) cannot be released.
Shift lock system
For your safety, the reduction gear
has a shift lock system which prevents shifting the gear from P (Park)
or N (Neutral) into R (Reverse)
unless the brake pedal is depressed.
To shift the gear from P (Park) or N
(Neutral) into R (Reverse) or from D
(Drive) into R (Reverse) :
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the vehicle or turn the
POWER button to the ON position.
3. Move the shift lever.
You can change the gearshift from N or
D to R, only when the break is in ON
and vehicle speed is less than 7 Km/h
If the brake pedal is repeatedly
depressed and released with the shift
lever in the P (Park) position, a chattering noise near the shift lever may
be heard. This is a normal condition.
WARNING - Shifting from
park
Always fully depress the brake
pedal before and while shifting
out of the P (Park) position into
another position to avoid inadvertent motion of the vehicle
which could injure persons in
or around the vehicle.
Shiftlock function will activate when
the gear is changed from N to R.
Before chaning the gear from N to R,
the driver must step on the brake
after the vehicle has come to a full
stop. Then, while pressing down on
the brake pedal, press onto the lock
release button.
❈This function is to prevent any
reduction gear damage which may
occur if the driver locks the gear
while the vehicle is in motion.
5 15
Driving your vehicle
Good driving practices
OPSE044263L
Shift-lock override
If the shift lever cannot be moved
from the P (Park) position into R
(Reverse) position with the brake
pedal depressed, continue depressing the brake, then do the following:
1. Carefully remove the cap covering
the shift-lock access hole (1).
2. Insert a screwdriver into the
access hole and press down on
the screwdriver.
3. Move the shift lever.
4. Have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer immediately.
• While the charging cable is connected, you cannot use the shift
lever for safety reasons.
5 16
• Never move the gear shift lever
from P (Park) to any other position
with the accelerator pedal
depressed.
• Never move the gear shift lever into
P (Park) when the vehicle is in
motion.
• Slow down before shifting to a
lower gear. Otherwise, the lower
gear may not be engaged.
• Always use the parking brake. Do
not depend on placing the shift
lever in P (Park) to keep the vehicle
from moving.
• Optimum vehicle performance and
economy is obtained by smoothly
depressing and releasing the
accelerator pedal.
Moving up a steep grade from a
standing start
To move up a steep grade from a
standing start, depress the brake
pedal, shift the shift lever to D
(Drive). Select the appropriate gear
depending on load weight and steepness of the grade, and release the
parking brake. Depress the accelerator gradually while releasing the
service brakes.
Driving your vehicle
BRAKE SYSTEM
Power brakes
Your vehicle's brake system is
power-assisted by the electric
hydraulic pump.
In the event the brakes lose power
because of a brake control system
malfunction, unstable power supply
or some other reason, you can still
stop your vehicle by applying greater
force to the brake pedal than you
normally would. The stopping distance, however will be longer. Please
have the system checked as soon as
possible.
If the brake pedal does not return to
its normal position when released,
there may be a malfunction in the
brake system. Take your vehicle to
an authorized Kia dealer and have
the system checked.
WARNING
Do not turn off the vehicle while
going down a hill. The brake
booster may not work sufficiently and the braking distance
may be longer.
CAUTION
Do not depress the brake pedal
continuously without READY
(
) status. The battery may be
discharged.
CAUTION - Brake Pedal
Do not drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal. This will
create abnormally high brake
temperatures which can cause
excessive brake lining and pad
wear.
WARNING - Steep hill
braking
Avoid continuous application of
the brakes when descending a
long or steep hill by shifting to a
lower gear. Continuous brake
application will cause the brakes
to overheat and could result in a
temporary loss of braking performance.
Wet brakes may impair the vehicle’s
ability to safely slow down; the vehicle may also pull to one side when
the brakes are applied. Applying the
brakes lightly will indicate whether
they have been affected in this way.
Always test your brakes in this fashion after driving through deep water.
To dry the brakes, apply them lightly
while maintaining a safe forward
speed until brake performance
returns to normal.
5 17
Driving your vehicle
In the event of brake failure
If service brakes fail to operate while
the vehicle is in motion, you can
make an emergency stop with the
parking brake. The stopping distance, however, will be much greater
than normal.
WARNING - Parking brake
Applying the parking brake
while the vehicle is moving at
normal speeds can cause a
sudden loss of control of the
vehicle. If you must use the
parking brake to stop the vehicle, use great caution in applying the brake.
5 18
Disc brakes wear indicator
When your brake pads are worn and
new pads are required, you will hear
a high-pitched warning sound from
your front brakes or rear brakes. You
may hear this sound come and go or
it may occur whenever you depress
the brake pedal.
Please remember that some driving
conditions or climates may cause a
brake squeal when you first apply (or
lightly apply) the brakes. This is normal and does not indicate a problem
with your brakes.
Always replace the front or rear
brake pads as pairs.
WARNING - Brake wear
Do not ignore high pitched
whining sounds from your
brakes. If you ignore this audible warning, you will eventually
lose braking performance,
which could lead to a serious
accident.
Driving your vehicle
Electronic parking brake (EPB)
Applying the parking brake
For neutral parking and prevention
of freezing in winter, press down on
the electronic parking brake switch
and turn the ignition button OFF.
Then, the brake will not lock automatically.
• During wintry season, the electronic parking brake may freeze. Avoid
gradients when parking the vehicle
and park on safe and level ground.
When the EPB has to be used,
block the wheel to prevent unintended movement.
Releasing the parking brake
✽ NOTICE
To release the EPB (electronic parking
brake), press the EPB switch in the
following condition:
• Have the POWER button in the ON
position.
• Depress the brake pedal.
Make sure the brake warning light
goes off.
OPSE054009N
OPSE054008N
To apply the EPB (electronic parking
brake):
1. Depress the brake pedal.
2. Pull up the EPB switch.
Make sure the warning light
comes on.
• After parking the vehicle, if the ignition button is turned OFF when the
transmission shift lever is in Park,
the electronic parking brake will
lock automatically.
A click or electric brake motor whine
sound may be heard while operating
or releasing the EPB, but these conditions are normal and indicate that
the EPB is functioning properly.
WARNING
Always shift your vehicle to the
Park gear prior to exiting your
vehicle. Failure to shift to Park
could result in your vehicle
rolling away unoccupied and
causing an accident.
5 19
Driving your vehicle
To release EPB (electronic parking
brake) automatically:
• Shift lever in P (Park)
With the vehicle is in the ready
(
) mode depress the brake
pedal and shift out of P (Park) to R
(Reverse) or D (Drive).
• Shift lever in N (Neutral)
With the vehicle is in the ready
(
) mode depress the brake
pedal and shift out of N (Neutral) to
R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
1. The vehicle is in the ready (
)
mode.
2. Fasten the driver's seat belt.
3. Close the driver's door, tailgate.
4. Depress the accelerator pedal
while the shift lever is in R(Rear)
with trunk closed, D (Drive).
Make sure the brake warning light
goes off.
5 20
✽ NOTICE
• You can engage the EPB even
though the POWER button is in
the OFF position, but you cannot
release it.
• Depress the brake pedal and
release the parking brake manually with the EPB switch when you
drive downhill or when backing
up the vehicle.
Do not follow the above procedure
when driving on a flat level ground.
The vehicle may suddenly move forward.
CAUTION
Do not drive your vehicle with
the EPB applied. It may cause
excessive brake pad and brake
rotor wear.
✽ NOTICE
If the parking brake warning light
is still on even though the EPB
has been released, have the system
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
EPB (electronic parking brake) may
be automatically applied when:
• Requested by other systems
Driving your vehicle
System warning
If the above situation occurs, depress
the brake pedal and release EPB by
pressing the EPB switch.
WARNING - Parking
OPSE054012L
• If you try to drive off depressing the
accelerator pedal with the EPB
applied, but the EPB doesn't
release automatically, a warning
will sound and a message will
appear.
• If the driver's seat belt is not fastened and any door, the tailgate is
opened, a warning will sound and
a message will appear.
• If there is a problem with the vehicle, a warning may sound and a
message may appear.
Brake Use
• Never allow a passenger to
touch the parking brake. If the
parking brake is released
unintentionally, serious injury
may occur.
• All vehicles should always
have the parking brake fully
engaged when parked to
avoid inadvertent movement
of the car which can injure
occupants or pedestrians.
• A click or electric brake motor
whine sound may be heard while
operating or releasing the EPB, but
these conditions are normal and
indicate that the EPB is functioning
properly.
• When leaving your keys with a
parking lot attendant or valet, make
sure to inform him/her how to operate the EPB.
• When you automatically release
EPB by depressing the accelerator
pedal, depress it slowly.
5 21
Driving your vehicle
EPB malfunction indicator
OPSE054010
This warning light illuminates if the
POWER button is changed to the ON
position and goes off in approximately 3 seconds if the system is operation normally.
If the EPB malfunction indicator
remains on, comes on while driving,
or does not come on when the
POWER button is changed to the ON
position, this indicates that the EPB
may have malfunctioned.
5 22
If this occurs, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer
as soon as possible.
The EPB malfunction indicator may
illuminate when the ESC indicator
comes on to indicate that the ESC is
not working properly, but it does not
indicate a malfunction of the EPB.
• The EPB warning light may illuminate if the EPB switch operates
abnormally. Shut the vehicle power
off and turn it on again after a few
minutes. The warning light will go
off and the EPB switch will operate
normally. However, if the EPB
warning light is still on, have the
system checked by an authorized
Kia dealer.
• If the parking brake warning light
does not illuminate or blinks
even though the EPB switch was
pulled up, the EPB is not applied.
• If the brake warning light (
) is
blinking while the [EPB] warning
light is on, press the electronic
parking brake (EPB) switch once to
release the parking brake and turn
off the vehicle.
Turn on the vehicle again and pull
the EPB switch to engage the
parking brake. Check if the [EPB]
warning light turns off. If the [EPB]
warning lamp remains on, contact
an authorized Kia dealer and have
the system checked.
Driving your vehicle
Emergency braking
If there is a problem with the brake
pedal while driving, emergency braking is possible by pulling up and
holding the EPB switch. Braking is
possible only while you are holding
the EPB switch.
WARNING
Do not operate the electronic
parking brake while the vehicle
is moving except in an emergency situation. Applying the
electronic parking brake while
the vehicle is moving at normal
speeds can cause a sudden
loss of control of the vehicle. If
you must use the electronic
parking brake to stop the vehicle, use great caution in applying the brake.
If you notice a continuous noise or
burning smell when the EPB is used
for emergency braking, have your
vehicle checked by an authorized Kia
dealer.
When the EPB (electronic parking
brake) is not released
If the EPB does not release normally, take your vehicle to an authorized
Kia dealer by loading the vehicle on
a flatbed tow truck and have the system checked.
Anti-lock brake system (ABS)
ABS (or ESC) will not prevent accidents due to improper or dangerous
driving maneuvers. Even though
vehicle control is improved during
emergency braking, always maintain
a safe distance between you and
objects ahead. Vehicle speeds
should always be reduced during
extreme road conditions. The vehicle
should be driven at reduced speeds
in the following circumstances:
• When driving on rough, gravel or
snow-covered roads
• When driving with tire chains
installed
• When driving on roads where the
road surface is pitted or has different surface heights.
Driving in these conditions increase
the stopping distance for your vehicle.
✽ NOTICE
During emergency braking by the
EPB, the parking brake warning
light will illuminate to indicate that
the system is operating.
5 23
Driving your vehicle
The ABS continuously senses the
speed of the wheels. If the wheels
are going to lock, the ABS system
repeatedly modulates the hydraulic
brake pressure to the wheels.
When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may lock the
wheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’
sound from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake
pedal. This is normal and it means
your ABS is active.
In order to obtain the maximum benefit from your ABS in an emergency
situation, do not attempt to modulate
your brake pressure and do not try to
pump your brakes. Press your brake
pedal as hard as possible or as hard
as the situation allows the ABS to
control the force being delivered to
the brakes.
5 24
✽ NOTICE
A click sound may be heard in the
motor compartment when the vehicle begins to move after the vehicle is
started. These conditions are normal
and indicate that the anti-lock brake
system is functioning properly.
• Even with the anti-lock brake system, your vehicle still requires sufficient stopping distance. Always
maintain a safe distance from the
vehicle in front of you.
• Always slow down when cornering.
The anti-lock brake system cannot
prevent accidents resulting from
excessive speeds.
• On loose or uneven road surfaces,
operation of the anti-lock brake
system may result in a longer stopping distance than for vehicles
equipped with a conventional
brake system.
W-78
The ABS warning light will stay on for
approximately 3 seconds after the
POWER button is ON. During that
time, the ABS will go through selfdiagnosis and the light will go off if
everything is normal. If the light stays
on, you may have a problem with
your ABS. Contact an authorized Kia
dealer as soon as possible.
Driving your vehicle
• When you drive on a road having
poor traction, such as an icy road,
and have operated your brakes
continuously, the ABS will be active
continuously and the ABS warning
light may illuminate. Pull your vehicle over to a safe place and turn off
the POWER button.
• Restart the vehicle. If the ABS
warning light goes off, then your
ABS system is normal. Otherwise,
you may have a problem with the
ABS. Contact an authorized Kia
dealer as soon as possible.
Electronic stability control
(ESC)
✽ NOTICE
The Electronic Stability control
(ESC) system is designed to stabilize the vehicle during cornering
maneuvers. ESC checks where you
are steering and where the vehicle is
actually going. ESC applies the
brakes on individual wheels to stabilize the vehicle.
OPSE054011
When you jump start your vehicle
because of a drained battery, the
ABS warning light may turn on.
This happens because of low battery
voltage. It does not mean your ABS
has malfunctioned.
• Do not pump your brakes!
• Have the battery recharged before
driving the vehicle.
Electronic stability control (ESC) will
not prevent accidents. Excessive
speed in turns, abrupt maneuvers and
hydroplaning on wet surfaces can still
result in serious accidents. Only a
safe and attentive driver can prevent
accidents by avoiding maneuvers that
cause the vehicle to lose traction.
Even with ESC installed, always follow all the normal precautions for driving - including driving at safe speeds
for the conditions.
The Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
system is an electronic system
designed to help the driver maintain
vehicle control under adverse conditions. It is not a substitute for safe driving practices. Factors including speed,
road conditions and driver steering
input can all affect whether ESC will be
effective in preventing a loss of control.
It is still your responsibility to drive and
corner at reasonable speeds and to
leave a sufficient margin of safety.
When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may lock the wheels,
you may hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from the
brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal. This is normal
and it means your ESC is active.
5 25
Driving your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
A click sound may be heard in the
motor compartment when the vehicle begins to move after the vehicle is
started. These conditions are normal
and indicate that the Electronic
Stability Control System is functioning properly.
✽ NOTICE
For maximum protection, always
wear your seat belt. No system, no
matter how advanced, can compensate for all driver error and/or driving conditions.
Always drive
responsibly.
5 26
ESC operation
ESC ON condition
• When the POWER button
is turned ON, ESC and
ESC OFF indicator lights
illuminate for approximately
3 seconds, then ESC is
turned on.
• Press the ESC OFF button for at least half a second after turning the ignition ON to turn ESC off.
(ESC OFF indicator will
illuminate). To turn the
ESC on, press the ESC
OFF button (ESC OFF
indicator light will go off).
• When starting the vehicle,
you may hear a slight ticking sound. This is the ESC
performing an automatic
system self-check and does
not indicate a problem.
When operating
When the ESC is in operation, the ESC indicator light
blinks.
• When the Electronic
Stability Control is operating properly, you can feel a
slight pulsation in the vehicle. This is only the effect
of brake control and indicates nothing unusual.
WARNING
Electronic stability control (ESC)
will not prevent accidents.
Excessive speed in turns, abrupt
maneuvers and hydroplaning on
wet surfaces can still result in
serious accidents. Only a safe
and attentive driver can prevent
accidents by avoiding maneuvers that cause the vehicle to
lose traction. Even with ESC
installed, always follow all the
normal precautions for driving including driving at safe speeds
for the conditions.
Driving your vehicle
ESC operation off
ESC OFF state
This car has 2 kinds of ESC
off states.
If the POWER button is turn
off when ESC is off, ESC
remains off. Upon restarting
the vehicle, the ESC will
automatically turn on again.
OPSE054013L
OPSE054014L
• ESC off state 1
To cancel ESC operation, press the
ESC OFF button (ESC OFF
)
shortly (ESC OFF indicator light
(ESC OFF
) illuminates). At this
state, the vehicle control function
does not operate. It means the traction control function does not operate. Brake control function only operates.
• ESC off state 2
To cancel ESC operation, press the
ESC OFF button (ESC OFF ) for
more than 3 seconds. ESC OFF indicator light (ESC OFF ) illuminates
and ESC OFF warning chime will
sound. At this state, the vehicle control function and brake control function do not operate. It means the car
stability control function does not
operate any more.
5 27
Driving your vehicle
Indicator light
■ ESC indicator light
■ ESC OFF indicator light
CAUTION
Driving with varying tire or
wheel sizes may cause the ESC
system to malfunction. When
replacing tires, make sure they
are the same size as your original tires.
WARNING - Electronic staWhen POWER button is turned to
ON, the indicator light illuminates,
then goes off if the ESC system is
operating normally.
The ESC indicator light blinks whenever ESC is operating or illuminates
when ESC fails to operate.
The ESC OFF indicator light comes
on when the ESC is turned off with
the button.
5 28
bility control
Drive carefully even though
your vehicle has Electronic
Stability Control. It can only
assist you in maintaining control under certain circumstances.
ESC OFF usage
When driving
• ESC should be turned on for daily
driving whenever possible.
• To turn ESC off while driving, press
the ESC OFF button while driving
on a flat road surface.
WARNING - Operating
ESC
Never press the ESC OFF button while ESC is operating (ESC
indicator light blinks).
If ESC is turned off while ESC is
operating, the vehicle may slip
out of control.
Driving your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
• When operating the vehicle on a
dynamometer, ensure that the
ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light
illuminated). If the ESC is left on,
it may prevent the vehicle speed
from increasing, and result in false
diagnosis.
• Turning the ESC off does not
affect ABS or brake system operation.
Vehicle stability management
(VSM)
This system provides further
enhancements to vehicle stability
and steering responses when a vehicle is driving on a slippery road or a
vehicle detects changes in coefficient of friction between right wheels
and left wheels when braking.
VSM operation
When the VSM is in operation, ESC
indicator light ( ) blinks.
When the vehicle stability management is operating properly, you can
feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle
and/or abnormal steering responses
(EPS). This is only the effect of brake
and EPS control and indicates nothing unusual.
The VSM does not operate when:
• Driving on bank road such as gradient or incline
• Driving in reverse
• ESC OFF indicator light ( )
remains on the instrument cluster
• EPS indicator light remains on the
instrument cluster
VSM operation off
If you press the ESC OFF button to
turn off the ESC, the VSM will also
cancel and the ESC OFF indicator
light ( ) illuminates.
To turn on the VSM, press the button
again. The ESC OFF indicator light
goes out.
5 29
Driving your vehicle
Malfunction indicator
The VSM can be deactivated even if
you don’t cancel the VSM operation
by pressing the ESC OFF button. It
indicates that a malfunction has
been detected somewhere in the
Electric Power Steering system or
VSM system. If the ESC indicator
light ( ) or EPS warning light
remains on, take your vehicle to an
authorized Kia dealer and have the
system checked.
✽ NOTICE
• The VSM is designed to function
above approximately 13 mph (22
km/h) on curves.
• The VSM is designed to function
above approximately 6 mph (10
km/h) when a vehicle is braking on
a split-mu road. The split-mu road
is made of surfaces which have different friction forces.
5 30
• The Vehicle Stability Management
system is not a substitute for safe
driving practices but a supplementary function only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always check
the speed and the distance to the
vehicle ahead. Always hold the
steering wheel firmly while driving.
• Your vehicle is designed to activate
according to the driver’s intention,
even with installed VSM. Always
follow all the normal precautions
for driving at safe speeds for the
conditions – including driving in
clement weather and on a slippery
road.
Hill-start assist control (HAC)
A vehicle has the tendency to roll
back on a steep hill when it starts to
go after stopping. The Hill-start
Assist Control (HAC) prevents the
vehicle from rolling back by applying
the brakes automatically for about 2
seconds. The brakes are released
when the accelerator pedal is
depressed or after about 2 seconds.
The HAC is activated only for about 2
seconds, so when the vehicle is
starting off always depress the accelerator pedal.
Driving your vehicle
WARNING - Maintaining
Brake Pressure on Incline
HAC does not replace the need
to apply brakes while stopped
on an incline. While stopped,
make sure you maintain brake
pressure sufficient to prevent
your vehicle from rolling backward and causing an accident.
Don’t release the brake pedal
until you are ready to accelerate
forward.
Good braking practices
• Check to be sure the parking brake
is not engaged and the parking
brake indicator light is out before
driving away.
• Driving through water may get the
brakes wet. They can also get wet
when the vehicle is washed. Wet
brakes can be dangerous! Your
vehicle will not stop as quickly if the
brakes are wet. Wet brakes may
cause the vehicle to pull to one
side.
To dry the brakes, apply the brakes
lightly until the braking action
returns to normal, taking care to
keep the vehicle under control at
all times. If the braking action does
not return to normal, stop as soon
as it is safe to do so and call an
authorized Kia dealer for assistance.
• Don't coast down hills with the
vehicle out of gear. This is extremely hazardous. Keep the vehicle in
gear at all times, use the brakes to
slow down, then shift to a lower
gear so that regenerative braking
will help you maintain a safe
speed.
• Don't "ride" the brake pedal.
Resting your foot on the brake
pedal while driving can be dangerous because the brakes might
overheat and lose their effectiveness. It also increases the wear of
the brake components.
• If a tire goes flat while you are driving, apply the brakes gently and
keep the vehicle pointed straight
ahead while you slow down. When
you are moving slowly enough for it
to be safe to do so, pull off the road
and stop in a safe place.
5 31
Driving your vehicle
• If your vehicle is equipped with an
automatic transaxle, don't let your
vehicle creep forward. To avoid
creeping forward, keep your foot
firmly on the brake pedal when the
vehicle is stopped.
• Be cautious when parking on a hill.
Firmly engage the parking brake
and place the shift lever in P (automatic transaxle) or in first or
reverse gear (manual transaxle). If
your vehicle is facing downhill, turn
the front wheels into the curb to
help keep the vehicle from rolling. If
your vehicle is facing uphill, turn
the front wheels away from the
curb to help keep the vehicle from
rolling. If there is no curb or if it is
required by other conditions to
keep the vehicle from rolling, block
the wheels.
5 32
• Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the
engaged position. This is most likely to happen when there is an
accumulation of snow or ice
around or near the rear brakes or if
the brakes are wet. If there is a risk
that the parking brake may freeze,
apply it only temporarily while you
put the shift lever in P (automatic
transaxle) or in first or reverse gear
(manual transaxle) and block the
rear wheels so the vehicle cannot
roll. Then release the parking
brake.
• Do not hold the vehicle on the
upgrade with the accelerator
pedal. This can cause the transaxle
to overheat. Always use the brake
pedal or parking brake.
Driving your vehicle
CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
OPS053015
1. Cruise indicator
2. Cruise set indicator
The cruise control system allows you
to program the vehicle to maintain a
constant speed without pressing the
accelerator pedal.
This system is designed to function
above approximately 20 mph (30
km/h).
• If the cruise control is left on
(CRUISE indicator light in the
instrument cluster illuminated), the
cruise control can be switched on
accidentally. Keep the cruise control system off (CRUISE indicator
light OFF) when the cruise control
is not in use, to avoid inadvertently
setting a speed.
• Use the cruise control system only
when traveling on open highways
in good weather.
• Do not use the cruise control driving in heavy or varying traffic, or on
slippery (rainy, icy or snow-covered) or winding roads or over 6%
up-hill or down-hill roads.
WARNING - Misuse of
Cruise Control
Do not use cruise control if the
traffic situation does not allow
you to drive safely at a constant
speed and with sufficient distance to the vehicle in front.
✽ NOTICE
• During normal cruise control operation, when the SET switch is activated or reactivated after applying the
brakes, the cruise control will energize after approximately 3 seconds.
The delay is normal.
• To activate cruise control, depress
the brake pedal at least once after
turning the POWER button to the
ON position or starting the vehicle.
This is to check if the brake switch
which is important part to cancel
cruise control is in normal condition.
5 33
Driving your vehicle
Cruise control switch
To set cruise control speed:
OPS053018
OPS053016
OPS053017
CRUISE : Turns cruise control system on or off.
CANCEL: Cancels cruise control
operation.
RES+: Resumes or increases cruise
control speed.
SET-: Sets or decreases cruise control speed.
1. Press the CRUISE button on the
steering wheel to turn the system
on. The CRUISE indicator light in
the instrument cluster will illuminate.
2. Accelerate to the desired speed,
which must be more than 20 mph
(30 km/h).
5 34
3. Push the SET - switch, and
release it at the desired speed.
The SET indicator light in the
instrument cluster will illuminate.
Release the accelerator pedal at
the same time. The desired speed
will automatically be maintained.
On a steep grade, the vehicle may
slow down or speed up slightly while
going uphill or downhill.
Driving your vehicle
To increase cruise control set
speed:
To decrease the cruising
speed:
To temporarily accelerate with
the cruise control on:
If you want to speed up temporarily
when the cruise control is on,
depress the accelerator pedal.
Increased speed will not interfere
with cruise control operation or
change the set speed.
To return to the set speed, take your
foot off the accelerator.
OPS053019
OPS053018
Follow either of these procedures:
• Push the RES + switch and hold it.
Your vehicle will accelerate.
Release the lever at the speed you
want.
• Push the RES + switch and
release it immediately.
The cruising speed will increase by
1 mph (or 2km/h) each time you
move the lever up (to RES+) in this
manner.
Follow either of these procedures:
• Push the SET - switch and hold it.
Your vehicle will gradually slow
down. Release the lever at the
speed you want to maintain.
• Push the SET - switch and release
it immediately.
The cruising speed will decrease
by 1 mph (2 km/h) each time you
move the lever down (to SET-) in
this manner.
5 35
Driving your vehicle
To cancel cruise control, do
one of the following:
Each of these actions will cancel
cruise control operation (the SET
indicator light in the instrument cluster will go off), but it will not turn the
system off. If you wish to resume
cruise control operation, push the
RES + switch located on your steering wheel. You will return to your previously preset speed.
To resume cruising speed at
more than approximately 20
mph (30 km/h):
OPS053020
• Press the brake pedal.
• Shift into N (Neutral).
• Push the CANCEL switch located
on the steering wheel.
• Decrease the vehicle speed lower
than the memory speed by approximately 12mph (20km/h).
• Decrease the vehicle speed to less
than approximately 15 mph (25
km/h).
• Pull up the EPB (Electronic parking
brake) switch.
5 36
OPS053019
If any method other than the
CRUISE button was used to cancel
cruising speed and the system is still
activated, the most recent set speed
will automatically resume when the
RES+ switch is pushed.
It will not resume, however, if the
vehicle speed has dropped below
approximately 20 mph (30 km/h).
Driving your vehicle
To turn cruise control off, do
one of the following:
OPS053017
• Press the CRUISE button (the
CRUISE indicator light in the
instrument cluster will go off).
• Turn the vehicle off.
Both of these actions cancel cruise
control operation. If you want to
resume cruise control operation,
repeat the steps provided in “To set
cruise control speed” on the previous
page.
5 37
Driving your vehicle
ECONOMICAL OPERATION
Your vehicle's energy economy
depends mainly on your style of driving, where you drive and when you
drive.
Each of these factors affects how
many miles (kilometers) you can get
from a capacity (kwh) of battery. To
operate your vehicle as economically as possible, use the following driving suggestions to help save money
in both energy and repairs:
• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a
moderate rate. Don't make "jackrabbit" starts or full-throttle shifts
and maintain a steady cruising
speed. Don't race between stoplights. Try to adjust your speed to
the traffic so you don't have to
change speeds unnecessarily.
Avoid heavy traffic whenever possible. Always maintain a safe distance from other vehicles so you
can avoid unnecessary braking.
This also reduces brake wear.
5 38
• Drive at a moderate speed. The
faster you drive, the more energy
your vehicle uses. Driving at a
moderate speed, especially on the
highway, is one of the most effective ways to reduce energy consumption.
• Don't "ride" the brake or clutch
pedal. This can increase energy
consumption and also increase
wear on these components. In
addition, driving with your foot resting on the brake pedal may cause
the brakes to overheat, which
reduces their effectiveness and
may lead to more serious consequences.
• Take care of your tires. Keep them
inflated to the recommended pressure. Incorrect inflation, either too
much or too little, results in unnecessary tire wear. Check the tire
pressures at least once a month.
• Be sure that the wheels are
aligned correctly. Improper alignment can result from hitting curbs
or driving too fast over irregular
surfaces. Poor alignment causes
faster tire wear and may also result
in other problems as well as
greater energy consumption.
• Keep your vehicle in good condition. For better energy economy
and reduced maintenance costs,
maintain your vehicle in accordance with the maintenance
schedule in section 7. If you drive
your vehicle in severe conditions,
more frequent maintenance is
required (see section 7 for details).
• Keep your vehicle clean. For maximum service, your vehicle should
be kept clean and free of corrosive
materials. It is especially important
that mud, dirt, ice, etc. not be
allowed to accumulate on the
underside of the vehicle. This extra
weight can result in increased
energy consumption and also contribute to corrosion.
Driving your vehicle
• Travel lightly. Don't carry unnecessary weight in your vehicle. Weight
reduces energy economy.
• Open windows at high speeds can
reduce energy economy.
• Energy economy is less in crosswinds and headwinds. To help offset some of this loss, slow down
when driving in these conditions.
Keeping a vehicle in good operating
condition is important both for economy and safety. Therefore, have an
authorized Kia dealer perform
scheduled inspections and maintenance.
WARNING
- Vehicle off during motion
Never turn the POWER button
off to coast down hills or anytime the vehicle is in motion.
The power steering and power
brakes will not function properly without the vehicle is in the
ready (
) mode. In addition,
turning off the POWER button
while driving could engage the
steering wheel lock resulting in
loss of vehicle steering. Keep
the vehicle is in the ready (
)
mode and gear lever in
B(Braking) position for engine
braking effect.
5 39
Driving your vehicle
SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS
Hazardous driving conditions
When hazardous driving conditions
are encountered such as water,
snow, ice, mud, sand, or similar hazards, follow these suggestions:
• Drive cautiously and allow extra
distance for braking.
• Avoid sudden braking or steering.
• When braking with non-ABS
brakes pump the brake pedal with
a light up-and-down motion until
the vehicle is stopped.
Do not pump the brake pedal on a
vehicle equipped with ABS.
5 40
• If stalled in snow, mud, or sand,
use second gear. Accelerate slowly to avoid spinning the drive
wheels.
• Use sand, rock salt, or other nonslip material under the drive
wheels to provide traction when
stalled in ice, snow, or mud.
WARNING - Downshifting
Do not downshift with an automatic transaxle while driving on
slippery surfaces. The sudden
change in tire speed could
cause the tires to skid and
result in an accident.
Reducing the risk of a rollover
This multi-purpose passenger vehicle is defined as a Crossover Utility
Vehicle (CUV). Utility vehicles have a
significantly higher rollover rate than
other types of vehicles. CUV's have
higher ground clearance and a narrower track to make them capable of
performing in a wide variety of offroad applications. Specific design
characteristics give them a higher
center of gravity than ordinary vehicles. An advantage of the higher
ground clearance is a better view of
the road, which allows you to anticipate problems. They are not
designed for cornering at the same
speeds as conventional passenger
vehicles, any more than low-slung
sports vehicles are designed to perform satisfactorily in off-road conditions. Due to this risk, driver and passengers are strongly recommended
to buckle their seat belts. In a rollover
crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt. There are
steps that a driver can make to
reduce the risk of a rollover.
Driving your vehicle
If at all possible, avoid sharp turns or
abrupt maneuvers, do not load your
roof rack with heavy cargo, and
never modify your vehicle in any way.
WARNING - Replacement
tires
Always use the size and type of
tires recommended in the tire
section
of
the
manual.
Installation of variant tires can
affect the safety and performance of your vehicle.
Rocking the vehicle
If it is necessary to rock the vehicle
to free it from snow, sand, or mud,
first turn the steering wheel right and
left to clear the area around your
front wheels. Then, shift back and
forth between R (Reverse) and any
forward gear. Do not race the vehicle,
and spin the wheels as little as possible. If you are still stuck after a few
tries, have the vehicle pulled out by a
tow vehicle to avoid overheating and
possible damage to the gear.
WARNING
- Sudden vehicle movement
Do not attempt to rock the vehicle if people or objects are nearby. The vehicle may suddenly
move forward or backwards as
it becomes unstuck.
CAUTION - Vehicle rocking
Prolonged rocking may cause
overheating, gear damage or
failure, and tire damage.
CAUTION - Spinning tires
Do not spin the wheels, especially at speeds more than 35
mph (56 km/h). Spinning the
wheels at high speeds when the
vehicle is stationary could
cause a tire to overheat which
could result in tire damage that
may injure bystanders.
The ESC system should be turned
OFF prior to rocking the vehicle.
5 41
Driving your vehicle
Smooth cornering
Driving at night
OUN056051
OCM053010
Avoid braking or gear changing in
corners, especially when roads are
wet. Ideally, corners should always
be taken under gentle acceleration. If
you follow these suggestions, tire
wear will be held to a minimum.
Because night driving presents more
hazards than driving in the daylight,
here are some important tips to
remember:
• Slow down and keep more distance between you and other vehicles, as it may be more difficult to
see at night, especially in areas
where there may not be any street
lights.
5 42
• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the
glare from other driver's headlights.
• Keep your headlights clean and
properly aimed. (On vehicles not
equipped with the automatic headlight aiming feature.) Dirty or
improperly aimed headlights will
make it much more difficult to see
at night.
• Avoid staring directly at the headlights of oncoming vehicles. You
could be temporarily blinded, and it
will take several seconds for your
eyes to readjust to the darkness.
Driving your vehicle
Driving in the rain
1VQA3003
Rain and wet roads can make driving
dangerous, especially if you’re not
prepared for the slick pavement.
Here are a few things to consider
when driving in the rain:
• A heavy rainfall will make it harder
to see and will increase the distance needed to stop your vehicle,
so slow down.
• Keep your windshield wiping
equipment in good shape. Replace
your windshield wiper blades when
they show signs of streaking or
missing areas on the windshield.
• If your tires are not in good condition, making a quick stop on wet
pavement can cause a skid and
possibly lead to an accident. Be
sure your tires are in good shape.
• Turn on your headlights to make it
easier for others to see you.
• Driving too fast through large puddles can affect your brakes. If you
must go through puddles, try to
drive through them slowly.
• If you believe you may have gotten
your brakes wet, apply them lightly
while driving until normal braking
operation returns.
Driving in flooded areas
Avoid driving through flooded areas
unless you are sure the water is no
higher than the bottom of the wheel
hub. Drive through any water slowly.
Allow adequate stopping distance
because brake performance may be
affected.
After driving through water, dry the
brakes by gently applying them several times while the vehicle is moving
slowly.
5 43
Driving your vehicle
Driving off-road
Drive carefully off-road because your
vehicle may be damaged by rocks or
roots of trees. Become familiar with
the off-road conditions where you
are going to drive before you begin
driving.
Highway driving
Tires
Adjust the tire inflation pressures to
specification. Low tire inflation pressures will result in overheating and
possible failure of the tires.
Avoid using worn or damaged tires
which may result in reduced traction
or tire failure.
Never exceed the maximum tire
inflation pressure shown on the tires.
5 44
WARNING - Under/over
WARNING - Tire tread
inflated tires
Always check the tires for proper inflation before driving.
Underinflated or overinflated
tires can cause poor handling,
loss of vehicle control, and sudden tire failure leading to accidents, injuries, and even death.
For proper tire pressures, refer
to “Tires and wheels” in section
8.
Always check the tire tread
before driving your vehicle.
Worn-out tires can result in loss
of vehicle control. Worn-out
tires should be replaced as
soon as possible. For further
information and tread limits,
refer to "Tires and wheels" in
section 7.
Driving your vehicle
WINTER DRIVING
Snowy or icy conditions
1VQA3005
Severe weather conditions in the
winter result in greater wear and
other problems. To minimize the
problems of winter driving, you
should follow these suggestions:
To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it
may be necessary to use snow tires
or to install tire chains on your tires.
If snow tires are needed, it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size
and type of the original equipment
tires. Failure to do so may adversely
affect the safety and handling of your
vehicle. Furthermore, speeding,
rapid acceleration, sudden brake
applications, and sharp turns are
potentially very hazardous practices.
During deceleration, use regenerative braking to the fullest extent.
Sudden brake applications on snowy
or icy roads may cause skids to
occur. You need to keep sufficient
distance between the vehicle in
operation in front of your vehicle.
Also, apply the brake gently. It should
be noted that installing tire chains on
the tire will provide a greater driving
force, but will not prevent side skids.
✽ NOTICE
Tire chains are not legal in all states.
Check state laws before fitting tire
chains.
Snow tires
If you mount snow tires on your vehicle, make sure they are radial tires of
the same size and load range as the
original tires. Mount snow tires on all
four wheels to balance your vehicle’s
handling in all weather conditions.
Keep in mind that the traction provided by snow tires on dry roads may
not be as high as your vehicle's original equipment tires. You should drive
cautiously even when the roads are
clear. Check with the tire dealer for
maximum speed recommendations.
Do not install studded tires without
first checking local, state and municipal regulations for possible restrictions against their use.
WARNING - Snow tire
size
Snow tires should be equivalent
in size and type to the vehicle's
standard tires. Otherwise, the
safety and handling of your vehicle may be adversely affected.
5 45
Driving your vehicle
Tire chains
When using tire chains, install them
on the front tires only.
CAUTION - Snow chains
Make sure the snow chains are
the correct size and type for
your tires. Incorrect snow
chains can cause damage to the
vehicle body and suspension
and may not be covered by your
vehicle manufacturer warranty.
1VQA3007
Since the sidewalls of radial tires are
thinner, they can be damaged by
mounting some types of snow chains
on them. Therefore, the use of snow
tires is recommended instead of
snow chains. Do not mount tire
chains on vehicles equipped with
aluminum wheels; snow chains may
cause damage to the wheels. If snow
chains must be used, use wire-type
chains with a thickness of less than
0.59 in (15 mm). Damage to your
vehicle caused by improper snow
chain use is not covered by your
vehicle manufacturers warranty.
5 46
Chain installation
When installing chains, follow the
manufacturer's instructions and
mount them as tightly as you can.
Drive slowly with chains installed. If
you hear the chains contacting the
body or chassis, stop and tighten
them. If they still make contact, slow
down until it stops. Remove the
chains as soon as you begin driving
on cleared roads.
When mounting snow chains, park
the vehicle on level ground away from
traffic. Turn on the vehicle Hazard
Warning flashers and place a triangular emergency warning device behind
the vehicle if available. Always place
the vehicle in P (Park), apply the
parking brake and turn off the vehicle
before installing snow chains.
• The use of chains may adversely
affect vehicle handling.
• Do not exceed 20 mph (30 km/h)
or the chain manufacturer’s recommended speed limit, whichever is
lower.
• Drive carefully and avoid bumps,
holes, sharp turns, and other road
hazards, which may cause the
vehicle to bounce.
• Avoid sharp turns or locked-wheel
braking.
Driving your vehicle
CAUTION - Snow chains
• Chains that are the wrong size
or improperly installed can
damage your vehicle's brake
lines, suspension, body and
wheels.
• Stop driving and retighten the
chains any time you hear them
hitting the vehicle.
Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant
Your vehicle is delivered with high quality ethylene glycol coolant in the cooling system. It is the only type of coolant
that should be used because it helps
prevent corrosion in the cooling system, lubricates the water pump and
prevents freezing. Be sure to replace
or replenish your coolant in accordance with the maintenance schedule
in section 7. Before winter, have your
coolant tested to assure that its freezing point is sufficient for the temperatures anticipated during the winter.
Check battery and cables
Winter puts additional burdens on
the battery system. Visually inspect
the battery and cables as described
in section 7. The level of charge in
your battery can be checked by an
authorized Kia dealer or a service
station.
To keep locks from freezing
To keep the locks from freezing,
squirt an approved de-icer fluid or
glycerine into the key opening. If a
lock is covered with ice, squirt it with
an approved de-icing fluid to remove
the ice. If the lock is frozen internally,
you may be able to thaw it out by
using a heated key. Handle the heated key with care to avoid injury.
Use approved window washer
anti-freeze in system
To keep the water in the window
washer system from freezing, add an
approved window washer anti-freeze
solution in accordance with instructions on the container. Window washer anti-freeze is available from an
authorized Kia dealer and most auto
parts outlets. Do not use coolant or
other types of anti-freeze as these
may damage the paint finish.
Don’t let your parking brake
freeze
Under some conditions your parking
brake can freeze in the engaged
position. This is most likely to happen
when there is an accumulation of
snow or ice around or near the rear
brakes or if the brakes are wet. If
there is a risk the parking brake may
freeze, apply it only temporarily while
you put the gear shift lever in P
(Park, automatic transaxle) or in first
or reverse gear (manual transaxle)
and block the rear wheels so the
vehicle cannot roll. Then release the
parking brake.
5 47
Driving your vehicle
TRAILER TOWING
Don't let ice and snow accumulate underneath
Under some conditions, snow and
ice can build up under the fenders
and interfere with the steering. When
driving in severe winter conditions
where this may happen, you should
periodically check underneath the
vehicle to be sure the movement of
the front wheels and the steering
components are not obstructed.
Carry emergency equipment
Depending on the severity of the
weather, you should carry appropriate emergency equipment. Some of
the items you may want to carry
include tow straps or chains, flashlight, emergency flares, sand, shovel, jumper cables, window scraper,
gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, blanket, etc.
5 48
We do not recommend using this
vehicle for trailer towing.
Driving your vehicle
VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT
Tire and loading information
label
OPS053105N
The label located on the driver's door
sill gives the original tire size, cold
tire pressures recommended for your
vehicle, the number of people that
can be in your vehicle and vehicle
capacity weight.
Vehicle capacity weight:
827 lbs. (375 kg)
Vehicle capacity weight is the maximum combined weight of occupants
and cargo. If your vehicle is equipped
with a trailer, the combined weight
includes the tongue load.
Towing capacity:
We do not recommend using this
vehicle for trailer towing.
Seating capacity:
Total - 5 persons
(Front seat : 2 persons,
Rear seat : 3 persons)
Seating capacity is the maximum
number of occupants including a
driver, your vehicle may carry.
However, the seating capacity may
be reduced based upon the weight of
all of the occupants, and the weight
of the cargo being carried or towed.
Do not overload the vehicle as there
is a limit to the total weight, or load
limit including occupants and cargo,
the vehicle can carry.
5 49
Driving your vehicle
Cargo capacity:
The cargo capacity of your vehicle
will increase or decrease depending
on the weight and the number of
occupants and the tongue load, if
your vehicle is equipped with a trailer.
5 50
Steps for determining correct
load limit
1. Locate the statement "The combined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX
kg or XXX lbs.'' on your vehicle's
placard.
2. Determine the combined weight of
the driver and passengers that will
be riding in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight of
the driver and passengers from
XXX kg or XXX lbs.
4. The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if
the "XXX" amount equals 1400
lbs. and there will be five 150 lbs.
passengers in your vehicle, the
amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs.
(1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
5. Determine the combined weight of
luggage and cargo being loaded
on the vehicle. That weight may
not safely exceed the available
cargo and luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be
transferred to your vehicle.
Consult this manual to determine
how this reduces the available
cargo and luggage load capacity
of your vehicle.
Driving your vehicle
Example 1
A
Example 2
B
C
A
Example 3
B
C190F01JM
Item
A
B
C
Description
Vehicle Capacity
Weight
Subtract Occupant
Weight
150 lbs (68 kg) × 2
Available Cargo and
Luggage weight
Total
1400 lbs
(635 kg)
C
A
B
C190F02JM
Item
A
300 lbs
(136 kg)
B
1100 lbs
(499 kg)
C
Description
Vehicle Capacity
Weight
Subtract Occupant
Weight
150 lbs (68 kg) × 5
Available Cargo and
Luggage weight
Total
1400 lbs
(635 kg)
C
C190F03JM
Item
A
750 lbs
(340 kg)
B
650 lbs
(295 kg)
C
Description
Vehicle Capacity
Weight
Subtract Occupant
Weight
172 lbs (78 kg) × 5
Available Cargo and
Luggage weight
Total
1400 lbs
(635 kg)
860 lbs
(390 kg)
540 lbs
(245 kg)
Refer to your vehicle’s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle's capacity weight
and seating positions. The combined weight of the driver, passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle's
capacity weight.
5 51
Driving your vehicle
To find out the actual loads on your
front and rear axles, you need to go
to a weigh station and weigh your
vehicle.Your dealer can help you with
this. Be sure to spread out your load
equally on both sides of the centerline.
Certification label
OEN056020
The certification label is located on
the driver's door sill at the center pillar.
This label shows the maximum
allowable weight of the fully loaded
vehicle. This is called the GVWR
(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). The
GVWR includes the weight of the
vehicle, all occupants, fuel and
cargo.
This label also tells you the maximum weight that can be supported
by the front and rear axles, called
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
5 52
WARNING - Over loading
Never exceed the GVWR for
your vehicle, the GAWR for
either the front or rear axle and
vehicle
capacity
weight.
Exceeding these ratings can
affect your vehicle’s handling
and braking ability.
The label will help you decide how
much cargo and installed equipment
your vehicle can carry.
If you carry items inside your vehicle
- like suitcases, tools, packages, or
anything else - they are moving as
fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop
or turn quickly, or if there is a crash,
the items will keep going and can
cause an injury if they strike the driver or a passenger.
Driving your vehicle
WARNING - Over loading
Do not overload your vehicle.
Overloading your vehicle can
cause heat buildup in your vehicle's tires and possible tire failure, increased stopping distances and poor vehicle handling all of which may result in a
crash.
WARNING - Loose cargo
Do not travel with unsecured
blunt objects in the passenger
compartment of your vehicle
(e.g. suit cases or unsecured
child seats). These items may
strike occupant during a sudden stop or crash.
✽ NOTICE
Overloading your vehicle may cause
damage. Repairs would not be covered by your warranty. Do not overload your vehicle.
5 53
Driving your vehicle
VEHICLE WEIGHT GLOSSARY
This section will guide you in the
proper loading of your vehicle and/or
trailer, to keep your loaded vehicle
weight within its design rating capability, with or without a trailer.
Properly loading your vehicle will
provide maximum return of the vehicle design performance. Before loading your vehicle, familiarize yourself
with the following terms for determining your vehicle's weight ratings, with
or without a trailer, from the vehicle's
specifications and the certification
label:
Cargo weight
This figure includes all weight added
to the Base Curb Weight, including
cargo and optional equipment.
GAW (Gross axle weight)
This is the total weight placed on
each axle (front and rear) - including
vehicle curb weight and all payload.
GAWR
(Gross axle weight rating)
This is the weight of the vehicle
including all standard equipment. It
does not include passengers, cargo,
or optional equipment.
This is the maximum allowable
weight that can be carried by a single
axle (front or rear). These numbers
are shown on the certification label.
The total load on each axle must
never exceed its GAWR.
Vehicle curb weight
GVW (Gross vehicle weight)
This is the weight of your new vehicle
when you picked it up from your dealer plus any aftermarket equipment.
This is the Base Curb Weight plus
actual Cargo Weight plus passengers.
Base curb weight
5 54
GVWR
(Gross vehicle weight rating)
This is the maximum allowable
weight of the fully loaded vehicle
(including all options, equipment,
passengers and cargo). The GVWR
is shown on the certification label
located on the driver’s door sill.
What to do in an emergency
Road warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
• Hazard warning flasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
• Towing service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
• Removable towing hook (front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21
• Emergency towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
In case of an emergency while driving . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
• If the vehicle stalls at a crossroad or crossing . . . . . . 6-3
• If you have a flat tire while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
• If vehicle stalls while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
If the vehicle will not start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
• If vehicle doesn’t turn over or turns over slowly . . . . 6-4
Emergency starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
• Jump starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
• Push-starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
If the vehicle overheats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) . . . . . . 6-9
• Low tire pressure indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
• TPMS malfunction indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
• Changing a tire with TPMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
If you have a flat tire (with Tire Mobility Kit) . . 6-14
• Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
• Components of the Tire Mobility Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
• Using the Tire Mobility Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
• Distributing the sealant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
• Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
6
What to do in an emergency
ROAD WARNING
Hazard warning flasher
OPSE064018L
The hazard warning flasher serves
as a warning to other drivers to exercise
extreme
caution
when
approaching, overtaking, or passing
your vehicle.
It should be used whenever emergency repairs are being made or
when the vehicle is stopped near the
edge of a roadway.
6 2
Depress the flasher switch with the
ignition switch in any position. The
flasher switch is located in the center
console switch panel. All turn signal
lights will flash simultaneously.
• The hazard warning flasher operates whether your vehicle is running or not.
• The turn signals do not work when
the hazard flasher is on.
• Care must be taken when using
the hazard warning flasher while
the vehicle is being towed.
What to do in an emergency
IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING
If the vehicle stalls at a crossroad or crossing
If the vehicle stalls at a crossroad or
crossing, set the shift lever in the N
(Neutral) position and then push the
vehicle to a safe place.
If you have a flat tire while
driving
If a tire goes flat while you are driving:
1. Take your foot off the accelerator
pedal and let the vehicle slow
down while driving straight ahead.
Do not apply the brakes immediately or attempt to pull off the road
as this may cause a loss of control. When the vehicle has slowed
to such a speed that it is safe to do
so, brake carefully and pull off the
road. Drive off the road as far as
possible and park on a firm level
ground. If you are on a divided
highway, do not park in the median area between the two traffic
lanes.
2. When the vehicle is stopped, turn
on your emergency hazard flashers, set the parking brake and put
the transaxle in P.
3. Have all passengers get out of the
vehicle. Be sure they all get out on
the side of the vehicle that is away
from traffic.
4. When changing a flat tire, follow
the instruction provided later in
this section.
If the vehicle stalls while driving
1. Reduce your speed gradually,
keeping a straight line. Move cautiously off the road to a safe place.
2. Turn on your emergency flashers.
3. Try to start the vehicle again. If
your vehicle will not start, contact
an authorized Kia dealer or seek
other qualified assistance.
6 3
What to do in an emergency
IF THE VEHICLE WILL NOT START
If vehicle doesn't turn over or
turns over slowly
1. Be sure the shift lever is in N
(Neutral) or P (Park) and the
emergency brake is set.
2. Check the battery connections to
be sure they are clean and tight.
3. Check the starter connections to
be sure they are securely tightened.
4. Do not push or pull the vehicle to
start it. See instructions for "Jump
starting".
6 4
WARNING - Push/pull
start
Do not push or pull the vehicle
to start it. Push or pull starting
may cause the catalytic converter to overload and create a
fire hazard.
What to do in an emergency
EMERGENCY STARTING
Jump starting
Jumper Cables
(-)
(+)
(-)
(+)
Booster
battery
Discharged
battery
1VQA4001
Connect cables in numerical order
and disconnect in reverse order.
Jump starting can be dangerous if
done incorrectly. Therefore, to avoid
harm to yourself or damage to your
vehicle or battery, follow these jump
starting procedures. If in doubt, we
strongly recommend that you have a
competent technician or towing service jump start your vehicle.
WARNING - Battery
Never attempt to check the electrolyte level of the battery as
this may cause the battery to
rupture or explode causing serious injury.
WARNING - Frozen
CAUTION - 12 volt battery
Use only a 12-volt jumper system. You can damage a 12-volt
starting motor, ignition system,
and other electrical parts
beyond repair by use of a 24volt power supply (either two
12-volt batteries in series or a
24-volt motor generator set).
batteries
Do not attempt to jump start the
vehicle if the discharged battery
is frozen or if the electrolyte
level is low as the battery may
rupture or explode.
6 5
What to do in an emergency
WARNING - Battery
Keep all flames or sparks away
from the battery. The battery
produces hydrogen gas which
will explode if exposed to flame
or sparks.
WARNING - Sulfuric acid
risk
When jump starting your vehicle be careful not to get acid on
yourself, your clothing or on the
vehicle. Automobile batteries
contain sulfuric acid. This is
poisonous and highly corrosive.
6 6
Jump starting procedure
1. Make sure the booster battery is
12-volt and that its negative terminal is grounded.
2. If the booster battery is in another
vehicle, do not allow the vehicles
to come in contact.
3. Turn off all unnecessary electrical
loads.
4. Connect the jumper cables in the
exact sequence shown in the illustration. First connect one end of a
jumper cable to the positive terminal of the discharged battery (1),
then connect the other end to the
positive terminal of the booster
battery (2).
Proceed to connect one end of the
other jumper cable to the negative
terminal of the booster battery (3),
then the other end to a solid, stationary, metallic point away from
the battery (4). Do not connect it to
or near any part that moves when
the vehicle is started.
Do not allow the jumper cables to
contact anything except the correct battery terminals or the correct ground. Do not lean over the
battery when making connections.
WARNING - Battery
cables
Do not connect the jumper
cable from the negative terminal
of the booster battery to the
negative terminal of the discharged battery.
This can cause the discharged
battery to overheat and crack,
releasing battery acid.
✽ NOTICE
Make sure to connect one end of the
jumper cable to the negative terminal of the booster battery, and the
other end to a metallic point, far
away from the battery.
What to do in an emergency
5. Start the vehicle with the booster
battery and the auxiliary battery
begins to charge when EV ready
light glows, then start the vehicle
with the discharged battery. If the
first starting attempt is not successful, wait a few minutes before
making another attempt in order to
allow the discharged battery to
recharge.
If the cause of your battery discharging is not apparent, you should have
your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
Push-starting
Your reduction gear equipped vehicle
should not be push-started.
WARNING - Tow starting
vehicle
Never tow a vehicle to start it
because the sudden surge forward when the engine starts
could cause a collision with the
towing vehicle.
6 7
What to do in an emergency
IF THE VEHICLE OVERHEATS
1. Pull off the road and stop as soon
as it is safe to do so.
2. Place the shift lever in P and set
the parking brake. If the air conditioning is on, turn it off.
3. If coolant is running out under the
vehicle or steam is coming out
from underneath the hood, stop
the vehicle. Do not open the hood
until the coolant has stopped running or the steaming has stopped.
If there is no visible loss of coolant
and no steam, leave the vehicle
running and check to be sure cooling fan is operating. If the fan is not
running, turn the vehicle off.
4. Check for coolant leaking from the
radiator, hoses or under the vehicle. (If the air conditioning had
been in use, it is normal for cold
water to be draining from it when
you stop).
6 8
WARNING - Radiator cap
Do not remove the radiator cap
when the radiator is hot. This
may result in coolant being
blown out of the opening and
cause serious burns.
5. If you cannot find the cause of the
overheating, wait until the radiator
temperature has returned to normal. Then, if coolant has been lost,
carefully add coolant to the reservoir to bring the fluid level in the
reservoir up to the halfway mark.
6. Proceed with caution, keeping
alert for further signs of overheating. If overheating happens again,
call an authorized Kia dealer for
assistance.
Serious loss of coolant indicates
there is a leak in the cooling system
and this should be checked as soon
as possible by an authorized Kia
dealer.
What to do in an emergency
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)
OPS063002/Q
OPSE044275L/Q
(1) Low tire pressure telltale /
TPMS malfunction indicator
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly
when cold and inflated to the inflation
pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If
your vehicle has tires of a different
size than the size indicated on the
vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the
proper tire inflation pressure for
those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your
vehicle has been equipped with a tire
pressure monitoring system (TPMS)
that illuminates a low tire pressure
telltale when one or more of your
tires is significantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should
stop and check your tires as soon as
possible, and inflate them to the
proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the
tire to overheat and can lead to tire
failure. Under-inflation also reduces
fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and
may affect the vehicle’s handling and
stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not
reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure
telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped
with a TPMS malfunction indicator to
indicate when the system is not
operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with
the low tire pressure telltale. When
the system detects a malfunction,
the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence
will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists. When the malfunction
indicator is illuminated, the system
may not be able to detect or signal
low tire pressure as intended. TPMS
malfunctions may occur for a variety
of reasons, including the installation
of replacement or alternate tires or
wheels on the vehicle that prevent
the TPMS from functioning properly.
6 9
What to do in an emergency
Always check the TPMS malfunction
telltale after replacing one or more
tires or wheels on your vehicle to
ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS
to continue to function properly.
✽ NOTICE
If the TPMS, Low Tire Pressure
indicator do not illuminate for 3 seconds when the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position or vehicle
is running, or if they remain illuminated after coming on for approximately 3 seconds, take your vehicle
to your nearest authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked.
6 10
Low tire pressure telltale
When the tire pressure monitoring
system warning indicators are illuminated, one or more of your tires is
significantly under-inflated.
If the telltale illuminates, immediately
reduce your speed, avoid hard cornering and anticipate increased stopping distances. You should stop and
check your tires as soon as possible.
Inflate the tires to the proper pressure as indicated on the vehicle’s
placard or tire inflation pressure label
located on the driver’s side center pillar outer panel. If you cannot reach a
service station or if the tire cannot
hold the newly added air, replace the
low pressure tire with the spare tire.
Then the Low Tire Pressure telltale
may flash for approximately one
minute and then remain continuously
illuminated after restarting and about
10 minutes of continuous driving at
speed above 15.5 mph (25 km/h)
before you have the low pressure tire
repaired and replaced on the vehicle.
• In winter or cold weather, the low
tire pressure telltale may be illuminated if the tire pressure was
adjusted to the recommended tire
inflation pressure in warm weather.
It does not mean your TPMS is
malfunctioning
because
the
decreased temperature leads to a
proportional lowering of tire pressure.
• When you drive your vehicle from a
warm area to a cold area or from a
cold area to a warm area, or the
outside temperature is greatly
higher or lower, you should check
the tire inflation pressure and
adjust the tires to the recommended tire inflation pressure.
What to do in an emergency
✽ NOTICE
When filling tires with more air,
conditions to turn off the low tire
pressure telltale may not be met.
This is because a tire inflator has a
margin of error in performance. The
low tire pressure telltale will be
turned off if the tire pressure is
above the recommended tire inflation pressure.
WARNING - Low pressure
damage
Do not drive on low pressure
tires. Significantly low tire pressure can cause the tires to overheat and fail making the vehicle
unstable resulting in increased
braking distances and a loss of
vehicle control.
TPMS (Tire Pressure
Monitoring System)
malfunction indicator
The TPMS malfunction indicator will
illuminate after it blinks for approximately one minute when there is a
problem with the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System. Have the system
checked by an authorized Kia dealer
as soon as possible to determine the
cause of the problem.
• The TPMS malfunction indicator
may blink for approximately 1
minute and then remain continuously illuminated if the vehicle is moving
around electric power supply cables
or radios transmitters such as at
police stations, government and
public offices, broadcasting stations, military installations, airports,
or transmitting towers, etc. This can
interfere with normal operation of
the Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (TPMS).
• The TPMS malfunction indicator
may blink for approximately 1
minute and then remain continuously illuminated if snow chains are
used or some separate electronic
devices such as notebook computer, mobile charger, remote starter or
navigation etc., are used in the vehicle. This can interfere with normal
operation of the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS).
6 11
What to do in an emergency
Changing a tire with TPMS
If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire
Pressure telltale will come on. Have
the flat tire repaired by an authorized
Kia dealer as soon as possible or
replace the flat tire with the spare
tire.
CAUTION - Repair Agents
Never use a puncture-repairing
agent not approved by Kia to
repair and/or inflate a low pressure tire. The tire sealant not
approved by Kia may damage
the tire pressure sensor.
Each wheel is equipped with a tire
pressure sensor mounted inside the
tire behind the valve stem. You must
use TPMS specific wheels. It is recommended that you always have
your tires serviced by an authorized
Kia dealer.
6 12
Even if you replace the low pressure
tire with the spare tire, the Low Tire
Pressure telltale will remain on until
the low pressure tire is repaired and
placed on the vehicle.
After you replace the low pressure
tire with the spare tire, the TPMS
malfunction indicator may illuminate
after a few minutes because the
TPMS sensor mounted on the spare
wheel is not initiated.
Once the low pressure tire is reinflated to the recommended pressure
and installed on the vehicle or the
TPMS sensor mounted on the
replaced spare wheel is initiated by
an authorized Kia dealer, the TPMS
malfunction indicator and the low tire
pressure telltale will extinguish within
a few minutes of driving.
If the indicator is not extinguished
after a few minutes of driving, please
visit an authorized Kia dealer.
If an original mounted tire is replaced
with the spare tire, the TPMS sensor
on the replaced spare wheel should
be initiated and the TPMS sensor on
the original mounted wheel should
be deactivated. If the TPMS sensor
on the original mounted wheel located in the spare tire carrier still activates, the tire pressure monitoring
system may not operate properly.
Have the tire with TPMS serviced or
replaced by an authorized Kia dealer.
What to do in an emergency
You may not be able to identify a low
tire by simply looking at it. Always
use a good quality tire pressure
gauge to measure the tire's inflation
pressure. Please note that a tire that
is hot (from being driven) will have a
higher pressure measurement than a
tire that is cold (from sitting stationary for at least 3 hours and driven
less than 1 mile (1.6 km) during that
3 hour period).
Allow the tire to cool before measuring the inflation pressure. Always be
sure the tire is cold before inflating to
the recommended pressure.
Do not use any tire sealant if your
vehicle is equipped with a Tire
Pressure Monitoring System. The liquid sealant can damage the tire
pressure sensors.
• The TPMS cannot alert you to
severe and sudden tire damage
caused by external factors such as
nails or road debris.
• If you feel any vehicle instability,
immediately take your foot off the
accelerator, apply the brakes gradually and with light force, and slowly move to a safe position off the
road.
This device complies with Part
15 of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1.This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2.This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
✽ NOTICE - Protecting TPMS
Tampering with, modifying, or disabling the Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (TPMS) components may
interfere with the system's ability to
warn the driver of low tire pressure
conditions and/or TPMS malfunctions. Tampering with, modifying,
or disabling the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS) components may void the warranty for
that portion of the vehicle.
6 13
What to do in an emergency
IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (TIRE MOBILITY KIT)
When two or more tires are flat, do
not use the tire mobility kit because
the supported one sealant of Tire
Mobility Kit is only used for one flat
tire.
OPSE064001
For safe operation, carefully read
and follow the instructions in this
manual before use.
(1) Compressor
(2) Sealant bottle
The Tire Mobility Kit is a temporary
fix to the tire and the tire should be
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible.
6 14
Introduction
WARNING - Tire wall
Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit
to repair punctures in the tire
walls. This can result in an accident due to tire failure.
OPSE064002
With the Tire Mobility Kit you stay
mobile even after experiencing a tire
puncture.
The system of compressor and sealing
compound effectively and comfortably
seals most punctures in a passenger
car tire caused by nails or similar
objects and reinflates the tire.
After you ensured that the tire is properly sealed you can drive cautiously on
the tire (distance up to 200 km (120
miles)) at a max. speed of (80 km/h) in
order to reach a service station or tire
dealer for the tire replacement.
What to do in an emergency
It is possible that some tires, especially with larger punctures or damage to the sidewall, cannot be sealed
completely.
Air pressure loss in the tire may
adversely affect tire performance.
For this reason, you should avoid
abrupt steering or other driving
maneuvers, especially if the vehicle
is heavily loaded or if a trailer is in
use.
The Tire Mobility Kit is not designed
or intended as a permanent tire
repair method and is to be used for
one tire only.
This instruction shows you step by
step how to temporarily seal the
puncture simply and reliably.
Read the section "Notes on the safe
use of the Tire Mobility Kit".
Notes on the suggested use of
the Tire Mobility Kit
• Park your car at the side of the road
so that you can work with the Tire
Mobility Kit away from moving traffic.
• To be sure your vehicle will not
move, even when you're on fairly
level ground, always set your parking brake.
• Only use the Tire Mobility Kit for
sealing/inflation passenger car tires.
Only punctured areas located within the tread region of the tire can be
sealed using the tire mobility kit.
• Do not use on motorcycles, bicycles
or any other type of tires.
• When the tire and wheel are damaged, do not use Tire Mobility Kit for
your safety.
• Use of the Tire Mobility Kit may not
be effective for tire damage larger
than approximately 0.24 in (6 mm).
Please contact the nearest Kia
dealership if the tire cannot be
made roadworthy with the Tire
Mobility Kit.
• Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if a
tire is severely damaged by driving
run flat or with insufficient air pressure.
• Do not remove any foreign objects
such as nails or screws that have
penetrated the tire.
• Provided the car is outdoors, leave
the vehicle running. Otherwise
operating the compressor may
eventually drain the car battery.
• Never leave the Tire Mobility Kit
unattended while it is being used.
• Do not leave the compressor running for more than 10 min. at a time
or it may overheat.
• Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if
the ambient temperature is below 22°F (-30°C).
• Before using the TMK, read the
precautionary advice printed on
the sealant bottle!
6 15
What to do in an emergency
9. Hose to connect compressor and
sealant bottle or compressor and
wheel
Connectors, cable and connection
hose are stored in the compressor
housing.
Components of the Tire Mobility Kit
WARNING - Expired
sealant
Do not use the Tire sealant after
the sealant has expired (i.e.
pasted the expiration date on
the sealant container). This can
increase the risk of tire failure.
WARNING - Sealant
OAM060015L
0. Speed restriction label
1. Sealant bottle and label with
speed restriction
2. Filling hose from sealant bottle to
wheel
3. Connectors and cable for the
power outlet direct connection
6 16
4. Holder for the sealant bottle
5. Compressor
6. On/off switch
7. Pressure gauge for displaying the
tire inflation pressure
8. Screw cap for reducing tire inflation pressure
• Keep out of reach of children.
• Avoid contact with eyes.
• Do not swallow.
Strictly
follow
the
specified
sequence, otherwise the sealant
may escape under high pressure.
What to do in an emergency
Using the Tire Mobility Kit
1. Detach the speed restriction label
(0) from the sealant bottle (1), and
place it in a highly visible place
inside the vehicle such as on the
steering wheel to remind the driver not to drive too fast.
2. Screw connection hose (9) onto
the connector of the sealant bottle.
3. Ensure that screw cap (8) is
closed.
4. Unscrew the valve cap from the
valve of the defective wheel and
screw filling hose (2) of the
sealant bottle onto the valve.
5. Insert the sealant bottle into the
housing (4) of the compressor so
that the bottle is upright.
OPSE064002
OPS063016
6. Ensure that the compressor is
switched off, position 0.
7. Plug the compressor power cord
into the front passenger side
power outlet (180W) of the vehicle.
Only use the front passenger side
power outlet when connecting the
power cord.
✽ NOTICE
If a foreign object is seen that has
punctured the tire, do not remove it
before using Tire Mobility Kit.
6 17
What to do in an emergency
8. With the vehicle start/stop button
position on or ignition switch position on, switch on the compressor
and let it run for approximately
5~7 minutes to fill the sealant up
to proper pressure. (refer to the
Tire and Wheels, chapter 8). The
inflation pressure of the tire after
filling is unimportant and will be
checked/corrected later.
Be careful not to overinflate the
tire and stay away from the tire
when filling it.
WARNING - Tire pressure
Do not attempt to drive your
vehicle if the tire pressure is
below 29 PSI(200kpa). This
could result in an accident due
to sudden tire failure.
6 18
9. Switch off the compressor.
10. Detach the hoses from the
sealant bottle connector and
from the tire valve.
Return the Tire Mobility Kit to its storage location in the vehicle.
WARNING - Carbon
monoxide
Do not leave your vehicle running in a poorly ventilated area
for extended periods of time.
Carbon monoxide poisoning
and suffocation can occur.
Distributing the sealant
11. Immediately drive approximately
4~6miles (7~10km or, about
10min) to evenly distribute the
sealant in the tire.
Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph
(80 km/h). If possible, do not fall
below a speed of 12 mph (20 km/h).
While driving, if you experience any
unusual vibration, ride disturbance or
noise, reduce your speed and drive
with caution until you can safely pull
off of the side of the road.
Call for road side service or towing.
When you use the Tire Mobility Kit,
the tire pressure sensors and wheel
may be stained by sealant.
Therefore, remove the tire pressure
sensors and wheel stained by
sealant and we recommend that
inspect at an authorized Kia dealer.
What to do in an emergency
Checking the tire inflation pressure
1. After driving approximately 4
~6miles (7~10km or about 10min),
stop at a safety location.
2. Connect connection hose (9) of
the compressor directly to the tire
valve.
3. Plug the compressor power cord
into the vehicle power outlet.
4. Adjust the tire inflation pressure to
the recommended tire inflation.
With the ignition switched on, proceed as follows.
- To increase the inflation pressure : Switch on the compressor, position I. To check the current inflation pressure setting,
briefly switch off the compressor.
✽ NOTICE
The pressure gauge may show higher than actual reading when the
compressor is running. To get an
accurate tire pressure, the compressor needs to be turned off.
- To reduce the inflation pressure: Loosen the screw cap (8)
on the compressor hose.
CAUTION - Tire pressure
sensor
When you use the Tire Mobility
Kit including sealant not
approved by Kia, the tire pressure sensors may be damaged
by sealant. The sealant on the
tire pressure sensor and wheel
should be removed when you
replace the tire with a new one
and inspect the tire pressure
sensors in authorized dealer.
Technical Data
System voltage: DC 12 V
Working voltage: DC 10 - 15 V
Amperage rating: max. 15 A
Suitable for use at temperatures:
-22 ~ +158°F (-30 ~ +70°C)
Max. working pressure:
87 psi (6 bar)
Size
Compressor: 6.7 x 5.9 x 2.4 in.
(170 x 150 x 60 mm)
Sealant bottle: 3.03 x 3.4 ø in.
(77 x 85 ø mm)
Compressor weight:
1.77 lbs (0.8 kg)
Sealant volume:
12.2 cu. in. (200 ml)
6 19
What to do in an emergency
TOWING
For trailer towing guidelines information, refer to “Trailer towing” in chapter 5.
If towing is required, lift all four wheels
off the ground and tow the vehicle. If
you must tow the vehicle using only
two wheels, lift the front wheels off the
ground and tow the vehicle.
Towing service
WARNING - Side and curdolly
dolly
OPSE064003
If emergency towing is necessary,
we recommend having it done by an
authorized Kia dealer or a commercial tow-truck service. Proper lifting
and towing procedures are necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle. The use of wheel dollies or
flatbed is recommended.
6 20
tain air bag
If your vehicle is equipped with
side and curtain air bags, set
the ignition switch to LOCK or
ACC position when the vehicle
is being towed. The side and
curtain air bag may deploy
when the ignition is ON and the
rollover sensor detects the situation as a rollover.
OPSE064005
CAUTION - Towing
• Do not tow the vehicle backwards with the front wheels on
the ground as this may cause
damage to the vehicle.
• Do not tow with sling-type
equipment. Use wheel lift or
flatbed equipment.
What to do in an emergency
WARNING - Towing EV
Never tow the vehicle with the
front wheels on the ground (forward or backward), as this may
cause damage to the motor or a
vehicle fire.
When towing your vehicle in an
emergency without wheel dollies :
1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC
position.
2. Place the transaxle shift lever in N
(Neutral).
3. Release the parking brake.
CAUTION - Towing gear
position
Failure to place the shift lever in
N (Neutral) may cause internal
damage to the transaxle.
WARNING - Towing EV
• If you tow the vehicle while the
front wheels are touching the
ground, the vehicle motor may
generate electricity and the
motor components may be
damaged or a fire may occur.
• When a vehicle fire occurs
due to the battery, there is a
risk of a second fire. Contact
the fire department when towing the vehicle.
Removable towing hook
■ Front
OPSE064006
■ Rear
OPSE064008
1. Remove the towing hook from the
tool case.
2. Remove the hole cover pressing
the lower part of the cover on the
front bumper.
6 21
What to do in an emergency
3. Install the towing hook by turning it
clockwise into the hole until it is
fully secured.
4. Remove the towing hook and
install the cover after use.
Emergency towing
■ Front
OPSE064007
■ Rear
OPSE064009
If towing is necessary, we recommend you to have it done by an
authorized Kia dealer or a commercial tow truck service.
6 22
If towing service is not available in an
emergency, your vehicle may be
temporarily towed using a cable or
chain secured to the emergency towing hook under the front (or rear) of
the vehicle. Use extreme caution
when towing the vehicle. A driver
must be in the vehicle to steer it and
operate the brakes.
Towing in this manner may be done
only on hard-surfaced roads for a
short distance and at low speeds.
Also, the wheels, axles, power train,
steering and brakes must all be in
good condition.
• Do not use the tow hooks to pull a
vehicle out of mud, sand or other
conditions from which the vehicle
cannot be driven out under its own
power.
• Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than
the vehicle doing the towing.
• The drivers of both vehicles should
communicate with each other frequently.
What to do in an emergency
• Attach a towing strap to the tow
hook.
• Using a portion of the vehicle other
than the tow hooks for towing may
damage the body of your vehicle.
• Only use a cable or chain specifically intended for use in towing
vehicles. Securely fasten the cable
or chain to the towing hook provided.
• Before emergency towing, check
that the hook is not broken or damaged.
• Fasten the towing cable or chain
securely to the hook.
• Do not jerk the hook. Apply it
steadily and with even force.
• To avoid damaging the hook, do
not pull from the side or at a vertical angle. Always pull straight
ahead.
OPA067014
• Use a towing strap less than 16
feet (5 m) long. Attach a white or
red cloth (about 12 inches (30 cm)
wide) in the middle of the strap for
easy visibility.
• Drive carefully so that the towing
strap is not loose during towing.
Emergency towing precautions
• Turn the ignition switch to ACC so
the steering wheel isn’t locked.
• Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).
• Release the parking brake.
• Press the brake pedal with more
force than usual since you will have
reduced brake performance.
• More steering effort will be
required because the power steering system will be disabled.
• If you are driving down a long hill,
the brakes may overheat and brake
performance will be reduced. Stop
often and let the brakes cool off.
6 23
What to do in an emergency
CAUTION
To avoid serious damage to the
reduction gear, limit the vehicle
speed to 10 mph (15 km/h) and
drive less than 1 mile (1.5 km)
when towing.
✽ NOTICE
Before towing, check the reduction
gear for fluid leaks under your vehicle. If the reduction gear fluid is
leaking, a flatbed equipment or towing dolly must be used.
6 24
Maintenance
Motor room compartment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Maintenance services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
• Owner’s responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
• Owner maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Owner maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
• Owner maintenance schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Scheduled maintenance service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . 7-19
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
• Checking the coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
• Changing the coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
• Checking the brake fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
Washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
• Checking the washer fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
Climate control air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
• Filter inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
• Filter replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
Wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29
• Blade inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29
• Blade replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33
• For best battery service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33
• Battery recharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
• Reset items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35
Tires and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
• Tire care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
• Recommended cold tire inflation pressures . . . . . . . 7-36
• Checking tire inflation pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37
• Tire rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
• Wheel alignment and tire balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
• Tire replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
• Wheel replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
• Tire traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
• Tire maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
• Tire sidewall labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51
• Fuse/relay panel description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-56
Light bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-63
• Front light replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-64
• Side repeater light bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-68
• Rear combination light bulb replacement . . . . . . . . 7-68
• High mounted stop light bulb replacement . . . . . . . 7-70
• License plate light bulb replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-71
• Interior light bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-72
Appearance care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-73
• Exterior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-73
• Interior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-78
California perchlorate notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-80
7
Maintenance
MOTOR ROOM COMPARTMENT
1. Coolant reservoir
2. Brake fluid reservoir
3. Fuse box
4. Positive battery terminal
5. Negative battery terminal
6. Radiator cap
7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
❈ The actual motor compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OPSE075001
7 2
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE SERVICES
You should exercise the utmost care
to prevent damage to your vehicle
and injury to yourself whenever performing any maintenance or inspection procedures.
Should you have any doubts concerning the inspection or servicing of
your vehicle, we strongly recommend that you have an authorized
Kia dealer perform this work.
An authorized Kia dealer has factory
trained technicians and genuine Kia
parts to service your vehicle properly. For expert advice and quality service, see an authorized Kia dealer.
Inadequate, incomplete or insufficient servicing may result in operational problems with your vehicle that
could lead to vehicle damage, an
accident, or personal injury.
Owner’s responsibility
✽ NOTICE
Maintenance Service and Record
Retention are the owner's responsibility.
You should retain documents that
show proper maintenance has been
performed on your vehicle in accordance with the scheduled maintenance service charts shown on the
following pages. You need this information to establish your compliance
with the servicing and maintenance
requirements of your vehicle warranties.
Detailed warranty information is provided in your Warranty & Consumer
Information manual.
Repairs and adjustments required as
a result of improper maintenance or
a lack of required maintenance are
not covered.
We recommend you have your vehicle maintained and repaired by an
authorized Kia dealer. An authorized
Kia dealer meets Kia’s high service
quality standards and receives technical support from Kia in order to provide you with a high level of service
satisfaction.
✽ NOTICE - NHTSA Safety
Corrosion Alert
The National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration (NHTSA) has
issued a general warning to all vehicle owners of all brands regarding
the risks associated with vehicle
underbody corrosion. From your
initial purchase, take the following
steps to prevent unsafe corrosion
damage to your vehicle:
(Continued)
7 3
Maintenance
(Continued)
• Wash the undercarriage of your
vehicle regularly during the winter and whenever your vehicle has
been exposed to such salts or
chemicals.
• Do a thorough washing of the
undercarriage at the end of the
winter.
• Use professional service technicians or governmental inspection
stations to annually inspect for
corrosion.
• Immediately seek an inspection of
your vehicle if you become visually aware of corrosion flaking or
scaling or if you become aware of
a change in vehicle performance,
such as soft or spongy brakes, fluids leaking, impairment of directional control, suspension noises
or rattling metal straps.
NHTSA further advises that after
a vehicle is 7 years old, it is essential that you take these indicated
maintenance steps to ensure that
you protect yourself from unsafe
corrosion conditions.
7 4
Owner maintenance precautions
Improper or incomplete service may
result in problems. This section gives
instructions only for the maintenance
items that are easy to perform.
As explained earlier in this section,
several procedures can be done only
by an authorized Kia dealer with special tools.
✽ NOTICE
Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect
warranty coverage. For details, read
the separate Warranty & Consumer
Information manual provided with
the vehicle. If you're unsure about
any servicing or maintenance procedure, have it done by an authorized
Kia dealer.
WARNING - Maintenance
work
Do not wear jewelry or loose
clothing while working under
the hood of your vehicle with
ready ( ) mode. These can
become entangled in moving
parts, if you must run the vehicle in the ready ( ) mode while
working under the hood, make
certain that you remove all jewelry (especially rings, bracelets,
watches, and necklaces) and all
neckties, scarves, and similar
loose clothing before getting
near cooling fans.
Maintenance
OWNER MAINTENANCE
The following lists are vehicle checks
and inspections that should be performed by the owner or an authorized Kia dealer at the frequencies
indicated to help ensure safe,
dependable operation of your vehicle.
Any adverse conditions should be
brought to the attention of your dealer as soon as possible.
These Owner Maintenance Checks
are generally not covered by warranties and you may be charged for
labor, parts and lubricants used.
Owner maintenance schedule
When you stop for fuel:
• Check the coolant level in the
coolant reservoir.
• Check the windshield washer fluid
level.
• Look for low or under-inflated tires.
Check if the front of the radiator
and condenser are clean and not
blocked with leaves, dirt or insects
etc. If any of the above parts are
extremely dirty or you are not sure
of their condition, take your vehicle
to an authorized Kia dealer.
While operating your vehicle:
• Check for vibrations in the steering
wheel. Notice any increased steering effort or looseness in the steering wheel, or change in its straightahead position.
• Notice if your vehicle constantly
turns slightly or “pulls” to one side
when traveling on smooth, level
road.
• When stopping, listen and check
for unusual sounds, pulling to one
side, increased brake pedal travel
or “hard-to-push” brake pedal.
• If any slipping or changes in the
operation of your transaxle occurs,
check the transaxle fluid level.
• Check the reduction gear P (Park)
function.
• Check the parking brake.
• Check for fluid leaks under your
vehicle (water dripping from the air
conditioning system during or after
use is normal).
7 5
Maintenance
At least monthly:
• Check the coolant level in the
coolant reservoir.
• Check the operation of all exterior
lights, including the stoplights, turn
signals and hazard warning flashers.
• Check the inflation pressures of all
tires including the spare.
At least twice a year
(i.e., every Spring and Fall):
• Check the radiator, heater and air
conditioning hoses for leaks or
damage.
• Check the windshield washer
spray and wiper operation. Clean
the wiper blades with clean cloth
dampened with washer fluid.
• Check the headlight alignment.
• Check the muffler, exhaust pipes,
shields and clamps.
• Check the lap/shoulder belts for
wear and function.
• Check for worn tires and loose
wheel lug nuts.
7 6
At least once a year:
• Clean the body and door drain
holes.
• Lubricate the door hinges and
checks, and hood hinges.
• Lubricate the door and hood locks
and latches.
• Lubricate the door rubber weatherstrips.
• Check the air conditioning system.
• Inspect and lubricate the reduction
gear linkage and controls.
• Clean the battery and terminals.
• Check the brake fluid level.
Maintenance
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE
Follow the Normal Maintenance
Schedule if the vehicle is usually
operated where none of the following
conditions apply. If any of the following conditions apply, follow the
Maintenance Under Severe Usage
Conditions.
• Repeated driving short distance of
less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal
temperature or less than 10 miles
(16 km)in freezing temperature
• Extensive engine idling or low
speed driving for long distances
• Driving on rough, dusty, muddy,
unpaved, graveled or salt-spread
roads
• Driving in areas using salt or other
corrosive materials or in very cold
weather
• Driving in heavy dust condition
• Driving in heavy traffic area
• Driving on uphill, downhill, or
mountain road repeatedly
• Towing a trailer or using a camper,
or roof rack
• Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other
commercial use of vehicle towing
• Driving over 106 mile/h(170 km/h)
• Frequently driving in stop-and-go
condition
If your vehicle is operated under the
above conditions, you should
inspect, replace or refill more frequently than the following Normal
Maintenance Schedule. After 120
months or 150,000 miles continue to
follow the prescribed maintenance
intervals.
7 7
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE
The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep
receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first.
*1 : When adding coolant, use only deionized water or soft water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at
the factory. An improper coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or motor compartment damage.
7 8
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 6 months
15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 12 months
❑ Inspect air conditioning compressor, air conditioner refrigerant and performance (if equipped)
❑ Inspect cooling system *1
❑ Inspect 12V battery condition
❑ Inspect brake lines, hoses and connections
❑ Inspect brake fluid
❑ Inspect disc brakes and pads
❑ Inspect suspension ball joints & mounting bolts
❑ Inspect steering gear rack, linkage and boots
❑ Inspect brake pedal
❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
(Every 3,750 miles (6,000 km) or 6 months)
❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped)
❑ Inspect air conditioning compressor, air conditioner refrigerant and performance (if equipped)
❑ Inspect cooling system *1
❑ Inspect 12V battery condition
❑ Inspect brake lines, hoses and connections
❑ Inspect brake fluid
❑ Inspect disc brakes and pads
❑ Inspect suspension ball joints & mounting bolts
❑ Inspect steering gear rack, linkage and boots
❑ Inspect brake pedal
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots
❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
(Every 3,750 miles (6,000 km) or 6 months)
❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped)
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
replace.
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
replace.
7 9
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
22,500 miles (36,000 km) or 18 months
❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
(Every 3,750 miles (6,000 km) or 6 months)
30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months
❑ Inspect air conditioning compressor, air conditioner refrigerant and performance (if equipped)
❑ Inspect cooling system *1
❑ Inspect 12V battery condition
❑ Inspect brake lines, hoses and connections
❑ Inspect brake fluid
❑ Inspect disc brakes and pads
❑ Inspect suspension ball joints & mounting bolts
❑ Inspect steering gear rack, linkage and boots
❑ Inspect brake pedal
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots
❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
(Every 3,750 miles (6,000 km) or 6 months)
❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped)
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
replace.
7 10
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
37,500 miles (60,000 km) or 30 months
❑ Inspect reduction gear oil
❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
(Every 3,750 miles (6,000 km) or 6 months)
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
replace.
45,000 miles (72,000 km) or 36 months
❑ Inspect air conditioning compressor, air conditioner refrigerant and performance (if equipped)
❑ Inspect cooling system *1
❑ Inspect 12V battery condition
❑ Inspect brake lines, hoses and connections
❑ Inspect brake fluid
❑ Inspect disc brakes and pads
❑ Inspect suspension ball joints & mounting bolts
❑ Inspect steering gear rack, linkage and boots
❑ Inspect brake pedal
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots
❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
(Every 3,750 miles (6,000 km) or 6 months)
❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped)
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
replace.
7 11
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
52,500 miles (84,000 km) or 42 months
❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
(Every 3,750 miles (6,000 km) or 6 months)
60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 48 months
❑ Inspect air conditioning compressor, air conditioner refrigerant and performance (if equipped)
❑ Inspect cooling system *1
❑ Inspect 12V battery condition
❑ Inspect brake lines, hoses and connections
❑ Inspect brake fluid
❑ Inspect disc brakes and pads
❑ Inspect suspension ball joints & mounting bolts
❑ Inspect steering gear rack, linkage and boots
❑ Inspect brake pedal
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots
❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
(Every 3,750 miles (6,000 km) or 6 months)
❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped)
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
replace.
7 12
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
67,500 miles (108,000 km) or 54 months
❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
(Every 3,750 miles (6,000 km) or 6 months)
75,000 miles (120,000 km) or 60 months
❑ Inspect air conditioning compressor, air conditioner refrigerant and performance (if equipped)
❑ Inspect cooling system *1
❑ Inspect 12V battery condition
❑ Inspect brake lines, hoses and connections
❑ Inspect brake fluid
❑ Inspect disc brakes and pads
❑ Inspect suspension ball joints & mounting bolts
❑ Inspect steering gear rack, linkage and boots
❑ Inspect brake pedal
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots
❑ Inspect reduction gear oil
❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
(Every 3,750 miles (6,000 km) or 6 months)
❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped)
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
replace.
7 13
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
82,500 miles (132,000 km) or 66 months
❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
(Every 3,750 miles (6,000 km) or 6 months)
90,000 miles (144,000 km) or 72 months
❑ Inspect air conditioning compressor, air conditioner refrigerant and performance (if equipped)
❑ Inspect cooling system *1
❑ Inspect 12V battery condition
❑ Inspect brake lines, hoses and connections
❑ Inspect brake fluid
❑ Inspect disc brakes and pads
❑ Inspect suspension ball joints & mounting bolts
❑ Inspect steering gear rack, linkage and boots
❑ Inspect brake pedal
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots
❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
(Every 3,750 miles (6,000 km) or 6 months)
❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped)
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
replace.
7 14
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
97,500 miles (156,000 km) or 78 months
❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
(Every 3,750 miles (6,000 km) or 6 months)
105,000 miles (168,000 km) or 84 months
❑ Inspect air conditioning compressor, air conditioner refrigerant and performance (if equipped)
❑ Inspect cooling system *1
❑ Inspect 12V battery condition
❑ Inspect brake lines, hoses and connections
❑ Inspect brake fluid
❑ Inspect disc brakes and pads
❑ Inspect suspension ball joints & mounting bolts
❑ Inspect steering gear rack, linkage and boots
❑ Inspect brake pedal
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots
❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
(Every 3,750 miles (6,000 km) or 6 months)
❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped)
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
replace.
7 15
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
112,500 miles (180,000 km) or 90 months
❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
(Every 3,750 miles (6,000 km) or 6 months)
❑ Inspect reduction gear oil
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
replace.
120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 96 months
❑ Inspect air conditioning compressor, air conditioner refrigerant and performance (if equipped)
❑ Inspect cooling system *1
❑ Inspect 12V battery condition
❑ Inspect brake lines, hoses and connections
❑ Inspect brake fluid
❑ Inspect disc brakes and pads
❑ Inspect suspension ball joints & mounting bolts
❑ Inspect steering gear rack, linkage and boots
❑ Inspect brake pedal
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots
❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear
(Every 3,750 miles (6,000 km) or 6 months)
❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped)
❑ Replace coolant
(First at 120,000 miles (192,000 km) then
after every 30,000 miles (48,000km))
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
replace.
7 16
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS
The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe driving conditions.
Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.
R : Replace
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace
Maintenance
operation
Maintenance intervals
Driving
condition
Reduction gear oil
R
Every 75,000 miles (120,000 km)
C, D, E, G,
H, I, K
Drive shaft and boots
I
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
C, D, E, F, G,
H, I, J, K
Climate control air filter (if equipped)
I
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
C, D, E, F, G
Disc brakes and pads
I
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
C, D, E, G, H
Maintenance item
7 17
Maintenance
Maintenance
operation
Maintenance intervals
Driving
condition
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots
I
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
C, D, E, F,
G, H, I, K
Front suspension ball joints
R
Replace more frequently
depending on the condition
C, E, G
Maintenance item
SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS
A : Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 8 km (5
miles) in normal temperature or less than 16 km (10 miles)
in freezing temperature.
B : Extensive low speed driving for long distances.
C : Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or saltspread roads.
D : Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive
materials or in very cold weather
7 18
E : Driving in heavy dust condition
F : Driving in heavy traffic area
G
H
I
J
K
L
:
:
:
:
:
:
Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roads.
Towing a trailer or using a camper on roof rack.
Driving for patrol car, taxi, commercial car or vehicle towing.
Driving in very cold weather.
Driving over 170 km/h (106 mile/h).
Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions.
Maintenance
EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS
Cooling system
Brake hoses and lines
Check the cooling system components, such as the radiator, coolant
reservoir, hoses and connections ,
coolant 3way valve, chiller for leakage and damage. Replace any damaged parts.
Visually check for proper installation,
chafing, cracks, deterioration and
any leakage. Replace any deteriorated or damaged parts immediately.
Coolant
The coolant should be changed at
the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule.
✽ NOTICE - NHTSA Safety
Corrosion Alert
NHTSA has warned all vehicle owners of all brands that they must maintain their vehicles in a manner which
will prevent brake hose and brake line
failures due to corrosion when such
vehicles are exposed to winter road
salt and related chemicals. While serious corrosion conditions typically only
manifest themselves as safety issues
after 7 years of vehicle use, the corrosion process starts immediately and
thus underbody cleaning maintenance
must commence from your vehicle's
first exposure to road salts and chemicals. NHTSA urges vehicle owners to
take the following steps to prevent
corrosion:
(Continued)
(Continued)
1. Wash the undercarriage of your
vehicle regularly throughout the
winter and do a thorough washing
in the spring to remove road salt
and other de-icing chemicals.
2. Monitor the brake system for
signs of corrosion by having regular professional inspections and
watching for signs of problems,
including loss of brake fluid,
unusual leaks and soft or spongy
feel in the brake pedal.
3. Replace the entire brake pipe
assembly if you find severe corrosion that causes scaling or flaking
of brake components.
7 19
Maintenance
Brake fluid
Suspension mounting bolts
Air conditioning refrigerant
Check the brake fluid level in the
brake fluid reservoir. The level should
be between “MIN” and “MAX” marks
on the side of the reservoir. Use only
hydraulic brake fluid conforming to
DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification.
Check the suspension connections
for looseness or damage. Retighten
to the specified torque.
Check the air conditioning lines and
connections for leakage and damage.
Brake discs, pads, calipers
and rotors
Check the pads for excessive wear,
discs for run out and wear, and
calipers for fluid leakage.
Steering gear box, linkage &
boots/lower arm ball joint
With the vehicle stopped and off,
check for excessive free-play in the
steering wheel.
Check the linkage for bends or damage. Check the dust boots and ball
joints for deterioration, cracks, or
damage. Replace any damaged
parts.
Drive shafts and boots
Check the drive shafts, boots and
clamps for cracks, deterioration, or
damage. Replace any damaged
parts and, if necessary, repack the
grease.
7 20
Maintenance
COOLANT
The high-pressure cooling system
has a reservoir filled with year round
antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is
filled at the factory.
Check the antifreeze protection and
coolant level at least once a year, at the
beginning of the winter season, and
before traveling to a colder climate.
CAUTION - Radiator
/Inverter cap
Never attempt to remove the
radiator or inverter cap while
the motor is operating or hot.
Doing so might lead to cooling
system and motor damage.
Checking the coolant level
WARNING
Removing radiator
cap
Never attempt to remove the
radiator cap while the motor
compartment is operating or
hot. Doing so might lead to
cooling system damage and
could result in serious personal
injury from escaping hot
coolant or steam.
Turn the vehicle off and wait until it
cools down. Use extreme care when
removing the radiator cap. Wrap a
thick towel around it, and turn it
counterclockwise slowly to the first
stop. Step back while the pressure is
released from the cooling system.
When you are sure all the pressure
has been released, press down on
the cap, using a thick towel, and continue turning counterclockwise to
remove it.
7 21
Maintenance
WARNING - Cooling fan
Use caution when
working near the
blade of the cooling
fan. The
electric
motor (cooling fan) is
controlled by coolant temperature, refrigerant pressure and
vehicle speed. it may sometimes operate even when the
vehicle is not running.
OPSE074002
Check the condition and connections
of all cooling system hoses and
heater hoses. Replace any swollen
or deteriorated hoses.
The coolant level should be filled
between F and L marks on the side
of the coolant reservoir when the
motor room is cool.
If the coolant level is low, add enough
specified coolant to provide protection against freezing and corrosion.
Bring the level to F, but do not overfill. If frequent additions are required,
see an authorized Kia dealer for a
cooling system inspection.
7 22
Recommended coolant
• When adding coolant, use only
deionized water or soft water for
your vehicle and never mix hard
water in the coolant filled at the factory. An improper coolant mixture
can result in serious malfunction or
damage.
• DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol
coolant or mix them with the specified coolant.
• Do not use a solution that contains
more than 60% antifreeze or less
than 35% antifreeze, which would
reduce the effectiveness of the
solution.
• The cooling circuit of a vehicle
equipped with a heat pump system
may freeze in extremely low temperature when the concentration of
the antifreezing liquid is below
45%.
Maintenance
Changing the coolant
For mixture percentage, refer to the
following table.
Ambient
Temperature
5°F (-15°C)
-13°F (-25°C)
-31°F (-35°C)
-49°F (-45°C)
Have the coolant changed by an
authorized Kia dealer according to
the Maintenance Schedule at the
beginning of this chapter.
Put a thick cloth around the radiator
cap before refilling the coolant in
order to prevent the coolant from
overflowing into motor compartment.
Mixture Percentage
(volume)
Antifreeze
35
40
50
60
Water
65
60
50
40
OPSE074002
WARNING
Radiator cap
Do not remove the radiator cap
when the motor compartment
and radiator are hot. Scalding
hot coolant and steam may
blow out under pressure which
may result in serious injury.
7 23
Maintenance
BRAKE FLUID
CAUTION - Proper fluid
OPSE074003
Checking the brake fluid level
Check the fluid level in the reservoir
periodically. The fluid level should be
between MAX and MIN marks on the
side of the reservoir.
Before removing the reservoir cap
and adding brake fluid, clean the
area around the reservoir cap thoroughly to prevent brake fluid contamination.
7 24
Never mix different types of fluid.
Only use brake fluid in brake
system. Small amounts of
improper fluids can cause damage to the brake system.
In the event the brake system
requires frequent additions of fluid,
the vehicle should be inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
If the level is low, add fluid to the
MAX level. The level will fall with
accumulated mileage. This is a normal condition associated with the
wear of the brake linings. If the fluid
level is excessively low, have the
brake system checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
When changing and adding brake
fluid, handle it carefully. Do not let it
come in contact with your eyes. If
brake fluid should come in contact
with your eyes, immediately flush
them with a large quantity of fresh
tap water. Have your eyes examined
by a doctor as soon as possible.
Use only the specified brake fluid.
(Refer to “Recommended lubricants
and capacities” in chapter 8.)
Maintenance
CAUTION - Brake fluid
Do not allow brake fluid to contact the vehicle's body paint, as
paint damage will result.
Brake fluid, which has been exposed
to open air for an extended time
should never be used as its quality
cannot be guaranteed. It should be
disposed of properly.
7 25
Maintenance
WASHER FLUID
Checking the washer fluid
level
WARNING - Flammable
Fluid
Do not allow the washer fluid to
come in contact with open
flames or sparks.The windshield
washer fluid reservoir is flammable under certain circumstances.
This can result in a fire.
WARNING - Coolant
• Do not use radiator coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid
reservoir.
• Radiator coolant can severely
obscure visibility when sprayed
on the windshield and may
cause loss of vehicle control.
WARNING - Windshield
OPSE074004
The reservoir is translucent so that
you can check the level with a quick
visual inspection.
Check the fluid level in the washer
fluid reservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plain water may be used if
washer fluid is not available.
However, use washer solvent with
antifreeze characteristics in cold climates to prevent freezing.
7 26
fluid
Do not drink the windshield
washer fluid. The windshield
washer fluid is poisonous to
humans and animals.
Maintenance
CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER
Filter inspection & replacement
The climate control air filter should
be replaced according to the maintenance schedule. If the vehicle is
operated in severely air-polluted
cities or on dusty rough roads for a
long period, it should be inspected
more frequently and replaced earlier.
When you replace the climate control
air filter, replace it performing the following procedure, and be careful to
avoid damaging other components.
OPSE074032
1. Open the glove box.
OPS073009
2. With the glove box open, remove
the Air filter cover.
7 27
Maintenance
OPSE074021
OPS073011
3. Remove the climate control air filter case by pulling out both sides
of the cover.
4. Replace the climate control air filter.
5. Reassemble in the reverse order
of disassembly.
When replacing the climate control
air filter install it properly. Otherwise,
the system may produce noise and
the effectiveness of the filter may be
reduced.
7 28
Maintenance
WIPER BLADES
Contamination of either the windshield or the wiper blades with foreign matter can reduce the effectiveness of the windshield wipers.
Common sources of contamination
are insects, tree sap, and hot wax
treatments used by some commercial vehicle washes. If the blades are
not wiping properly, clean both the
window and the blades with a good
cleaner or mild detergent, and rinse
thoroughly with clean water.
Blade inspection
1JBA5122
Commercial hot waxes applied by
automatic vehicle washes have been
known to make the windshield difficult to clean.
Blade replacement
When the wipers no longer clean
adequately, the blades may be worn
or cracked, and require replacement.
To prevent damage to the wiper arms
or other components, do not attempt
to move the wipers manually.
The use of a non-specified wiper
blade could result in wiper malfunction and failure.
CAUTION - Wiper blades
To prevent damage to the wiper
blades, do not use gasoline,
kerosene, paint thinner, or other
solvents on or near them.
7 29
Maintenance
Front windshield wiper blade
1JBA7037
OHM078059
Type B
1. Raise the wiper arm.
1LDA5023
Type A
1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the
wiper blade assembly to expose
the plastic locking clip.
CAUTION - Wiper arms
Do not allow the wiper arm to
fall against the windshield,
since it may chip or crack the
windshield.
7 30
1JBA7038
2. Compress the clip and slide the
blade assembly downward.
3. Lift it off the arm.
4. Install the blade assembly in the
reverse order of removal.
Maintenance
Rear window wiper blade
OSBL071001
OSBL071002
4. Push down the wiper arm (3) and
install the new blade assembly in
the reverse order of removal.
5. Return the wiper arm on the windshield.
OHM078062
1. Raise the wiper arm and pull out
the wiper blade assembly.
OSBL071003
2. Turn the wiper blade clip. Then lift
up the blade clip.
3. Push the clip (1) and push up the
wiper arm (2).
7 31
Maintenance
OHM078063
2. Install the new blade assembly by
inserting the center part into the
slot in the wiper arm until it clicks
into place.
3. Make sure the blade assembly is
installed firmly by trying to pull it
slightly.
To prevent damage to the wiper arms
or other components, have an
authorized Kia dealer replace the
wiper blade.
7 32
Maintenance
BATTERY
For best battery service
OPSE074005
• Keep the battery securely mounted.
• Keep the battery top clean and dry.
• Keep the terminals and connections clean, tight, and coated with
petroleum jelly or terminal grease.
• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from
the battery immediately with a
solution of water and baking soda.
• If the vehicle is not going to be
used for an extended time, disconnect the battery cables.
WARNING - Risk of
explosion
Keep lit cigarettes and
all other flames or
sparks away from the
battery.
The battery contains
hydrogen -- a highly
combustible gas which
will explode if it comes
in contact with a flame or
spark.
Keep batteries out of the
reach
of
children
because batteries contain highly corrosive
SULFURIC ACID and
electrolytes. Do not
allow battery acid to
contact your skin, eyes,
clothing or paint finish.
Wear eye protection
when charging or working near a battery.
Always provide ventilation when working in an
enclosed space.
Always read the following
instructions carefully when
handling a battery.
If any electrolyte gets into
your eyes, flush your eyes
with clean water for at least
15 minutes and get immediate medical attention.
If electrolyte gets on your
skin, thoroughly wash the
contacted area. If you feel
pain or burning sensation,
get medical attention immediately.
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to the
environment and human
health. Dispose the battery
according to your local law(s)
or regulation.
Never attempt to recharge the battery when the battery cables are connected.
7 33
Maintenance
WARNING - Risk of electrocution
Never touch the electrical ignition system while the vehicle is
running. This system works
with high voltage which can
"zap" you.
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Battery posts, terminals, and
related accessories contain
lead and lead compounds,
chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer, birth
defects and reproductive harm.
Batteries also contain other
chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer.
Wash hands after handling.
7 34
✽ NOTICE
Battery recharging
If you connect unauthorized electronic devices to the battery, the battery may be discharged. Never use
unauthorized devices.
Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,
calcium-based battery.
• If the battery becomes discharged
in a short time (because, for example, the headlights or interior lights
were left on while the vehicle was
not in use), recharge it by slow
charging (trickle) for 10 hours.
• If the battery gradually discharges
because of high electric load while
the vehicle is being used, recharge
it at 20-30A for two hours.
WARNING - Recharging
battery
Never attempt to recharge the
battery when the battery cables
are connected.
Maintenance
When recharging the battery,
observe the following precautions:
• The battery must be removed from
the vehicle and placed in an area
with good ventilation.
• Do not allow cigarettes, sparks, or
flame near the battery.
• Watch the battery during charging,
and stop or reduce the charging
rate if the battery cells begin
gassing (boiling) violently or if the
temperature of the electrolyte of
any cell exceeds 120°F (49°C).
• Wear eye protection when checking the battery during charging.
• Disconnect the battery charger in
the following order.
1.Turn off the battery charger main
switch.
2.Unhook the negative clamp from
the negative battery terminal.
3.Unhook the positive clamp from
the positive battery terminal.
• Before performing maintenance or
recharging the battery, turn off all
accessories and stop the vehicle.
• The negative battery cable must be
removed first and installed last
when the battery is disconnected.
Reset items
Items should be reset after the battery has been discharged or the battery has been disconnected.
• Auto up/down window
(See chapter 4)
• Trip computer (See chapter 4)
• Climate control system
(See chapter 4)
• Audio (See chapter 4)
7 35
Maintenance
TIRES AND WHEELS
Tire care
WARNING - Tire under
For proper maintenance, safety, and
maximum fuel economy, you must
always maintain recommended tire
inflation pressures and stay within
the load limits and weight distribution
recommended for your vehicle.
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures
All tire pressures should be checked
when the tires are cold. “Cold Tires”
means the vehicle has not been driven for at least three hours or driven
less than one mile (1.6 km).
Recommended pressures must be
maintained for the best ride, vehicle
handling, and minimum tire wear.
For recommended inflation pressure,
refer to “Tire and wheels” in chapter
8.
7 36
OPSE084003L
All specifications (sizes and pressures) can be found on a label
attached to the driver’s side center
pillar.
inflation
Inflate your tire consistent with
the instructions provided in this
manual. Severe under inflation
can lead to severe heat buildup, causing blowouts, tread
separation and other tire failures that can result in the loss
of vehicle control. This risk is
much higher on hot days and
when driving for long periods at
high speeds.
Maintenance
• Underinflation also results in
excessive wear, poor handling and
reduced fuel economy. Wheel
deformation also is possible. Keep
your tire pressures at the proper
levels. If a tire frequently needs
refilling, have it checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
• Overinflation produces a harsh
ride, excessive wear at the center
of the tire tread, and a greater possibility of damage from road hazards.
• Warm tires normally exceed recommended cold tire pressures by 4
to 6 psi (28 to 41 kPa). Do not
release air from warm tires to
adjust the pressure or the tires will
be underinflated.
• Be sure to reinstall the tire inflation
valve caps. Without the valve cap,
dirt or moisture could get into the
valve core and cause air leakage. If
a valve cap is missing, install a
new one as soon as possible.
Always observe the following:
• Check tire pressure when the tires
are cold. (After vehicle has been
parked for at least three hours or
hasn't been driven more than one
mile (1.6 km) since startup.)
• Never overload your vehicle. Be
careful not to overload a vehicle
luggage rack if your vehicle is
equipped with one.
WARNING - Tire Inflation
Overinflation or underinflation
can reduce tire life, adversely
affect vehicle handling, and
lead to sudden tire failure. This
could result in loss of vehicle
control and potential injury.
Checking tire inflation pressure
Check your tires once a month or
more.
How to check
Use a good quality gauge to check
tire pressure. You cannot tell if your
tires are properly inflated simply by
looking at them. Radial tires may
look properly inflated even when
they're underinflated.
Check the tire's inflation pressure
when the tires are cold. - "Cold"
means your vehicle has been sitting
for at least three hours or driven no
more than 1 mile (1.6 km).
7 37
Maintenance
Remove the valve cap from the tire
valve stem. Press the tire gauge firmly onto the valve to get a pressure
measurement. If the cold tire inflation
pressure matches the recommended
pressure on the tire and loading
information label, no further adjustment is necessary. If the pressure is
low, add air until you reach the recommended amount.
If you overfill the tire, release air by
pushing on the metal stem in the
center of the tire valve. Recheck the
tire pressure with the tire gauge. Be
sure to put the valve caps back on
the valve stems. They help prevent
leaks by keeping out dirt and moisture.
7 38
• Inspect your tires frequently for
proper inflation as well as wear and
damage. Always use a tire pressure gauge.
• Tires with too much or too little
pressure wear unevenly causing
poor handling, loss of vehicle control, and sudden tire failure leading
to accidents, injuries, and even
death. The recommended cold tire
pressure for your vehicle can be
found in this manual and on the tire
label located on the driver's side
center pillar.
Tire rotation
To equalize tread wear, it is recommended that the tires be rotated every
7,500 miles (12,000 km) or sooner if
irregular wear develops.
During rotation, check the tires for correct balance.
When rotating tires, check for uneven
wear and damage. Abnormal wear is
usually caused by incorrect tire pressure, improper wheel alignment, outof-balance wheels, severe braking or
severe cornering. Look for bumps or
bulges in the tread or side of tire.
Replace the tire if you find either of
these conditions. Replace the tire if
fabric or cord is visible. After rotation,
be sure to bring the front and rear tire
pressures to specification and check
lug nut tightness.
Refer to “Tire and wheels” in chapter 8.
Maintenance
WARNING - Mixing tires
Do not mix bias ply and radial
ply tires under any circumstances. This may cause unusual handling characteristics.
S2BLA790A
Disc brake pads should be inspected
for wear whenever tires are rotated.
Rotate radial tires that have an
asymmetric tread pattern only from
front to rear and not from right to left.
Wheel alignment and tire balance
The wheels on your vehicle were
aligned and balanced carefully at the
factory to give you the longest tire life
and best overall performance.
In most cases, you will not need to
have your wheels aligned again.
However, if you notice unusual tire
wear or your vehicle pulling one way
or the other, the alignment may need
to be reset.
If you notice your vehicle vibrating
when driving on a smooth road, your
wheels may need to be rebalanced.
CAUTION - Wheel weight
Improper wheel weights can
damage your vehicle's aluminum wheels. Use only
approved wheel weights.
7 39
Maintenance
The ABS works by comparing the
speed of the wheels. The tire size
affects wheel speed. When replacing
tires, all 4 tires must use the same
size originally supplied with the vehicle. Using tires of a different size can
cause the ABS (Anti-lock Brake
System) and ESC (Electronic
Stability Control) to work irregularly.
Tire replacement
Tread wear indicator
✽ NOTICE
OEN076053
If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear
indicator will appear as a solid band
across the tread. This shows there is
less than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) of tread
left on the tire. Replace the tire when
this happens.
Do not wait for the band to appear
across the entire tread before replacing the tire.
7 40
We recommend that when replacing
tires, use the same originally supplied with the vehicles. If not, that
affects driving performance.
Wheel replacement
When replacing the metal wheels for
any reason, make sure the new
wheels are equivalent to the original
factory units in diameter, rim width
and offset.
A wheel that is not the correct size
may adversely affect wheel and
bearing life, braking and stopping
abilities, handling characteristics,
ground clearance, body-to-tire clearance, snow chain clearance,
speedometer and odometer calibration, headlight aim and bumper
height.
CAUTION - Wheels
Wheels that do not meet Kia
specifications may fit poorly
and result in damage to the
vehicle or unusual handling and
poor vehicle control.
Maintenance
Tire traction
Tire traction can be reduced if you
drive on worn tires, tires that are
improperly inflated or on slippery
road surfaces. Tires should be
replaced when tread wear indicators
appear. Slow down whenever there
is rain, snow or ice on the road to
reduce the possibility of losing control of the vehicle.
Tire maintenance
In addition to proper inflation, correct
wheel alignment helps to decrease
tire wear. If you find a tire is worn
unevenly, have your dealer check the
wheel alignment.
When you have new tires installed,
make sure they are balanced. This
will increase vehicle ride comfort and
tire life. Additionally, a tire should
always be rebalanced if it is removed
from the wheel.
Tire sidewall labeling
1
5,6
7
4
2
3
1
I030B04JM
This information identifies and
describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides
the tire identification number (TIN)
for safety standard certification. The
TIN can be used to identify the tire in
case of a recall.
2. Tire size designation
A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tire
size designation. You will need this
information when selecting replacement tires for your vehicle. The following explains what the letters and
numbers in the tire size designation
mean.
Example tire size designation:
(These numbers are provided as an
example only; your tire size designator could vary depending on your
vehicle.)
P235/65R17 108T
1. Manufacturer or brand name
Manufacturer or Brand name is
shown.
7 41
Maintenance
P - Applicable vehicle type (tires
marked with the prefix “P’’ are
intended for use on passenger
vehicles or light trucks; however,
not all tires have this marking).
235 - Tire width in millimeters.
65 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section
height as a percentage of its
width.
R - Tire construction code (Radial).
17 - Rim diameter in inches.
108 - Load Index, a numerical code
associated with the maximum
load the tire can carry.
T - Speed Rating Symbol. See the
speed rating chart in this section
for additional information.
7 42
Wheel size designation
Wheels are also marked with important information that you need if you
ever have to replace one. The following explains what the letters and
numbers in the wheel size designation mean.
Example wheel size designation:
7.0JX17
7.0 - Rim width in inches.
J - Rim contour designation.
17 - Rim diameter in inches.
Tire speed ratings
The chart below lists many of the different speed ratings currently being
used for passenger vehicle tires. The
speed rating is part of the tire size
designation on the sidewall of the
tire. This symbol corresponds to that
tire's designed maximum safe operating speed.
Speed
Rating
Symbol
S
T
H
V
Z
Maximum Speed
112 mph (180 km/h)
118 mph (190 km/h)
130 mph (210 km/h)
149 mph (240 km/h)
Above 149 mph (240 km/h)
Maintenance
3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire
Identification Number)
Any tires that are over 6 years old,
based on the manufacturing date,
should be replaced by new ones. You
can find the manufacturing date on
the tire sidewall (possibly on the
inside of the wheel), displaying the
DOT Code. The DOT Code is a
series of numbers on a tire consisting of numbers and English letters.
The manufacturing date is designated by the last four digits (characters)
of the DOT code.
DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO
The front part of the DOT means a
plant code number, tire size and
tread pattern and the last four numbers indicate week and year manufactured.
For example:
DOT XXXX XXXX 1617 represents
that the tire was produced in the 16th
week of 2017.
WARNING - Tire age
Replace tires within the recommended time frame. Failure to
replace tires as recommended
can result in sudden tire failure,
which could lead to a loss of
control and an accident.
4. Tire ply composition and material
The number of layers or plies of rubber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire
manufacturers also must indicate the
materials in the tire, which include
steel, nylon, polyester, and others.
The letter "R" means radial ply construction; the letter "D" means diagonal or bias ply construction; and the
letter "B" means belted-bias ply construction.
5. Maximum permissible inflation
pressure
This number is the greatest amount
of air pressure that should be put in
the tire. Do not exceed the maximum
permissible inflation pressure. Refer
to the Tire and Loading Information
label for recommended inflation
pressure.
7 43
Maintenance
6. Maximum load rating
This number indicates the maximum
load in kilograms and pounds that
can be carried by the tire. When
replacing the tires on the vehicle,
always use a tire that has the same
load rating as the factory installed
tire.
7. Uniform tire quality grading
Quality grades can be found where
applicable on the tire sidewall
between tread shoulder and maximum section width.
For example:
TREADWEAR 200
TRACTION AA
TEMPERATURE A
Tires degrade over time, even when
they are not being used. Regardless
of the remaining tread, we recommend that tires be replaced after
approximately six (6) years of normal
service. Heat caused by hot climates
or frequent high loading conditions
can accelerate the aging process.
7 44
Tread wear
The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of
the tire when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire
graded 150 would wear one-and-ahalf times (1½) as well on the government course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires
depends upon the actual conditions
of their use, however, and may
depart significantly from the norm
due to variations in driving habits,
service practices and differences in
road characteristics and climate.
These grades are molded on the
side-walls of passenger vehicle tires.
The tires available as standard or
optional equipment on your vehicle
may vary with respect to grade.
Traction - AA, A, B & C
The traction grades, from highest to
lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those
grades represent the tire’s ability to
stop on wet pavement as measured
under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of
asphalt and concrete. A tire marked
C may have poor traction performance.
The traction grade assigned to this
tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests, and does not
include acceleration, cornering,
hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics.
Maintenance
Temperature -A, B & C
The temperature grades are A (the
highest), B and C representing the
tire’s resistance to the generation of
heat and its ability to dissipate heat
when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory
test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can
cause the material of the tire to
degenerate and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead to
sudden tire failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance
which all passenger vehicle tires
must meet under the Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109.
Grades B and A represent higher
levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum
required by law.
Tire terminology and definitions
Air Pressure: The amount of air
inside the tire pressing outward on
the tire. Air pressure is expressed in
pounds per square inch (psi) or kilopascal (kPa).
Accessory Weight: This means the
combined weight of optional accessories. Some examples of optional
accessories
are,
automatic
transaxle, power seats, and air conditioning.
Aspect Ratio: The relationship of a
tire's height to its width.
Belt: A rubber coated layer of cords
that is located between the plies and
the tread. Cords may be made from
steel or other reinforcing materials.
Bead: The tire bead contains steel
wires wrapped by steel cords that
hold the tire onto the rim.
Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in
which the plies are laid at alternate
angles less than 90 degrees to the
centerline of the tread.
Cold Tire Pressure: The amount of
air pressure in a tire, measured in
pounds per square inch (psi) or kilopascals (kPa) before a tire has built
up heat from driving.
Curb Weight: This means the weight
of a motor vehicle with standard and
optional equipment including the
maximum capacity of fuel, oil and
coolant, but without passengers and
cargo.
DOT Markings: A code molded into
the sidewall of a tire signifying that
the tire is in compliance with the U.S.
Department of Transportation motor
vehicle safety standards. The DOT
code includes the Tire Identification
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric designator which can also identify the
tire manufacturer, production plant,
brand and date of production.
GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the Front Axle.
GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the Rear axle.
7 45
Maintenance
Intended Outboard Sidewall: The
side of an asymmetrical tire, that
must always face outward when
mounted on a vehicle.
Kilopascal (kPa): The metric unit for
air pressure.
Light truck (LT) tire: A tire designated by its manufacturer as primarily
intended for use on lightweight trucks
or multipurpose passenger vehicles.
Load ratings: The maximum load
that a tire is rated to carry for a given
inflation pressure.
Load Index: An assigned number
ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds to the load carrying capacity
of a tire.
Maximum Inflation Pressure: The
maximum air pressure to which a
cold tire may be inflated. The maximum air pressure is molded onto the
sidewall.
Maximum Load Rating: The load
rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire.
7 46
Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight:
The sum of curb weight; accessory
weight; vehicle capacity weight; and
production options weight.
Normal Occupant Weight: The
number of occupants a vehicle is
designed to seat multiplied by 150
pounds (68 kg).
Occupant Distribution: Designated
seating positions.
Outward Facing Sidewall: The side
of a asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that faces outward when
mounted on a vehicle. The outward
facing sidewall bears white lettering
or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or
model name molding that is higher or
deeper than the same moldings on
the inner facing sidewall.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A tire
used on passenger cars and some
light duty trucks and multipurpose
vehicles.
Ply: A layer of rubber-coated parallel
cords.
Pneumatic tire: A mechanical
device made of rubber, chemicals,
fabric and steel or other materials,
that, when mounted on an automotive wheel, provides the traction and
contains the gas or fluid that sustains
the load.
Production options weight: The
combined weight of installed regular
production options weighing over 5
lb.(2.3 kg) in excess of the standard
items which they replace, not previously considered in curb weight or
accessory weight, including heavy
duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack,
heavy duty battery, and special trim.
Recommended Inflation Pressure:
Vehicle manufacturer's recommended tire inflation pressure and shown
on the tire placard.
Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in
which the ply cords that extend to the
beads are laid at 90 degrees to the
centerline of the tread.
Rim: A metal support for a tire and
upon which the tire beads are seated.
Maintenance
Sidewall: The portion of a tire
between the tread and the bead.
Speed Rating: An alphanumeric
code assigned to a tire indicating the
maximum speed at which a tire can
operate.
Traction: The friction between the
tire and the road surface. The
amount of grip provided.
Tread: The portion of a tire that
comes into contact with the road.
Treadwear Indicators: Narrow
bands, sometimes called "wear bars,"
that show across the tread of a tire
when only 2/32 inch of tread remains.
UTQGS: Uniform Tire Quality
Grading Standards, a tire information
system that provides consumers with
ratings for a tire's traction, temperature and treadwear. Ratings are
determined by tire manufacturers
using government testing procedures. The ratings are molded into
the sidewall of the tire.
Vehicle Capacity Weight: The number of designated seating positions
multiplied by 150 lbs. (68 kg) plus the
rated cargo and luggage load.
Vehicle Maximum Load on the
Tire: Load on an individual tire due
to curb and accessory weight plus
maximum occupant and cargo
weight.
Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire:
Load on an individual tire that is
determined by distributing to each
axle its share of the curb weight,
accessory weight, and normal occupant weight and driving by 2.
Vehicle Placard: A label permanently attached to a vehicle showing the
original equipment tire size and recommended inflation pressure.
All season tires
Kia specifies all season tires on
some models to provide good performance for use all year round,
including snowy and icy road conditions. All season tires are identified
by ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mud
and Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snow
tires have better snow traction than
all season tires and may be more
appropriate in some areas.
Summer tires
Kia specifies summer tires on some
models to provide superior performance on dry roads. Summer tire performance is substantially reduced in
snow and ice. Summer tires do not
have the tire traction rating M+S
(Mud and Snow) on the tire side wall.
if you plan to operate your vehicle in
snowy or icy conditions, Kia recommends the use of snow tires or all
season tires on all four wheels.
7 47
Maintenance
Snow tires
If you equip your vehicle with snow
tires, they should be the same size
and have the same load capacity as
the original tires. Snow tires should
be installed on all four wheels; otherwise, poor handling may result.
Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28
kPa) more air pressure than the
pressure recommended for the standard tires on the tire label on the driver's side of the center pillar, or up to
the maximum pressure shown on the
tire sidewall, whichever is less.
Do not drive faster than 75 mph (120
km/h) when your vehicle is equipped
with snow tires.
Tire chains
Tire chains, if necessary, should be
installed on the front wheels.
Be sure that the chains are installed
in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
To minimize tire and chain wear, do
not continue to use tire chains when
they are no longer needed.
7 48
• When driving on roads covered
with snow or ice, drive at less than
20 mph (30 km/h).
• Use the SAE “S” class or wire
chains.
• If you hear noise caused by chains
contacting the body, retighten the
chain to avoid contact with the
vehicle body.
• To prevent body damage, retighten
the chains after driving 0.3~0.6
miles (0.5~1.0 km).
• Do not use tire chains on vehicles
equipped with aluminum wheels.
In unavoidable circumstance, use
a wire type chain.
• Use wire chains less than 0.59
inches (15 mm) to prevent damage
to the chain’s connection.
Radial-ply tires
Radial-ply tires provide improved
tread life, road hazard resistance and
smoother high speed ride. The radial-ply tires used on this vehicle are of
belted construction, and are selected
to complement the ride and handling
characteristics of your vehicle.
Radial-ply tires have the same load
carrying capacity, as bias-ply or bias
belted tires of the same size, and use
the same recommended inflation
pressure. Mixing of radial-ply tires
with bias-ply or bias belted tires is
not recommended. Any combinations of radial-ply and bias-ply or bias
belted tires when used on the same
vehicle will seriously deteriorate
vehicle handling. The best rule to follow is: Identical radial-ply tires should
always be used as a set of four.
Maintenance
Longer wearing tires can be more
susceptible to irregular tread wear. It
is very important to follow the tire
rotation interval shown in this section
to achieve the tread life potential of
these tires. Cuts and punctures in
radial-ply tires are repairable only in
the tread area, because of sidewall
flexing. Consult your tire dealer for
radial-ply tire repairs.
Low aspect ratio tire
(if equipped)
Low aspect ratio tires, whose aspect
ratio is lower than 50, are provided
for sporty looks.
Because the low aspect ratio tires
are optimized for handling and braking, it may be more uncomfortable to
ride in and there is more noise compare with normal tires.
CAUTION
Because the sidewall of the low
aspect ratio tire is shorter than
the normal, the wheel and tire of
the low aspect ratio tire is easier to be damaged. So, follow the
instructions below.
- When driving on a rough road
or off road, drive cautiously
because tires and wheels may
be damaged. And after driving,
inspect tires and wheels.
- When passing over a pothole,
speed bump, manhole, or curb
stone, drive slowly so that the
tires and wheels are not damaged.
- If the tire is impacted, we recommend that you inspect the
tire condition or contact an
authorized Kia dealer.
- To prevent damage to the tire,
inspect the tire condition and
pressure every 1,900 miles
(3,000 km).
7 49
Maintenance
• It is not easy to recognize the tire
damage with your own eyes. But if
there is the slightest hint of tire
damage, even though you cannot
see the tire damage with your own
eyes, have the tire checked or
replaced because the tire damage
may cause air leakage from the
tire.
• If the tire is damaged by driving on
a rough road, off road, pothole,
manhole, or curb stone, it will not
be covered by the warranty.
• You can find out the tire information
on the tire sidewall.
7 50
Maintenance
FUSES
■ Micro mini type
Blown
Normal
■ Cartridge type
Blown
Normal
■ Multi fuse
Blown
Normal
OPS073054
A vehicle’s electrical system is protected from electrical overload damage by fuses.
This vehicle has 3 (or 4) fuse panels,
one located in the driver’s side panel
bolster, the other in the motor compartment near the battery.
If any of your vehicle’s lights, accessories, or controls do not work, check
the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse
has blown, the element inside the
fuse will melt.
If the electrical system does not
work, first check the driver’s side
fuse panel.
Always replace a blown fuse with
one of the same rating.
If the replacement fuse blows, this
indicates an electrical problem. Avoid
using the system involved and immediately consult an authorized Kia
dealer.
Three kinds of fuses are used: micro
mini type for lower amperage rating,
cartridge type, and multi fuse for
higher amperage ratings.
WARNING - Fuse
replacement
• Never replace a fuse with anything but another fuse of the
same rating.
• A higher capacity fuse could
cause damage and possibly a
fire.
• Never install a wire or aluminum foil instead of the
proper fuse - even as a temporary repair. It may cause
extensive wiring damage and
a possible fire.
• Replace the fuse with the ignition
“OFF”, switch off of all electrical
devices and then separation (-) terminal from the battery in a safe
place.
• Do not arbitrarily modify or add-on
electric wiring of the vehicle.
7 51
Maintenance
CAUTION - Fuse
Replacement
Do not use a screwdriver or any
other metal object to remove
fuses because it may cause a
short circuit and damage the
system.
CAUTION - Fuse
Replacement
Do not input any other objects
except fuses or relays into
fuse/relay terminals such as a
driver or wiring. It may cause
contact failure and system malfunction.
✽ NOTICE
The actual fuse/relay panel label
may differ depending on equipment/options.
7 52
WARNING - Fuse fire
Do not remove fuses, relays and
terminals fastened with bolts or
nuts. The fuses, relays and terminals may be fastened incompletely, and it may cause a possible fire. If fuses, relays and
terminals fastened with bolts or
nuts are blown, we recommend
that you consult with an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING - Electrical Fire
• Always ensure replacements
fuses and relays are securely
fastened when installed.
Failure to do so can result in a
vehicle fire.
• We recommend that you do not
remove fuses, relays and terminals that are fastened with
bolts or nuts. If they are not
completely re-installed, such
looseness may cause electrical
arcing and a possible fire. If
fuses, relays and terminals fastened with bolts or nuts need
replacement, consult with an
authorized Kia dealer.
Maintenance
If you do not have a spare, use a
fuse of the same rating from a circuit
you may not need for operating the
vehicle, such as the power outlet
fuse.
If the headlights or other electrical
components do not work and the
fuses are OK, check the fuse panel
in the motor compartment. If a fuse is
blown, it must be replaced.
Inner panel fuse replacement
OPSE074007
OPSE075006N
1. Turn the ignition switch and all
other switches off.
2. Open the fuse panel cover.
3. Pull the suspected fuse straight
out. Use the fuse puller provided
on the motor compartment fuse
panel cover.
4. Check the removed fuse; replace it
if it is blown.
Spare fuses are provided in the
motor compartment fuse panel.
5. Push in a new fuse of the same
rating, and make sure it fits tightly
in the clips.
If it fits loosely, consult an authorized
Kia dealer.
7 53
Maintenance
✽ NOTICE
Fuse switch
If you need to park your vehicle for
prolonged periods more than 1
month, move the transportation fuse
switch to the OFF position to prevent the battery being discharged.
Motor compartment fuse
replacement
OPSE075008N
Always, put the fuse switch at the ON
position.
If you move the switch to the OFF
position, some items such as audio
and digital clock must be reset and
transmitter (or smart key) may not
work properly.
7 54
OPSE074009
1. Turn the ignition switch and all
other switches off.
2. Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tab and pulling the
cover up.
3. Check the removed fuse; replace it
if it is blown. To remove or insert
the fuse, use the fuse puller in the
motor compartment fuse panel.
4. Push in a new fuse of the same
rating, and make sure it fits tightly
in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult
an authorized Kia dealer.
Maintenance
CAUTION - Fuse panel
✽ NOTICE
Multi fuse
If the multi fuse is blown, consult an
authorized Kia dealer.
covers
After checking the fuse panel in
the motor compartment, securely install the fuse panel cover
with using cover locking sound.
If not, electrical failures may
occur from water contact.
OPSE074033
If the multi fuse is blown, it must be
removed as follows:
1. Turn off the vehicle.
2. Disconnect the negative battery
cable.
3. Remove the nuts shown in the picture above.
4. Replace the fuse with a new one
of the same rating.
5. Reinstall in the reverse order of
removal.
7 55
Maintenance
Fuse/relay panel description
OPSE075010N
Inside the fuse/relay panel covers,
you can find the fuse/relay label
describing fuse/relay name and
capacity.
✽ NOTICE
Not all fuse panel descriptions in
this manual may be applicable to
your vehicle. It is accurate at the
time of printing. When you inspect
the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer
to the fuse panel label.
7 56
OPSE075028N
Maintenance
Instrument panel (Driver’s side fuse panel)
Fuse Name
POWER OUTLET 2
Fuse rating
20A
Front Power Outlet
Circuit Protected
ACC
10A
BCM, Mood Lamp Module, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Smart Key Control Module, Power Outside Mirror
Switch, E/R Junction Block (Power Outlet Relay)
POWER OUTLET 1
DRL
MODULE 6
WIPER FRT 1
WIPER RR
MODULE 5
WIPER FRT 2
HEATED STEERING
A/CON
HEATED MIRROR
TAIL GATE OPEN
S/HEATER FRT
DR LOCK
A/BAG IND
AIR BAG
MODULE 4
STOP LAMP
MODULE 7
S/HEATER RR
P/WINDOW RH
P/WINDOW LH
20A
10A
7.5A
25A
15A
7.5A
10A
15A
7.5A
10A
15A
20A
20A
7.5A
15A
10A
15A
10A
20A
25A
25A
Rear Power Outlet
BCM
Front Seat Warmer Module, Driver Air Ventilation Seat Control Module
E/R Junction Block (Front Wiper Low Relay)
Rear Wiper Motor, Multifunction Switch
BCM, Smart Key Control Module
BCM, Multifunction Switch, PCB Block (Front Wiper High Relay)
Clock Spring (Steering Wheel Heated)
A/C Control Module, Heater Assembly (Cluster Ionizer)
A/C Control Module, Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, Rear Defogger
Tail Gate Open Relay
Front Seat Warmer Module, Driver Air Ventilation Seat Control Module
Door Lock Relay, Door Unlock Relay, Two Turn Unlock Relay
Instrument Cluster
SRS Control Module
Electro Chromic Mirror, Front Seat Warmer Module, Driver Air Ventilation Seat Control Module
Stop Signal Electronic Module
Sport Mode Switch, ICM Relay Box
Rear Seat Warmer Module
Power Window RH Relay
Power Window LH Relay, Driver Safety Power Window Module
7 57
Maintenance
Fuse Name
MODULE 1
IBAU
Fuse rating
10A
BCM
10A
Integrated Brake Actuation Unit
Circuit Protected
MODULE 2
10A
Tire Pressure Monitoring Module, Crash Pad Switch, Center Fascia Switch, Electronic Parking Brake
Module, Stop Lamp Switch, Rear Parking Assist Sensor RH/LH (IN/OUT), Front Parking Assit Sensor
LH/RH (OUT/IN)
MODULE 3
PDM 3
IOD 2
IOD 3
CLUSTER
IG1
10A
7.5A
15A
7.5A
10A
15A
ATM Lever Indicator, Multipurpose Check Connector, PCB Block (IG3 #4 Relay)
Smart Key Control Module
A/V & Navigation Head Unit
ICM Relay Box (Outside Mirror Folding Relay, Outside Mirror Unfolding Relay)
Instrument Cluster
EPCU
IOD 4
7.5A
Instrument Cluster, Tire Pressure Monitoring Module, Data Link Connector, Multipurpose Check Connector,
A/C Control Module, BCM
FOG LAMP REAR
SUNROOF 2
SUNROOF 1
MDPS
START
IOD 1
PDM 2
PDM 1
BRAKE SWITCH
10A
20A
20A
7.5A
7.5A
7.5A
7.5A
20A
10A
Rear Fog Lamp Control Block
SUNROOF_MOTOR (POWER)
SUNROOF_MOTOR (POWER)
MDPS Unit
Transaxle Range Switch
Overhead Console Lamp, Vanity Lamp LH/RH, Room Lamp, Glove Box Lamp, Luggage Lamp
Smart Key Control Module
Smart Key Control Module
Smart Key Control Module, Stop Lamp Switch
7 58
Maintenance
Motor compartment fuse panel
OPSE074012
OPSE074027L
7 59
Maintenance
Fuse Name
MDPS
ALT
Fuse rating
80A
150A
B+1
50A
B+2
50A
Smart Junction Block (Fuse - (STOP LAMP) Arisu-LT2)
B+3
50A
Smart Junction Block (Fuse - (PDM 1, PDM 2, BRAKE SWITCH, Leak Current Autocut Device) IPS1,
Arisu-LT1)
IG2
POWER OUTLET
OBC
BMS
EPCU
CHARGER 2
C/FAN
RR HTD
IBAU 2
IBAU 1
40A
20A
10A
10A
20A
10A
40A
40A
30A
40A
PCB Block (Button Start (IG2) Relay)
Power Outlet Relay
OBC Unit, Rear Heated Relay
BMS Control Module
EPCU
Normal Charge Port Lmap
COOLING FAN 1 Relay, COOLING FAN 2 Relay
Rear Heated Relay
Integrated Brake Actuation Unit
Integrated Brake Actuation Unit
7 60
Circuit Protected
MDPS Unit
Alternator
Smart Junction Block (Fuse - (S/HEATER FRT, TAIL GATE OPEN, DR LOCK, P/WINDOW LH, P/WINDOW
RH, MODULE 7))
Maintenance
Fuse Name
IG1
BLOWER
IG3 1
EPB 1
EPB 2
Fuse rating
40A
40A
30A
30A
30A
IG3 2
10A
Blower Relay, A/C Control Module, A/C Compressor, E/R Junction Block (Cooling Fan 1/2 Relay), Heater
Assembly (PTC Heater)
CHARGER 1
EWP
IG3 3
HORN
B/UP LAMP
BATTERY C/FAN
10A
10A
15A
15A
10A
25A
OBC Unit, BMS Control Module
Electronic Water Pump
EPCU, Transaxle Range Switch, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Instrument Cluster
Horn Relay
Transaxle Range Switch, EPCU
Battery C/FAN Relay
No.
E41
E42
E43
E44
Circuit Protected
Button Start (ACC) Relay, Button Start (IG1) Relay
Blower Relay
IG3 #1/#2/#3/#4/#5 Relay
Electronic Parking Brake Module
Electronic Parking Brake Module
Relay Name
Power Outlet Relay
C/FAN 1 Relay
RR HTD Relay
C/FAN 2 Relay
Type
PLUG MICRO
PLUG MICRO
PLUG MICRO
PLUG MINI
7 61
Maintenance
Motor compartment fuse panel
(Battery terminal cover)
OPSE074014
✽ NOTICE
The actual fuse/relay panel label
may differ depending on equipment/options.
OPSE074015L
7 62
Maintenance
LIGHT BULBS
WARNING - Lights
Prior to working on the light,
firmly apply the parking brake,
ensure that the ignition switch
is turned to the LOCK position
and turn off the lights to avoid
sudden movement of the vehicle and burning your fingers or
receiving an electric shock.
Use only the bulbs of the specified
wattage.
CAUTION - Light
replacement
Be sure to replace the burnedout bulb with one of the same
wattage rating. Otherwise, it
may cause damage to the fuse
or electric wiring system.
• If you don’t have necessary tools,
the correct bulbs and the expertise,
consult an authorized Kia dealer. In
many cases, it is difficult to replace
vehicle light bulbs because other
parts of the vehicle must be
removed before you can get to the
bulb. This is especially true if you
have to remove the headlight
assembly to get to the bulb(s).
Removing/installing the headlight
assembly can result in damage to
the vehicle.
• Do not install additional bulb or
LED. If you install that, the lamp
may not be operated properly and
fuse box or electric wiring system
may have problem.
7 63
Maintenance
Front light replacement
If the headlight aiming adjustment is
necessary after the headlight
assembly is reinstalled, consult an
authorized Kia dealer.
OHD076046
OPSE074016
(1) Headlight (High)
(2) Headlight (Low)
(3) Front position light/
Daytime running light
(if equipped)
(4) Front turn signal
(5) Front side marker light
(6) Front fog light (if equipped)
7 64
WARNING - Halogen
bulbs
Handle halogen bulbs with care.
• Halogen bulbs contain pressurized gas that will produce
flying pieces of glass if broken.
Maintenance
• Always handle them carefully, and
avoid scratches and abrasions. If
the bulbs are lit, avoid contact with
liquids. Never touch the glass with
bare hands. Residual oil may
cause the bulb to overheat and
burst when lit. A bulb should be
operated only when installed in a
headlight.
• If a bulb becomes damaged or
cracked, replace it immediately
and carefully dispose of it.
• Wear eye protection when changing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cool
down before handling it.
1. Turn off the vehicle and open the
hood.
2. Disconnect the power connector
from the back of the headlight
assembly.
OPSE074018
OPSE074019
3. Disconnect the negative battery
cable.
4. Loosen the retaining bolts.
7 65
Maintenance
5. Pull out the end of the front
bumper.
If you can reach the bulb without
removing the headlight assembly,
you do not need to do step 4,5 and 6.
6. Remove the headlight assembly
from the body of the vehicle.
Headlight bulb (High, Low)
High
Low
OPSE074031L
Follow the steps 1 to 6 from the previous page.
7. Remove the headlight bulb cover
by turning it counterclockwise.
8. Disconnect the headlight bulb
socket-connector.
9. Unsnap the headlight bulb retaining wire by depressing the end
and pushing it upward.
10. Remove the bulb from the headlight assembly.
7 66
11. Install a new headlight bulb and
snap the headlight bulb retaining
wire into position by aligning the
wire with the groove on the bulb.
12. Connect the headlight bulb socket connector.
13. Install the headlight bulb cover by
turning it clockwise.
14. Connect the power connector to
the back of the headlight assembly.
15. Reinstall the headlight assembly
to the body of the vehicle.
Maintenance
Front turn signal / position light /
DRL
Front side marker
Front fog lamp bulbs
(if equipped)
Position
light/DRL
Turn signal
light
OPS073025
OPSE074017
LED type
If the light bulb is not operating, have
the vehicle checked by an authorized
Kia dealer.
Follow the steps 1 to 6 from the previous page.
7.Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
8.Pull the bulb out of the socket.
9.Insert a new bulb into the socket.
10. Install the socket into the assembly by aligning the tabs on the
socket with the slots on the
assembly and turning the socket
clockwise.
OPSE076035L
OPSE074029L
1. Remove the front bumper under
cover.
2. Reach your hand into the back of
the front bumper.
7 67
Maintenance
3. Disconnect the power connector
from the socket.
4. Remove the bulb-socket from the
housing by turning the socket
counter clockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the housing.
5. Install the new bulb-socket into the
housing by aligning the tabs on
the socket with the slots in the
housing. Push the socket into the
housing and turn the socket clockwise.
6. Connect the power connector to
the socket.
7. Reinstall the front bumper under
cover.
✽ NOTICE
If the headlight aiming adjustment
is necessary after the headlight
assembly is reinstalled, consult an
authorized Kia dealer.
7 68
Side repeater light bulb
replacement (if equipped)
OPS073035
If the light bulb is not operating, have
the vehicle checked by an authorized
Kia dealer.
Rear combination light bulb
replacement
OPSE074020
(1) Tail and stop light/
Side marker light (LED)
(2) Tail and side marker light(LED)
(3) Rear turn signal light
(4) Back-up light
Maintenance
Turn signal light
6. Insert a new bulb by inserting it
into the socket and rotating it until
it locks into place.
7. Install the socket in the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots in the assembly and
turning the socket clockwise.
8. Reinstall the light assembly to the
body of the vehicle.
OPS073031
1. Open the tailgate.
2. Loosen the light assembly retaining screws with a philips head
screwdriver.
3. Remove the rear combination light
assembly from the body of the
vehicle.
OPS073034
4. Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
5. Remove the bulb from the socket
by pressing it in and rotating it
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the bulb align with the slots in the
socket.
7 69
Maintenance
Back-up light
8. Reinstall the light assembly to the
body of the vehicle.
Back-up
OPS073045
Follow the steps 1 to 3 from the previous page.
4. Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
5. Pull the bulb out of the socket.
6. Insert a new bulb into the socket.
7. Install the socket into the assembly by aligning the tabs on the
socket with the slots on the
assembly and turning the socket
clockwise.
7 70
High mounted stop light
replacement
Tail,stop light and side marker light
(LED type)
If the light does not operate, have the
system be checked by an authorized
Kia dealer.
OPS073036
OPS073052
1. Open the tailgate.
2. Remove the cover.
3. Loosen the retaining bolts.
Maintenance
LED type
License plate light bulb
replacement
OPS073053
4.Pull out the module from the high
mounted stop light assembly by
pulling both clips.
5.Replace the LED with new one.
6.Reinstall in the reverse order.
OPS073050
1. Remove the lens by pressing the
tabs.
2. Remove the socket from the lens.
3. Remove the bulb by turning it
counter clockwise.
4. Install a new bulb in the socket
and install the socket to the lens.
5. Reinstall the lens securely.
7 71
Maintenance
Map lamp
Luggage lamp
Interior light bulb replacement
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver,
gently pry the lens from the interior light housing.
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
Room lamp
Vanity mirror lamp
3. Install a new bulb in the socket.
4. Align the lens tabs with the interior
light housing notches and snap
the lens into place.
Glove box lamp
OPS073041/OPS073042/OPS073043/
OPS073044/OXM079041
7 72
WARNING - Interior lights
Prior to working on the Interior
Lights, ensure that the “OFF”
button is depressed to avoid
burning your fingers or receiving an electric shock.
CAUTION
Be careful not to dirty or damage the lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.
Maintenance
APPEARANCE CARE
Exterior care
Exterior general caution
It is very important to follow the label
directions when using any chemical
cleaner or polish. Read all warning
and caution statements that appear
on the label.
Finish maintenance
Washing
To help protect your vehicle’s finish
from rust and deterioration, wash it
thoroughly and frequently at least once
a month with lukewarm or cold water.
If you use your vehicle for off-road
driving, you should wash it after each
off-road trip. Pay special attention to
the removal of any accumulation of
salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign materials. Make sure the drain holes in the
lower edges of the doors and rocker
panels are kept clear and clean.
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial pollution and similar
deposits can damage your vehicle’s
finish if not removed immediately.
Even prompt washing with plain
water may not completely remove all
these deposits. A mild soap, safe for
use on painted surfaces, may be
used.
After washing, rinse the vehicle thoroughly with lukewarm or cold water.
Do not allow soap to dry on the finish.
After washing the vehicle, test the
brakes while driving slowly to see if
they have been affected by water. If
braking performance is impaired, dry
the brakes by applying them lightly
while maintaining a slow forward
speed.
CAUTION
• Do not use strong soap, chemical detergents or hot water,
and do not wash the vehicle in
direct sunlight or when the
body of the vehicle is warm.
• Be careful when washing the
side windows of your vehicle.
Especially, with high-pressure
water. Water may leak through
the windows and wet the interior.
• To prevent damage to the
plastic parts and lamps, do
not clean with chemical solvents or strong detergents.
7 73
Maintenance
High-pressure washing
• When using high-pressure washers, make sure to maintain sufficient distance from the vehicle.
Insufficient clearance or excessive
pressure can lead to component
damage or water penetration.
• Do not spray the camera, sensors
or its surrounding area directly with
a high pressure washer. Shock
applied from high pressure water
may cause the device to not operate normally.
• Do not bring the nozzle tip close to
boots (rubber or plastic covers) or
connectors as they may be damaged if they come into contact with
high pressure water.
WARNING
After washing the vehicle, test
the brakes while driving slowly
to see if they have been affected
by water. If braking performance
is impaired, dry the brakes by
applying them lightly while maintaining a slow forward speed.
7 74
OJB037800
CAUTION - Wetting motor
compartment
• Water washing in the motorcompartment including high
pressure water washing may
cause the failure of electrical
circuits located in the motor
compartment.
• Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with
electrical/electronic components inside the vehicle as
this may damage them.
Waxing
Wax the vehicle when water will no
longer bead on the paint.
Always wash and dry the vehicle
before waxing. Use a good quality
liquid or paste wax, and follow the
manufacturer’s instructions. Wax all
metal trim to protect it and to maintain its luster.
Removing oil, tar, and similar materials with a spot remover will usually
strip the wax from the finish. Be sure to
re-wax these areas even if the rest of
the vehicle does not yet need waxing.
Maintenance
CAUTION - Drying vehicle
• Wiping dust or dirt off the
body with a dry cloth will
scratch the finish.
• Do not use steel wool, abrasive cleaners, acid detergents
or strong detergents containing high alkaline or caustic
agents on chrome-plated or
anodized aluminum parts.
This may result in damage to
the protective coating and
cause discoloration or paint
deterioration.
Finish damage repair
Deep scratches or stone chips in the
painted surface must be repaired
promptly. Exposed metal will quickly
rust and may develop into a major
repair expense.
✽ NOTICE
If your vehicle is damaged and
requires any metal repair or
replacement, be sure the body shop
applies anti-corrosion materials to
the parts repaired or replaced.
Bright-metal maintenance
• To remove road tar and insects,
use a tar remover, not a scraper or
other sharp object.
• To protect the surfaces of brightmetal parts from corrosion, apply a
coating of wax or chrome preservative and rub to a high luster.
• During winter weather or in coastal
areas, cover the bright metal parts
with a heavier coating of wax or
preservative. If necessary, coat the
parts with non-corrosive petroleum
jelly or other protective compound.
Underbody maintenance
Road salt and other corrosive chemicals are used in cold weather states to
melt snow and prevent ice accumulation. If these chemicals are not regularly removed, they will corrode the
vehicle underbody and over time damage fuel lines, the fuel tank retention
system, the vehicle suspension, the
exhaust system, and even the body
frame. The National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration has warned all
vehicle owners of all brands of the
need to take the following steps:
• Wash the undercarriage of your
vehicle regularly during the winter
and whenever your vehicle has
been exposed to such salts or
chemicals.
• Do a thorough washing of the
undercarriage at the end of the
winter.
• Use professional service technicians or governmental inspection
stations to annually inspect for corrosion.
• Immediately seek an inspection of
your vehicle if you become visually
aware of corrosion flaking or scaling or if you become aware of a
change in vehicle performance,
such as soft or spongy brakes, fluids leaking, impairment of directional control, suspension noises
or rattling metal straps.
7 75
Maintenance
Aluminum wheel maintenance
The aluminum wheels are coated
with a clear protective finish.
• Do not use any abrasive cleaner,
polishing compound, solvent, or
wire brushes on aluminum wheels.
They may scratch or damage the
finish.
• Clean the wheel when it has
cooled.
• Use only a mild soap or neutral
detergent, and rinse thoroughly
with water. Also, be sure to clean
the wheels after driving on salted
roads. This helps prevent corrosion.
• Avoid washing the wheels with
highspeed vehicle wash brushes.
• Do not use any alkaline or acid
detergents It may damage and corrode the aluminum wheels coated
with a clear protective finish.
7 76
Corrosion protection
Protecting your vehicle from corrosion
By using the most advanced design
and construction practices to combat
corrosion, we produce vehicles of
the highest quality. However, this is
only part of the job. To achieve the
long-term corrosion resistance your
vehicle can deliver, the owner's
cooperation and assistance is also
required.
Common causes of corrosion
The most common causes of corrosion on your vehicle are:
• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is
allowed to accumulate underneath
the vehicle.
• Removal of paint or protective
coatings by stones, gravel, abrasion or minor scrapes and dents
which leave unprotected metal
exposed to corrosion.
High-corrosion areas
If you live in an area where your vehicle is regularly exposed to corrosive
materials, corrosion protection is
particularly important. Some of the
common causes of accelerated corrosion are road salts, dust control
chemicals, ocean air and industrial
pollution.
Moisture breeds corrosion
Moisture creates the conditions in
which corrosion is most likely to
occur. For example, corrosion is
accelerated by high humidity, particularly when temperatures are just
above freezing. In such conditions,
the corrosive material is kept in contact with the vehicle’s surface by
moisture that evaporates slowly.
Mud is particularly corrosive
because it dries slowly and holds
moisture in contact with the vehicle.
Although the mud appears to be dry,
it can still retain the moisture and
promote corrosion.
Maintenance
High temperatures can also accelerate corrosion of parts that are not
properly ventilated so the moisture
can be dispersed. For all these reasons, it is particularly important to
keep your vehicle clean and free of
mud or accumulations of other materials. This applies not only to the visible surfaces but particularly to the
underside of the vehicle.
To help prevent corrosion
You can help prevent corrosion from
beginning by observing the following:
Keep your vehicle clean
The best way to prevent corrosion is
to keep your vehicle clean and free
of corrosive materials. Attention to
the underside of the vehicle is particularly important.
• When cleaning lower door panels,
rocker panels and frame members,
be sure that drain holes are kept
open so that moisture can escape
and not be trapped inside to accelerate corrosion.
• If you live in a high-corrosion area
— where road salts are used, near
the ocean, areas with industrial
pollution, acid rain, etc.—, you
should take extra care to prevent
corrosion. In winter, hose off the
underside of your vehicle at least
once a month and be sure to clean
the underside thoroughly when
winter is over.
• When cleaning underneath the
vehicle, give particular attention to
the components under the fenders
and other areas that are hidden
from view. Do a thorough job; just
dampening the accumulated mud
rather than washing it away will
accelerate corrosion rather than
prevent it. Water under high pressure and steam are particularly
effective in removing accumulated
mud and corrosive materials.
Keep your garage dry
Don't park your vehicle in a damp,
poorly ventilated garage. This creates a favorable environment for corrosion. This is particularly true if you
wash your vehicle in the garage or
drive it into the garage when it is still
wet or covered with snow, ice or
mud. Even a heated garage can contribute to corrosion unless it is well
ventilated so moisture is dispersed.
7 77
Maintenance
Keep paint and trim in good condition
Scratches or chips in the finish
should be covered with "touch-up"
paint as soon as possible to reduce
the possibility of corrosion. If bare
metal is showing through, the attention of a qualified body and paint
shop is recommended.
Bird droppings : Bird droppings are
highly corrosive and may damage
painted surfaces in just a few hours.
Always remove bird droppings as
soon as possible.
Don't neglect the interior
Moisture can collect under the floor
mats and carpeting and cause corrosion. Check under the mats periodically to be sure the carpeting is dry.
Use particular care if you carry fertilizers, cleaning materials or chemicals in the vehicle.
These should be carried only in proper containers and any spills or leaks
should be cleaned up, flushed with
clean water and thoroughly dried.
7 78
Interior care
Interior general precautions
Prevent chemicals such as perfume,
cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand cleaner, and air freshener from contacting
the interior parts because they may
cause damage or discoloration. If
they do contact the interior parts,
wipe them off immediately. If necessary, use a vinyl cleaner, see product
instructions for correct usage.
CAUTION - Electrical
components
Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with
electrical/electronic
components inside the vehicle as this
may damage them.
CAUTION - Leather
When cleaning leather products
(steering wheel, seats etc.), use
neutral detergents or low alcohol content solutions. If you use
high alcohol content solutions
or acid/alkaline detergents, the
color of the leather may fade or
the surface may get stripped off.
Maintenance
Taking care of leather seats
• Vacuum the seat periodically to
remove dust and sand on the seat.
It will prevent abrasion or damage of
the leather and maintain its quality.
• Wipe the natural leather seat cover
often with dry or soft cloth.
• Sufficient use of a leather protective may prevent abrasion of the
cover and helps maintain the color.
Be sure to read the instructions
and consult a specialist when
using leather coating or protective
agents.
• Leather with bright colors(beige,
cream beige) is easily contaminated and clear in appearance. Clean
the seats frequently.
• Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may
cause the surface to crack.
Cleaning the leather seats
• Remove all contaminations instantly. Refer to instructions below for
removal of each contaminant.
• Cosmetic
products(sunscreen,
foundation, etc.)
- Apply cleansing cream on a cloth
and wipe the contaminated point.
Wipe off the cream with a wet
cloth and remove water with a dry
cloth.
• Beverages(coffee, soft drink, etc.)
- Apply a small amount of neutral
detergent and wipe until contaminations do not smear.
• Oil
- Remove oil instantly with
absorbable cloth and wipe with
stain remover for natural leather
only.
• Chewing gum
- Harden the gum with ice and
remove gradually.
Fabric seat cover (If equipped)
Please clean the fabric seats regularly with a vacuum cleaner in consideration of fabric material characteristics. If they are heavily soiled
with beverage stains, etc., use a suitable interior cleaner. To prevent damage to seat covers, wipe off the seat
covers down to the seams with a
large wiping motion and moderate
pressure using a soft sponge or
microfiber cloth.
Velcro closures on clothing or sharp
objects may cause snagging or
scratches on the surface of the
seats.
Make sure not to rub such objects
against the surface.
7 79
Maintenance
Cleaning the upholstery and interior trim
Vinyl
Remove dust and loose dirt from
vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum
cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a
vinyl cleaner.
Fabric
Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum
cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solution recommended for upholstery or
carpets. Remove fresh spots immediately with a fabric spot cleaner. If
fresh spots do not receive immediate
attention, the fabric can be stained
and its color can be affected. Also, its
fire-resistant properties can be
reduced if the material is not properly maintained.
Using anything but recommended
cleaners and procedures may affect
the fabric’s appearance and fireresistant properties.
7 80
Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt
webbing
Clean the belt webbing with any mild
soap solution recommended for
cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow
the instructions provided with the
soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the
webbing because this may weaken
it.
Cleaning the interior window glass
If the interior glass surfaces of the
vehicle become fogged (that is, covered with an oily, greasy or waxy
film), they should be cleaned with a
glass cleaner. Follow the directions
on the glass cleaner container.
CAUTION - Rear window
Do not scrape or scratch the
inside of the rear window. This
may result in damage of the rear
window defroster grid.
CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE NOTICE
Perchlorate Material-special handling
may apply, See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ perchlorate.
Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers:
Perchlorate containing materials,
such as air bag inflators, seatbelt
pretensioners and keyless remote
entry batteries, must be disposed of
according to Title 22 California Code
of Regulations Section 67384.10 (a).
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Power electric specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Gross vehicle weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Luggage volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Air conditioning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Bulb wattage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Tires and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Recommended lubricants and capacities. . . . . . . . 8-6
Vehicle identification number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Vehicle certification label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Motor number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Tire specification and pressure label . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Air conditioner compressor label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Refrigerant label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
8
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
DIMENSIONS
Item
in (mm)
Overall length
162.9 (4,140)
Overall width
70.9 (1,800)
Overall height
62.9 (1,600)
Front tread
205/60R16
62.1 ( 1,576)
Rear tread
205/60R16
62.4 ( 1,585)
Wheelbase
101.2 ( 2,570)
POWER ELECTRIC SPECIFICATIONS
Max. Output (KW)
81.4
Max. Torque (Nm)
285
INVERTER
Input Voltage
250~430
LDC
Max. Output (KW)
1.7
Max. Output (KW)
6.6
MOTOR
EPCU
CHARGER (OBC)
8 2
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT
Item
Gross vehicle weight
4,321 ( 1,960)
lbs. (kg)
LUGGAGE VOLUME
Item
Luggage volume (SAE)
l (cu ft)
532 (18.79)*1 / 1402 (49.51)*2
*1 Back seat upright with luggage under tray
*2 Back seat folded with luggage under tray
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
Item
Refrigerant
Compressor lubricant
Weight of volume
A/CON (STD)
HEATPUMP (OPT)
550±25g
900±25g
180±10g
Classification
R-134a
POE (RB100EV)
We recommend that you contact an authorized Kia dealer for more details.
8 3
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
BULB WATTAGE
Light Bulb
Front
Wattage
Bulb type
Headlamps (High)
55
H7LL
Headlamps (Low)
55
H7LL
Front turn signal lamps
LED
LED
Front position lamps
LED
LED
55
9006
LED
LED
5
W5W
Front fog lamps*
Front day time running lamps*
Front side marker
Rear
Side Repeater lamps (Outside Mirror)*
LED
LED
Rear tail,stop lamps and side marker
LED
LED
Rear tail lamps and side marker
LED
LED
Rear turn signal lamps
27
PY27W
Back-up lamps
16
W16W
High mounted stop lamps
LED
LED
5
W5W
Map lamps
8 (LED*)
FESTOON (LED*)
Room lamps
8 (LED*)
FESTOON (LED*)
License plate lamps
Interior
Personal lamps*
LED*
LED*
Vanity mirror lamps
5
FESTOON
Glove box lamps
5
FESTOON
8 (LED*)
FESTOON (LED*)
Luggage lamp
*: If equipped
8 4
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
TIRES AND WHEELS
Item
Full size
tire
Tire size
205/60R16
Wheel
size
6.5J×16
Load Capacity
Speed capacity
LI *1
Kg
SS *2
Km/h
92
630
H
210
Inflation pressure psi (kPa)
Normal load
Front
Rear
Maximum load
Front
Rear
33 (230)
Wheel lug nut
torque
lbf•ft, N•m (kgf•m)
79~97, 107~127
(11~13)
*1 : Load Index
*2 : Speed Symbol
CAUTION
When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle.
Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or make it work irregularly.
✽ NOTICE
• We recommend that when replacing tires, use the same originally supplied with the vehicles. If not, that affects
driving performance.
• When driving in high altitude grades, it is natural for the atmospheric pressure to decrease. Therefore, please
check the tire pressure and add more air when necessary. Additionally required tire air pressure per km above
sea level: 1.5psi/km
8 5
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES
To help achieve proper performance, durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality for your vehicle.
These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.
Lubricant
Reduction gear oil
Coolant
Brake fluid
8 6
Volume
Classification
1.4±0.1 US qt.
(1.3±0.1l)
“70W, API GL-4, TGO-9 (MS517-14) or other brands meeting the GL-4 specification approved by Kia Motors Corp.”
5.39 US qt.
(5.1l)
Mixture of antifreeze and water
(Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum radiator)
FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)
■ Frame number
VEHICLE CERTIFICATION
LABEL
■ VIN label (if equipped)
OUN088001
ORP082002
The vehicle identification number
(VIN) is the number used in registering your vehicle and in all legal matters pertaining to its ownership, etc.
The number is punched on the floor
under the front passenger seat. To
check the number, remove the cover
(1).
The VIN is also on a plate attached
to the top of the dashboard. The
number on the plate can easily be
seen through the windshield from
outside.
ORP082004
The vehicle certification label
attached on the driver’s side center
pillar gives the vehicle identification
number (VIN).
8 7
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
TIRE SPECIFICATION AND
PRESSURE LABEL
MOTOR NUMBER
AIR CONDITIONER
COMPRESSOR LABEL
■ Type A
OPSE087001
ORP082003
The tires supplied on your new vehicle are chosen to provide the best
performance for normal driving.
The tire label located on the driver's
side center pillar gives the tire pressures recommended for your vehicle.
The motor number is stamped on the
motor compartment as shown in the
drawing.
OPSE084004N
■ Type B
OPSE084005N
A compressor label informs you the
type of compressor your vehicle is
equipped with such as model, supplier part number, production number,
refrigerant and refrigerant oil.
8 8
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
REFRIGERANT LABEL
OPSE084002L
The refrigerant label is located on
the underside of the hood.
8 9
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
CONSUMER ASSISTANCE (U.S. ONLY)
Roadside Assistance is provided on all new current
model year Kia Vehicles from the date the vehicle is delivered to the first retail buyer or otherwise put into use (inservice date), whichever is earlier, for a period of 60
months or 60,000 miles, whichever is earlier, subject to
the terms, conditions and exclusions set forth in the Kia
Warranty and Consumer Information Manual applicable
to your model year vehicle.
KMA reserves the right to limit or deny services or other
benefits to any owner or driver when, in KMA's judgment,
the claims and/or service requests are excessive in frequency or type of occurrence.
Toll free consumer assistance
Kia's toll-free Consumer Assistance hot line is staffed
from 5:00 AM to 6:00 PM PST, Monday through Friday
and is accessible by dialing 1-800-333-4Kia (4542).
For more information regarding assistance available,
please refer to your Kia Warranty & Consumer
Information Manual.
8 10
Emergency roadside assistance
Kia's toll free Roadside Assistance hot line is staffed 24
hours a day, 365 days a year and is accessible by dialing
1-800-333-4Kia (4542).
Please note that you must provide your Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN) to verify coverage at the time
of your call. The VIN can be found on the dash of your
vehicle on the driver’s side, on the door jamb of the driver’s door, your vehicle’s registration or proof of insurance card.
Kia utilizes a network of over 30,000 roadside assistance
providers. Should you accidentally, require a battery
jump, or need help changing a tire, a Kia Roadside
Assistance Representative will dispatch someone to,
change a flat tire with your inflated spare, or arrange a
battery jump to allow you to proceed to your destination.
We have access to a network of over 10,000 locksmiths
to help you should you become locked out of your Kia.
In the event that mechanical difficulty renders your vehicle undriveable due to a warranty-related concern, Kia’s
Roadside Assistance Representative will arrange to
transport your vehicle to the nearest Kia dealer or to an
alternative service location.
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Your vehicle must be accessible to our dispatch transport
vehicle, as determined by our driver, to receive this service.
✽ NOTICE
Roadside Assistance benefits are not available for any
Kia vehicle that has ever been or should be issued a “salvage” title or similar “branded” title under any state’s
law or has been declared a “total loss” or equivalent by
a financial institution or insurance company.
Trip interruption
Trip interruption expense benefits are provided in the
event that a warranty-related disablement occurs more
than 150 miles from your home, and the repairs require
more than 24 hours to complete. Reasonable reimbursement is included for meals, lodging, or rental vehicle
expenses. Trip interruption coverage is limited to $100
per day subject to a three day maximum limit per incident.
You must contact the Kia Roadside Assistance Center to
obtain pre-authorization of expenses. Once the Kia
Roadside Assistance Center gives authorization for trip
interruption benefits, they will assist you in making the
necessary arrangements. Insurance deductibles,
expenses, and claims paid by your insurance company or
other providers are not eligible for reimbursement.
Fleet vehicles are excluded from reimbursement under
Kia’s Trip Interruption Policy.
8 11
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Registering your vehicle in a foreign country
If you plan to register your vehicle in a foreign country,
you should confirm that it conforms to the regulations in
that country. Even if you successfully register the vehicle
in a foreign country, you may experience the following
problems and should therefore consider the possibility of
having to deal with them:
1. The fuel specified for your vehicle may be unavailable.
2. We must, therefore, clearly state that when you leave
the country in which you purchased your Kia new and
register it in another country, vehicles like yours may
not be marketed in the new country of registration,
parts, servicing techniques and tools necessary to
maintain and repair your vehicle may be unavailable.
Even if vehicles like yours are sold there, mechanical
specifications required by the government may vary
enough from the country of purchase to cause additional problems.
8 12
3. There may not be an Authorized Kia Dealer in the area
in which you plan to register your vehicle. You may
additionally experience difficulty in obtaining services
in a foreign country for any number of reasons.
Further, we cannot assume any responsibility for problems that result from unsatisfactory service or lack of
service outside of the United States.
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT (U.S. ONLY)
The electrical system of your vehicle is designed to perform under all reasonably expected operating conditions.
However, before any additional electrical equipment is
installed in your vehicle, consult an Authorized Kia
Dealer, in order to ensure that you do not void your warranty.
Certain electrical equipment, or the way in which it is
installed, may adversely affect the operation of your vehicle, including such systems as the engine control system,
the audio system and the electrical charging system and
thus potentially void all or part of your warranty.
We assume no responsibility for any expense you may
incur or for any malfunction of your vehicle or any of its
components or systems that may result from the installation of additional electrical equipment that is not supplied,
or recommended for installation by, Kia.
Installation of a mobile two-way radio system
If a mobile two-way radio system is installed improperly,
or if an excessively powerful type of system is used, other
electronic systems may be adversely affected. To avoid
damage to your vehicle, consult an Authorized Kia Dealer
concerning the proper equipment and installation.
Kia motor vehicles are designed and manufactured to
meet or exceed all applicable safety standards.
For your safety, however, we strongly urge you to read
and follow all directions in this Owner's Manual, particularly the information under the headings "NOTICE",
"CAUTION" and "WARNING".
If, after reading this manual, you have any questions
regarding the operation of your vehicle, safety issues and
defects please contact your Kia's toll-free Consumer
Assistance hot line as below:
National Consumer Affairs Manager
Kia Motors America, Inc.
P.O. Box 52410
Irvine, CA 92619-2410
1-800-333-4Kia (4542)
8 13
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
(U.S. ONLY)
ONLINE FACTORY AUTHORIZED MANUALS
(U.S. ONLY)
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could
cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should
immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Kia
Motors America, Inc.
The
following
publications
www.KiaTechinfo.com.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an
investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a
group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Kia Motors
America, Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety
Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-4249153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; download the
SaferCar mobile application; or write to: Administrator,
NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Ave., SE., West Building,
Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov.
8 14
are
available
on
Service manual:
This manual covers maintenance and recommended procedures for repair to engine and chassis components. It
is written for the Journeyman mechanic, but is simple
enough for most mechanically inclined owners to understand.
Electrical troubleshooting manual:
This manual complements the Service Manual by providing indepth troubleshooting information for each electrical
circuit in your vehicle.
Owner's manual:
This manual describes the overall features and operating
procedures for the vehicle.
Index
II
Index
A
A/V Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48
Abnormal lamp operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82
ACTIVE ECO SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Air bag warning label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58
Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
Air bags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
Air bag warning label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58
Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
Curtain air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51
Driver's and passenger's front air bag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
Inflation and non-inflation conditions . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52
Occupant Detection System (ODS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
Side air bag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49
SRS Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-57
SRS components and functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
Air conditioner compressor label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Airconditioning system
Automatic climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94
Antenna. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-128
Anti-lock brake system (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Appearance care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-73
Exterior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-73
Interior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-78
Audio system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-128
Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-128
I 2
Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-141
AUX, USB and iPod® port. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-129
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-137
How vehicle audio works. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-131
Speaker lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-130
Using iPod® device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-136
Using the USB device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-135
Speaker lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-130
Auto defogging system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115
Auto door lock/unlock feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Auto light position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-83
Automatic climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94
Air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-103
Automatic heating and air conditioning. . . . . . . . . . 4-95
Automatic Ventilation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-106
Climate control air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Manual heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-96
System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-107
AUX, USB and iPod® port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-129
B
Battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33
Battery replacement (smart key). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Battery saver function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81
Before driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Bonnet see the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
Index
Brake system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Anti-lock brake system (ABS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Electronic parking brake (EPB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Electronic stability control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Hill-start assist control (HAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Power brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Vehicle stability management (VSM) . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Brakes fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-63
Bulb wattage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
C
Camera see the Rear camera display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-80
Capacities (Lubricants). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Care
Care of seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Exterior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-73
Interior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-78
Tire care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
Care of seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Cargo area cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-126
Center console storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-116
Central door lock switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Chains - Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46
Checking tire inflation pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37
Child restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Lower anchor system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
Seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
Tether anchor system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
Child-protector rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Clean air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-114
Climate control air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
Clothes hanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-124
Combined instrument, see instrument cluster . . . . . . . 4-40
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
Cooling fluid, see engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
Cruise control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
To set cruise control speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34
Cup holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-118
Curtain air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50
D
Dashboard illumination, see instrument
panel illumination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41
Dashboard, see instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
Day/night rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
Daytime running light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81
Defogging (Windscreen). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-111
Defogging (Windshield) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-111
Defogging logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-114
I 3
Index
Defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-93
Outside mirror defroster. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-93
Rear window defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-93
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Display illumination, see instrument panel illumination. . 4-41
Displays, see instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
Door locks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Auto door lock/unlock feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Central door lock switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Child-protector rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
from inside the vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
from outside the vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Impact sensing door unlock system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Speed sensing door lock system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Driver's and passenger's front air bag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
Driving at night. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42
Driving in flooded areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43
Driving in the rain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43
Driving off-road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44
E
Economical operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38
Electric chromic mirror (ECM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
Electronic parking brake (EPB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Electric power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
Electronic stability control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
I 4
Emergency starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Emergency tailgate safety release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Emergency while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Energy consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61
EV information mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . . . . . 7-19
Exterior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-73
Exterior overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
F
Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
Tire Mobility Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
FLEX Steer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
Floor mat anchor(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-124
Fluid
Brakes fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
Washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
Fog light (Front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86
Front seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Fuse switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-53
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51
Fuse switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-53
Fuse/relay panel description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-56
Instrument panel fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52
Multi fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-55
Index
G
Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42
Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-116
Glove box lamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92
Gross vehicle weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
H
Hazard warning flasher. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Hazardous driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
Headlamp escort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81
Headlight bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-66
Headlight position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-83
Headrest(front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Heated steering wheel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
Heater
Automatic climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94
High - beam operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-84
Hight adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Highway driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43
Hill-start assist control (HAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
I
Immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Impact sensing door unlock system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Indicator Lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-72
Inside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
A/V Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48
Energy consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61
EV information mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47
Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42
Indicator Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-72
Instrument panel illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41
LCD Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46
LCD Display Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41
LCD Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46
One time driving information mode . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-63
Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64
Service Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48
Trip A/B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62
Trip computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61
User settings mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49
Warning and Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65
Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65
Warning Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52
Instrument panel fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52
Instrument panel overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Interior care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-78
I 5
Index
Interior features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-118
Cargo area cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-126
Clothes hanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-124
Cup holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-118
Floor mat anchor(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-124
Luggage net (holder) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-125
Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-123
Rear seat warmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-122
Seat air ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-121
Seat warmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-119
Sunvisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-119
Interior lamp auto cut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-90
Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-90
Glove box lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92
Interior lamp auto cut. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-90
Luggage room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92
Map lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-90
Room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-91
Vanity mirror lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92
Interior overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
J
Jump starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
I 6
L
Label
Air bag warning label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-57
Air conditioner compressor label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Tire sidewall labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
Tire specification and pressure label . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Lane change signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85
Lap/shoulder belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
LCD Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46
LCD Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46
Light bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-63
Lighting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81
Abnormal lamp operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82
Battery saver function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81
Daytime running light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81
Front fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86
Headlamp escort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81
High - beam operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-84
Lane change signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85
Lighting control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82
Turn signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85
Lighting control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82
Auto light position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-83
Headlight position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-83
Parking light position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-83
Loss of the smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Lower anchor system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
Index
Lubricants and capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Luggage box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-117
Luggage net (holder) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-125
Luggage room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92
Luggage volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
M
Maintenance
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . . . 7-19
Maintenance services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Owner maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Scheduled maintenance service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Tire maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
Maintenance schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Maintenance services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Map lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-90
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
Mirrors
Day/night rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
Electric chromic mirror (ECM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
Inside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
Outside mirror defroster. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
Outside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
Outside rearview mirror folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
Motor number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Motor operation gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42
Motor room compartment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Multi fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-55
O
Occupant Detection System (ODS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
ODS see the Occupant Detection System . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
One time driving information mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-63
Outside mirror defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
Outside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
Outside rearview mirror folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
Outside Temperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44
Overheats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Owner maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
P
Panoramic sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
Parking assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-76
Non-operational conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-78
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-76
Parking light position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-83
Pedestrian Warning System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Power brakes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
POWER button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Illuminated POWER button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Pedestrian Warning System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
POWER button position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
I 7
Index
Starting the vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Turing off the Vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
POWER button illumination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
POWER button position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Power electric specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-123
Power window lock button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Pre-tensioner seat belt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
R
Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64
Rear camera display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-80
Rear seat adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Rear seat warmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-122
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures . . . . . . . . . 7-36
Recommended lubricants and capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Record your key number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Reducing the risk of a rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39
Reduction gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Shift-lock override . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Transaxle ranges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Reduction gear shift indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45
Replacement light bulb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-63
Road warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Rocking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41
Room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-91
Rotation (Tire) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
I 8
S
Scheduled maintenance service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Seat air ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-121
Seat belt warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Seat belts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Care of seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Pre-tensioner seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Seat belt precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Seat belt restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Seat warmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-119
Seatback pocket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Front seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Headrest(front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Rear seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Seatback pocket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Service Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48
Shift-lock override - Reduction gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Side air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49
Smart Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Loss of the smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Record your key number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Smart key function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Smart key immobilizer system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Smart key precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Smart key function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Index
Smart key immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Smart key precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Smooth cornering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42
Snow tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45
Speaker lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-130
Special driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
Driving at night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42
Driving in flooded areas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43
Driving in the rain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43
Driving off-road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44
Hazardous driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
Highway driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44
Reducing the risk of a rollover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
Rocking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41
Smooth cornering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42
Speed sensing door lock system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42
SRS components and functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
Starting difficulties, see vehicle will not start . . . . . . . . 6-4
Starting the vehicle - With a smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
State of charge (SOC) gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43
Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
Electric power steering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
FLEX Steer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
Heated steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
Tilt and telescopic steering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
Storage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-116
Center console storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-116
Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-116
Luggage box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-117
Sunglass holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-117
Sunglass holder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-117
Sunroof open warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
Sunvisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-119
T
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Emergency tailgate safety release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Tether anchor system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
Tilt and telescopic steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
Tire chains. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46
Tire Mobility Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
Checking the tire inflation pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
Components of the Tire Mobility Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
Using the Tire Mobility Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
Tire pressure monitoring system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Tire rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
Tire specification and pressure label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Tires and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Checking tire inflation pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37
Low aspect ratio tire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures. . . . . . . 7-36
Tire care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
I 9
Index
Tire maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
Tire replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
Tire rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
Tire sidewall labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
Tire traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
Wheel alignment and tire balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
Wheel replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
Emergency towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
Removable towing hook. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21
Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48
Trip A/B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62
Trip computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61
Turing off the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Turn signals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85
U
User settings mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49
V
Vanity mirror lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92
Vehicle identification number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Vehicle load limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49
Vehicle overheats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Vehicle stability management (VSM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Vehicle weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54
I 10
Vehicle will not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
W
Warning and Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65
Warning lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65
Warning Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52
Washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
Wheel alignment and tire balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
Wheel replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
Power window lock button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Windscreen defrosting and defogging . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-111
Windscreen washers (front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87
Windscreen washers (rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87
Windscreen wipers (front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87
Windscreen wipers (rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87
Windshield defrosting and defogging. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-111
Windshield washers (front). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87
Windshield washers (rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87
Windshield wipers (front). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87
Windshield wipers (rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87
Winter driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44
Snow tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44
Tire chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45
Wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29
Index
Wipers and washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87
Windscreen washers (front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87
Windscreen washers (rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87
Windscreen wipers (front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87
Windscreen wipers (rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87
Windshield washers (front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87
Windshield washers (rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87
Windshield wipers (front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87
Windshield wipers (rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87
ETC
3 Point rear center belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
I 11
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertising